<!-- Creator     : groff version 1.21 -->
<!-- CreationDate: Sun Nov  6 20:46:54 2011 -->
<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8">

<meta name="generator" content="groff -Thtml, see www.gnu.org">
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8">
<meta name="Content-Style" content="text/css">
<style type="text/css">
       p       { margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0; vertical-align: top }
       pre     { margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0; vertical-align: top }
       table   { margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0; vertical-align: top }
       h1      { text-align: center }
</style>
<title>MPlayer</title>

</head>
<body>

<h1 align="center">MPlayer</h1>

<a href="#NAME">NAME</a><br>
<a href="#SYNOPSIS">SYNOPSIS</a><br>
<a href="#DESCRIPTION">DESCRIPTION</a><br>
<a href="#INTERACTIVE%20CONTROL">INTERACTIVE CONTROL</a><br>
<a href="#USAGE">USAGE</a><br>
<a href="#CONFIGURATION%20FILES">CONFIGURATION FILES</a><br>
<a href="#PROFILES">PROFILES</a><br>
<a href="#GENERAL%20OPTIONS">GENERAL OPTIONS</a><br>
<a href="#PLAYER%20OPTIONS%20%28MPLAYER%20ONLY%29">PLAYER OPTIONS (MPLAYER ONLY)</a><br>
<a href="#DEMUXER/STREAM%20OPTIONS">DEMUXER/STREAM OPTIONS</a><br>
<a href="#OSD/SUBTITLE%20OPTIONS">OSD/SUBTITLE OPTIONS</a><br>
<a href="#AUDIO%20OUTPUT%20OPTIONS%20%28MPLAYER%20ONLY%29">AUDIO OUTPUT OPTIONS (MPLAYER ONLY)</a><br>
<a href="#AUDIO%20OUTPUT%20DRIVERS%20%28MPLAYER%20ONLY%29">AUDIO OUTPUT DRIVERS (MPLAYER ONLY)</a><br>
<a href="#VIDEO%20OUTPUT%20OPTIONS%20%28MPLAYER%20ONLY%29">VIDEO OUTPUT OPTIONS (MPLAYER ONLY)</a><br>
<a href="#VIDEO%20OUTPUT%20DRIVERS%20%28MPLAYER%20ONLY%29">VIDEO OUTPUT DRIVERS (MPLAYER ONLY)</a><br>
<a href="#DECODING/FILTERING%20OPTIONS">DECODING/FILTERING OPTIONS</a><br>
<a href="#AUDIO%20FILTERS">AUDIO FILTERS</a><br>
<a href="#VIDEO%20FILTERS">VIDEO FILTERS</a><br>
<a href="#GENERAL%20ENCODING%20OPTIONS%20%28MENCODER%20ONLY%29">GENERAL ENCODING OPTIONS (MENCODER ONLY)</a><br>
<a href="#CODEC%20SPECIFIC%20ENCODING%20OPTIONS%20%28MENCODER%20ONLY%29">CODEC SPECIFIC ENCODING OPTIONS (MENCODER ONLY)</a><br>
<a href="#ENVIRONMENT%20VARIABLES">ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES</a><br>
<a href="#FILES">FILES</a><br>
<a href="#EXAMPLES%20OF%20MPLAYER%20USAGE">EXAMPLES OF MPLAYER USAGE</a><br>
<a href="#EXAMPLES%20OF%20MENCODER%20USAGE">EXAMPLES OF MENCODER USAGE</a><br>
<a href="#BUGS">BUGS</a><br>
<a href="#AUTHORS">AUTHORS</a><br>

<hr>


<h2>NAME
<a name="NAME"></a>
</h2>


<p style="margin-left:11%; margin-top: 1em">mplayer −
movie player <br>
mencoder − movie encoder</p>

<h2>SYNOPSIS
<a name="SYNOPSIS"></a>
</h2>


<p style="margin-left:11%; margin-top: 1em"><b>mplayer</b>
[options] [file|URL|playlist|−] <b><br>
mplayer</b> [options] file1 [specific options] [file2]
[specific options] <b><br>
mplayer</b> [options] {group of files and options}
[group-specific options] <b><br>
mplayer</b> [br]://[title][/device] [options] <b><br>
mplayer</b>
[dvd|dvdnav]://[title|[start_title]−end_title][/device]
[options] <b><br>
mplayer</b> vcd://track[/device] <b><br>
mplayer</b> tv://[channel][/input_id] [options] <b><br>
mplayer</b> radio://[channel|frequency][/capture] [options]
<b><br>
mplayer</b> pvr:// [options] <b><br>
mplayer</b> dvb://[card_number@]channel [options] <b><br>
mplayer</b> mf://[filemask|@listfile] [−mf options]
[options] <b><br>
mplayer</b>
[cdda|cddb]://track[−endtrack][:speed][/device]
[options] <b><br>
mplayer</b> cue://file[:track] [options] <b><br>
mplayer</b>
[file|mms[t]|http|http_proxy|rt[s]p|ftp|udp|unsv|icyx|noicyx|smb]://
[user:pass@]URL[:port] [options] <b><br>
mplayer</b> sdp://file [options] <b><br>
mplayer</b> mpst://host[:port]/URL [options] <b><br>
mplayer</b> tivo://host/[list|llist|fsid] [options] <b><br>
gmplayer</b> [options] [−skin&nbsp;skin] <b><br>
mencoder</b> [options] file [file|URL|−] [−o
file | file://file | smb://[user:pass@]host/filepath]
<b><br>
mencoder</b> [options] file1 [specific options] [file2]
[specific options]</p>

<h2>DESCRIPTION
<a name="DESCRIPTION"></a>
</h2>


<p style="margin-left:11%; margin-top: 1em"><b>mplayer</b>
is a movie player for Linux (runs on many other platforms
and CPU architectures, see the documentation). It plays most
MPEG/VOB, AVI, ASF/WMA/WMV, RM, QT/MOV/MP4, Ogg/OGM, MKV,
VIVO, FLI, NuppelVideo, yuv4mpeg, FILM and RoQ files,
supported by many native and binary codecs. You can watch
VCD, SVCD, DVD, Blu−ray, 3ivx, DivX 3/4/5, WMV and
even H.264 movies, too.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%; margin-top: 1em">MPlayer
supports a wide range of video and audio output drivers. It
works with X11, Xv, DGA, OpenGL, SVGAlib, fbdev, AAlib,
libcaca, DirectFB, Quartz, Mac OS X CoreVideo, but you can
also use GGI, SDL (and all their drivers), VESA (on every
VESA-compatible card, even without X11), some low-level
card-specific drivers (for Matrox, 3dfx and ATI) and some
hardware MPEG decoder boards, such as the Siemens DVB,
Hauppauge PVR (IVTV), DXR2 and DXR3/Hollywood+. Most of them
support software or hardware scaling, so you can enjoy
movies in fullscreen mode.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%; margin-top: 1em">MPlayer has an
onscreen display (OSD) for status information, nice big
antialiased shaded subtitles and visual feedback for
keyboard controls. European/ISO8859-1,2 (Hungarian, English,
Czech, etc), Cyrillic and Korean fonts are supported along
with 12 subtitle formats (MicroDVD, SubRip, OGM, SubViewer,
Sami, VPlayer, RT, SSA, AQTitle, JACOsub, PJS and our own:
MPsub) and DVD subtitles (SPU streams, VOBsub and Closed
Captions).</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%; margin-top: 1em"><b>mencoder</b>
(MPlayer’s Movie Encoder) is a simple movie encoder,
designed to encode MPlayer-playable movies (see above) to
other MPlayer-playable formats (see below). It encodes to
MPEG-4 (DivX/Xvid), one of the libavcodec codecs and
PCM/MP3/VBRMP3 audio in 1, 2 or 3 passes. Furthermore it has
stream copying abilities, a powerful filter system (crop,
expand, flip, postprocess, rotate, scale, noise, RGB/YUV
conversion) and more.</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%; margin-top: 1em"><b>gmplayer</b>
is MPlayer with a graphical user interface. Besides some own
options (stored in gui.conf), it has the same options as
MPlayer, however some MPlayer options will be stored in
gui.conf so that they can be chosen independently from
MPlayer. (See GUI CONFIGURATION FILE below.)</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%; margin-top: 1em">Usage examples
to get you started quickly can be found at the end of this
man page.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%; margin-top: 1em"><b>Also see the
HTML documentation!</b></p>

<h2>INTERACTIVE CONTROL
<a name="INTERACTIVE CONTROL"></a>
</h2>


<p style="margin-left:11%; margin-top: 1em">MPlayer has a
fully configurable, command-driven control layer which
allows you to control MPlayer using keyboard, mouse,
joystick or remote control (with LIRC). See the −input
option for ways to customize it. <b><br>
keyboard control</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">LEFT and RIGHT</p>

<p style="margin-left:29%;">Seek backward/forward 10
seconds.</p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">UP and DOWN</p>

<p style="margin-left:29%;">Seek forward/backward 1
minute.</p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">PGUP and PGDWN</p>

<p style="margin-left:29%;">Seek forward/backward 10
minutes.</p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">[ and ]</p>

<p style="margin-left:29%;">Decrease/increase current
playback speed by 10%.</p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">{ and }</p>

<p style="margin-left:29%;">Halve/double current playback
speed.</p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">BACKSPACE</p>

<p style="margin-left:29%;">Reset playback speed to
normal.</p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">&lt; and &gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:29%;">Go backward/forward in the
playlist.</p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">ENTER</p>

<p style="margin-left:29%;">Go forward in the playlist,
even over the end.</p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">HOME and END</p>

<p style="margin-left:29%;">next/previous playtree entry in
the parent list</p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">INS and DEL (ASX playlist
only)</p>

<p style="margin-left:29%;">next/previous alternative
source.</p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">p / SPACE</p>

<p style="margin-left:29%;">Pause (pressing again
unpauses).</p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">.&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;</p>

<p style="margin-left:29%;">Step forward. Pressing once
will pause movie, every consecutive press will play one
frame and then go into pause mode again (any other key
unpauses).</p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">q / ESC</p>

<p style="margin-left:29%;">Stop playing and quit.</p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">U&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;</p>

<p style="margin-left:29%;">Stop playing (and quit if
−idle is not used).</p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">+ and −</p>

<p style="margin-left:29%;">Adjust audio delay by +/−
0.1 seconds.</p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">/ and *</p>

<p style="margin-left:29%;">Decrease/increase volume.</p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">9 and 0</p>

<p style="margin-left:29%;">Decrease/increase volume.</p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">( and )</p>

<p style="margin-left:29%;">Adjust audio balance in favor
of left/right channel.</p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">m&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;</p>

<p style="margin-left:29%;">Mute sound.</p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">_ (MPEG-TS, AVI and libavformat
only)</p>

<p style="margin-left:29%;">Cycle through the available
video tracks.</p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;"># (DVD, Blu-ray, MPEG,
Matroska, AVI and libavformat only)</p>

<p style="margin-left:29%;">Cycle through the available
audio tracks.</p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">TAB (MPEG-TS and libavformat
only)</p>

<p style="margin-left:29%;">Cycle through the available
programs.</p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">f&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;</p>

<p style="margin-left:29%;">Toggle fullscreen (also see
−fs).</p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">T&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;</p>

<p style="margin-left:29%;">Toggle stay-on-top (also see
−ontop).</p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">w and e</p>

<p style="margin-left:29%;">Decrease/increase pan-and-scan
range.</p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">o&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;</p>

<p style="margin-left:29%;">Toggle OSD states: none / seek
/ seek + timer / seek + timer + total time.</p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">d&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;</p>

<p style="margin-left:29%;">Toggle frame dropping states:
none / skip display / skip decoding (see −framedrop
and −hardframedrop).</p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">v&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;</p>

<p style="margin-left:29%;">Toggle subtitle visibility.</p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">j and J</p>

<p style="margin-left:29%;">Cycle through the available
subtitles.</p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">y and g</p>

<p style="margin-left:29%;">Step forward/backward in the
subtitle list.</p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">F&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;</p>

<p style="margin-left:29%;">Toggle displaying "forced
subtitles".</p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">a&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;</p>

<p style="margin-left:29%;">Toggle subtitle alignment: top
/ middle / bottom.</p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">x and z</p>

<p style="margin-left:29%;">Adjust subtitle delay by
+/− 0.1 seconds.</p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">c (−capture only)</p>

<p style="margin-left:29%;">Start/stop capturing the
primary stream.</p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">r and t</p>

<p style="margin-left:29%;">Move subtitles up/down.</p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">i (−edlout mode only)</p>

<p style="margin-left:29%;">Set start or end of an EDL skip
and write it out to the given file.</p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">s (−vf screenshot
only)</p>

<p style="margin-left:29%;">Take a screenshot.</p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">S (−vf screenshot
only)</p>

<p style="margin-left:29%;">Start/stop taking
screenshots.</p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">I&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;</p>

<p style="margin-left:29%;">Show filename on the OSD.</p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">P&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;</p>

<p style="margin-left:29%;">Show progression bar, elapsed
time and total duration on the OSD.</p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">! and @</p>

<p style="margin-left:29%;">Seek to the beginning of the
previous/next chapter.</p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">D (−vo xvmc, −vo
vdpau, −vf yadif, −vf kerndeint only)</p>

<p style="margin-left:29%;">Activate/deactivate
deinterlacer.</p>

<table rules="none" frame="void" border="0" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" width="100%">
<tbody><tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="22%"></td>
<td width="1%">


<p>A</p></td>
<td width="6%"></td>
<td width="60%">


<p>Cycle through the available DVD angles.</p></td>
<td width="11%">
</td></tr>
</tbody></table>

<p style="margin-left:22%; margin-top: 1em">(The following
keys are valid only when using a hardware accelerated video
output (xv, (x)vidix, (x)mga, etc), the software equalizer
(−vf eq or −vf eq2) or hue filter (−vf
hue).) <br>
1 and 2</p>

<p style="margin-left:29%;">Adjust contrast.</p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">3 and 4</p>

<p style="margin-left:29%;">Adjust brightness.</p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">5 and 6</p>

<p style="margin-left:29%;">Adjust hue.</p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">7 and 8</p>

<p style="margin-left:29%;">Adjust saturation.</p>

<p style="margin-left:22%; margin-top: 1em">(The following
keys are valid only when using the quartz or corevideo video
output driver.) <br>
command + 0</p>

<p style="margin-left:29%;">Resize movie window to half its
original size.</p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">command + 1</p>

<p style="margin-left:29%;">Resize movie window to its
original size.</p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">command + 2</p>

<p style="margin-left:29%;">Resize movie window to double
its original size.</p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">command + f</p>

<p style="margin-left:29%;">Toggle fullscreen (also see
−fs).</p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">command + [ and command + ]</p>

<p style="margin-left:29%;">Set movie window alpha.</p>

<p style="margin-left:22%; margin-top: 1em">(The following
keys are valid only when using the sdl video output driver.)
<br>
c&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;</p>

<p style="margin-left:29%;">Cycle through available
fullscreen modes.</p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">n&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;</p>

<p style="margin-left:29%;">Restore original mode.</p>

<p style="margin-left:22%; margin-top: 1em">(The following
keys are valid if you have a keyboard with multimedia keys.)
<br>
PAUSE</p>

<p style="margin-left:29%;">Pause.</p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">STOP&nbsp;</p>

<p style="margin-left:29%;">Stop playing and quit.</p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">PREVIOUS and NEXT</p>

<p style="margin-left:29%;">Seek backward/forward 1
minute.</p>

<p style="margin-left:22%; margin-top: 1em">(The following
keys are only valid if you compiled with TV or DVB input
support and will take precedence over the keys defined
above.) <br>
h and k</p>

<p style="margin-left:29%;">Select previous/next
channel.</p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">n&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;</p>

<p style="margin-left:29%;">Change norm.</p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">u&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;</p>

<p style="margin-left:29%;">Change channel list.</p>

<p style="margin-left:22%; margin-top: 1em">(The following
keys are only valid if you compiled with dvdnav support:
They are used to navigate the menus.) <br>
keypad 8</p>

<p style="margin-left:29%;">Select button up.</p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">keypad 2</p>

<p style="margin-left:29%;">Select button down.</p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">keypad 4</p>

<p style="margin-left:29%;">Select button left.</p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">keypad 6</p>

<p style="margin-left:29%;">Select button right.</p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">keypad 5</p>

<p style="margin-left:29%;">Return to main menu.</p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">keypad 7</p>

<p style="margin-left:29%;">Return to nearest menu (the
order of preference is: chapter-&gt;title-&gt;root).</p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">keypad ENTER</p>

<p style="margin-left:29%;">Confirm choice.</p>

<p style="margin-left:22%; margin-top: 1em">(The following
keys are used for controlling TV teletext. The data may come
from either an analog TV source or an MPEG transport
stream.) <br>
X&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;</p>

<p style="margin-left:29%;">Switch teletext on/off.</p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Q and W</p>

<p style="margin-left:29%;">Go to next/prev teletext
page.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>mouse control</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">button 3 and button 4</p>

<p style="margin-left:29%;">Seek backward/forward 1
minute.</p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">button 5 and button 6</p>

<p style="margin-left:29%;">Decrease/increase volume.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>joystick control</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">left and right</p>

<p style="margin-left:29%;">Seek backward/forward 10
seconds.</p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">up and down</p>

<p style="margin-left:29%;">Seek forward/backward 1
minute.</p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">button 1</p>

<p style="margin-left:29%;">Pause.</p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">button 2</p>

<p style="margin-left:29%;">Toggle OSD states: none / seek
/ seek + timer / seek + timer + total time.</p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">button 3 and button 4</p>

<p style="margin-left:29%;">Decrease/increase volume.</p>

<h2>USAGE
<a name="USAGE"></a>
</h2>


<p style="margin-left:11%; margin-top: 1em">Every
’flag’ option has a ’noflag’
counterpart, e.g. the opposite of the −fs option is
−nofs.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%; margin-top: 1em">If an option is
marked as (XXX only), it will only work in combination with
the XXX option or if XXX is compiled in.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%; margin-top: 1em"><i>NOTE:</i>
The suboption parser (used for example for −ao pcm
suboptions) supports a special kind of string-escaping
intended for use with external GUIs. <br>
It has the following format: <br>
%n%string_of_length_n <i><br>
EXAMPLES:</i> <br>
mplayer −ao pcm:file=%10%C:test.wav test.avi <br>
Or in a script: <br>
mplayer −ao pcm:file=%’expr length
"$NAME"’%"$NAME" test.avi</p>

<h2>CONFIGURATION FILES
<a name="CONFIGURATION FILES"></a>
</h2>


<p style="margin-left:11%; margin-top: 1em">You can put all
of the options in configuration files which will be read
every time MPlayer/MEncoder is run. The system-wide
configuration file ’mplayer.conf’ is in your
configuration directory (e.g. /etc/ mplayer or
/usr/local/etc/mplayer), the user specific one is ’~/
.mplayer/config’. The configuration file for MEncoder
is ’mencoder.conf’ in your configuration
directory (e.g. /etc/mplayer or /usr/local/etc/mplayer), the
user specific one is ’~/.mplayer/
mencoder.conf’. User specific options override
system-wide options (in case of <b>gmplayer</b>, gui.conf
options override user specific options) and options given on
the command line override all. The syntax of the
configuration files is ’option=&lt;value&gt;’,
everything after a ’#’ is considered a comment.
Options that work without values can be enabled by setting
them to ’yes’ or ’1’ or
’true’ and disabled by setting them to
’no’ or ’0’ or ’false’.
Even suboptions can be specified in this way.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%; margin-top: 1em">You can also
write file-specific configuration files. If you wish to have
a configuration file for a file called
’movie.avi’, create a file named
’movie.avi.conf’ with the file-specific options
in it and put it in ~/.mplayer/. You can also put the
configuration file in the same directory as the file to be
played, as long as you give the
−use−filedir−conf option (either on the
command line or in your global config file). If a
file-specific configuration file is found in the same
directory, no file-specific configuration is loaded from
~/.mplayer. In addition, the
−use−filedir−conf option enables
directory-specific configuration files. For this, MPlayer
first tries to load a mplayer.conf from the same directory
as the file played and then tries to load any file-specific
configuration.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%; margin-top: 1em"><i>EXAMPLE
MPLAYER CONFIGURATION FILE:</i></p>

<p style="margin-left:11%; margin-top: 1em"># Use Matrox
driver by default. <br>
vo=xmga <br>
# I love practicing handstands while watching videos. <br>
flip=yes <br>
# Decode/encode multiple files from PNG, <br>
# start with mf://filemask <br>
mf=type=png:fps=25 <br>
# Eerie negative images are cool. <br>
vf=eq2=1.0:−0.8</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%; margin-top: 1em"><i>EXAMPLE
MENCODER CONFIGURATION FILE:</i></p>

<p style="margin-left:11%; margin-top: 1em"># Make MEncoder
output to a default filename. <br>
o=encoded.avi <br>
# The next 4 lines allow mencoder tv:// to start capturing
immediately. <br>
oac=pcm=yes <br>
ovc=lavc=yes <br>
lavcopts=vcodec=mjpeg <br>

tv=driver=v4l2:input=1:width=768:height=576:device=/dev/video0:audiorate=48000
<br>
# more complex default encoding option set <br>
lavcopts=vcodec=mpeg4:autoaspect=1 <br>
lameopts=aq=2:vbr=4 <br>
ovc=lavc=1 <br>
oac=lavc=1 <br>
passlogfile=pass1stats.log <br>
noautoexpand=1 <br>
subfont-autoscale=3 <br>
subfont-osd-scale=6 <br>
subfont-text-scale=4 <br>
subalign=2 <br>
subpos=96 <br>
spuaa=20</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%; margin-top: 1em"><i>GUI
CONFIGURATION FILE</i></p>

<p style="margin-left:11%; margin-top: 1em">GUI’s own
options are (MPlayer option names in parentheses):
ao_alsa_device (<b>alsa:device=</b>) (ALSA only),
ao_alsa_mixer (<b>mixer</b>) (ALSA only),
ao_alsa_mixer_channel (<b>mixer-channel</b>) (ALSA only),
ao_esd_device (<b>esd:</b>) (ESD only), ao_extra_stereo
(<b>af extrastereo</b>) (default: 1.0),
ao_extra_stereo_coefficient (<b>af extrastereo=</b>),
ao_oss_device (<b>oss:</b>) (OSS only), ao_oss_mixer
(<b>mixer</b>) (OSS only), ao_oss_mixer_channel
(<b>mixer-channel</b>) (OSS only), ao_sdl_subdriver
(<b>sdl:</b>) (SDL only), ao_surround (unused), ao_volnorm
(<b>af volnorm</b>), autosync (enable/disable),
autosync_size (<b>autosync</b>), cache (enable/disable),
cache_size (<b>cache</b>), enable_audio_equ (<b>af
equalizer</b>), equ_band_00 ... equ_band_59, (<b>af
equalizer=</b>), equ_channel_1 ... equ_channel_6 (<b>af
channels=</b>), gui_main_pos_x, gui_main_pos_y, gui_save_pos
(yes/no), gui_video_out_pos_x, gui_video_out_pos_y,
load_fullscreen (yes/no), playbar (enable/disable),
show_videowin (yes/no), vf_lavc (<b>vf lavc</b>) (DXR3
only), vf_pp (<b>vf pp</b>), vo_dxr3_device (unused) (DXR3
only).</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%; margin-top: 1em">MPlayer options
stored in gui.conf (GUI option names, MPlayer option names
in parentheses) are: a_afm (<b>afm</b>), ao_driver
(<b>ao</b>), ass_bottom_margin (<b>ass-bottom-margin</b>)
(ASS only), ass_enabled (<b>ass</b>) (ASS only),
ass_top_margin (<b>ass-top-margin</b>) (ASS only),
ass_use_margins (<b>ass-use-margins</b>) (ASS only),
cdrom_device (<b>cdrom-device</b>), dvd_device
(<b>dvd-device</b>), font_autoscale
(<b>subfont-autoscale</b>) (FreeType only), font_blur
(<b>subfont-blur</b>) (FreeType only), font_encoding
(<b>subfont-encoding</b>) (FreeType only), font_factor
(<b>ffactor</b>), font_name (<b>font</b>), font_osd_scale
(<b>subfont-osd-scale</b>) (FreeType only), font_outline
(<b>subfont-outline</b>) (FreeType only), font_text_scale
(<b>subfont-text-scale</b>) (FreeType only), gui_skin
(<b>skin</b>), osd_level (<b>osdlevel</b>), softvol
(<b>softvol</b>), stopxscreensaver
(<b>stop-xscreensaver</b>), sub_auto_load (<b>autosub</b>),
sub_cp (<b>subcp</b>) (iconv only), sub_overlap
(<b>overlapsub</b>), sub_pos (<b>subpos</b>), sub_unicode
(<b>unicode</b>), v_flip (<b>flip</b>), v_framedrop
(<b>framedrop</b>), v_idx (<b>idx</b>), v_ni (<b>ni</b>),
v_vfm (<b>vfm</b>), vf_autoq (<b>autoq</b>),
vo_direct_render (<b>panscan</b>), vo_doublebuffering
(<b>dr</b>), vo_driver (<b>vo</b>), vo_panscan
(<b>double</b>).</p>

<h2>PROFILES
<a name="PROFILES"></a>
</h2>


<p style="margin-left:11%; margin-top: 1em">To ease working
with different configurations profiles can be defined in the
configuration files. A profile starts with its name between
square brackets, e.g. ’[my-profile]’. All
following options will be part of the profile. A description
(shown by −profile help) can be defined with the
profile-desc option. To end the profile, start another one
or use the profile name ’default’ to continue
with normal options.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%; margin-top: 1em"><i>EXAMPLE
MPLAYER PROFILE:</i></p>

<p style="margin-left:11%; margin-top: 1em">[protocol.dvd]
<br>
profile-desc="profile for dvd:// streams" <br>
vf=pp=hb/vb/dr/al/fd <br>
alang=en</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%; margin-top: 1em">[protocol.dvdnav]
<br>
profile-desc="profile for dvdnav:// streams" <br>
profile=protocol.dvd <br>
mouse-movements=yes <br>
nocache=yes</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%; margin-top: 1em">[extension.flv]
<br>
profile-desc="profile for .flv files" <br>
flip=yes</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%; margin-top: 1em">[vo.pnm] <br>
outdir=/tmp</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%; margin-top: 1em">[ao.alsa] <br>
device=spdif</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%; margin-top: 1em"><i>EXAMPLE
MENCODER PROFILE:</i></p>

<p style="margin-left:11%; margin-top: 1em">[mpeg4] <br>
profile-desc="MPEG4 encoding" <br>
ovc=lacv=yes <br>
lavcopts=vcodec=mpeg4:vbitrate=1200</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%; margin-top: 1em">[mpeg4−hq]
<br>
profile-desc="HQ MPEG4 encoding" <br>
profile=mpeg4 <br>
lavcopts=mbd=2:trell=yes:v4mv=yes</p>

<h2>GENERAL OPTIONS
<a name="GENERAL OPTIONS"></a>
</h2>



<p style="margin-left:11%; margin-top: 1em"><b>−codecpath
&lt;dir&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Specify a directory for binary
codecs.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>−codecs−file
&lt;filename&gt; (also see −afm, −ac,
−vfm, −vc)</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Override the standard search
path and use the specified file instead of the builtin
codecs.conf.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>−include
&lt;configuration file&gt; (also see
−gui-include)</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Specify configuration file to
be parsed after the default ones.</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>−list−options</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Prints all available
options.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>−msgcharset
&lt;charset&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Convert console messages to the
specified character set (default: autodetect). Text will be
in the encoding specified with the −−charset
configure option. Set this to "noconv" to disable
conversion (for e.g. iconv problems). <i><br>
NOTE:</i> The option takes effect after command line parsing
has finished. The MPLAYER_CHARSET environment variable can
help you get rid of the first lines of garbled output.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>−msgcolor</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Enable colorful console output
on terminals that support ANSI color.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>−msglevel
&lt;all=&lt;level&gt;:&lt;module&gt;=&lt;level&gt;:...&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Control verbosity directly for
each module. The ’all’ module changes the
verbosity of all the modules not explicitly specified on the
command line. See ’−msglevel help’ for a
list of all modules. <i><br>
NOTE:</i> Some messages are printed before the command line
is parsed and are therefore not affected by −msglevel.
To control these messages you have to use the
MPLAYER_VERBOSE environment variable, see its description
below for details. <br>
Available levels:</p>

<table rules="none" frame="void" border="0" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" width="100%">
<tbody><tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="26%"></td>
<td width="3%">


<p>−1</p></td>
<td width="5%"></td>
<td width="38%">


<p>complete silence</p></td>
<td width="28%">
</td></tr>
<tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="26%"></td>
<td width="3%">


<p>0</p></td>
<td width="5%"></td>
<td width="38%">


<p>fatal messages only</p></td>
<td width="28%">
</td></tr>
<tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="26%"></td>
<td width="3%">


<p>1</p></td>
<td width="5%"></td>
<td width="38%">


<p>error messages</p></td>
<td width="28%">
</td></tr>
<tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="26%"></td>
<td width="3%">


<p>2</p></td>
<td width="5%"></td>
<td width="38%">


<p>warning messages</p></td>
<td width="28%">
</td></tr>
<tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="26%"></td>
<td width="3%">


<p>3</p></td>
<td width="5%"></td>
<td width="38%">


<p>short hints</p></td>
<td width="28%">
</td></tr>
<tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="26%"></td>
<td width="3%">


<p>4</p></td>
<td width="5%"></td>
<td width="38%">


<p>informational messages</p></td>
<td width="28%">
</td></tr>
<tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="26%"></td>
<td width="3%">


<p>5</p></td>
<td width="5%"></td>
<td width="38%">


<p>status messages (default)</p></td>
<td width="28%">
</td></tr>
<tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="26%"></td>
<td width="3%">


<p>6</p></td>
<td width="5%"></td>
<td width="38%">


<p>verbose messages</p></td>
<td width="28%">
</td></tr>
<tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="26%"></td>
<td width="3%">


<p>7</p></td>
<td width="5%"></td>
<td width="38%">


<p>debug level 2</p></td>
<td width="28%">
</td></tr>
<tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="26%"></td>
<td width="3%">


<p>8</p></td>
<td width="5%"></td>
<td width="38%">


<p>debug level 3</p></td>
<td width="28%">
</td></tr>
<tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="26%"></td>
<td width="3%">


<p>9</p></td>
<td width="5%"></td>
<td width="38%">


<p>debug level 4</p></td>
<td width="28%">
</td></tr>
</tbody></table>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>−msgmodule</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Prepend module name in front of
each console message.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>−noconfig
&lt;options&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Do not parse selected
configuration files. <i><br>
NOTE:</i> If −include or
−use−filedir−conf options are specified at
the command line, they will be honoured.</p>

<p style="margin-left:22%; margin-top: 1em">Available
options are:</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">all&nbsp;&nbsp;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">all configuration files</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">gui (GUI only)</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">GUI configuration file</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">system</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">system configuration file</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">user&nbsp;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">user configuration file</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>−quiet&nbsp;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Make console output less
verbose; in particular, prevents the status line (i.e. A:
0.7 V: 0.6 A-V: 0.068 ...) from being displayed.
Particularly useful on slow terminals or broken ones which
do not properly handle carriage return (i.e. \r).</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>−priority &lt;prio&gt;
(Windows and OS/2 only)</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Set process priority for
MPlayer according to the predefined priorities available
under Windows and OS/2. Possible values of &lt;prio&gt;:</p>


<p style="margin-left:26%;">idle|belownormal|normal|abovenormal|high|realtime</p>


<p style="margin-left:22%; margin-top: 1em"><i>WARNING:</i>
Using realtime priority can cause system lockup.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>−profile
&lt;profile1,profile2,...&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Use the given profile(s),
−profile help displays a list of the defined
profiles.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>−really−quiet
(also see −quiet)</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Display even less output and
status messages than with −quiet. Also suppresses the
GUI error message boxes.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>−show−profile
&lt;profile&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Show the description and
content of a profile.</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>−use−filedir−conf</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Look for a file-specific
configuration file in the same directory as the file that is
being played. <i><br>
WARNING:</i> May be dangerous if playing from untrusted
media.</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>−v&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Increment verbosity level, one
level for each −v found on the command line.</p>

<h2>PLAYER OPTIONS (MPLAYER ONLY)
<a name="PLAYER OPTIONS (MPLAYER ONLY)"></a>
</h2>



<p style="margin-left:11%; margin-top: 1em"><b>−autoq
&lt;quality&gt; (use with −vf [s]pp)</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Dynamically changes the level
of postprocessing depending on the available spare CPU time.
The number you specify will be the maximum level used.
Usually you can use some big number. You have to use
−vf [s]pp without parameters in order for this to
work.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>−autosync
&lt;factor&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Gradually adjusts the A/V sync
based on audio delay measurements. Specifying
−autosync 0, the default, will cause frame timing to
be based entirely on audio delay measurements. Specifying
−autosync 1 will do the same, but will subtly change
the A/V correction algorithm. An uneven video framerate in a
movie which plays fine with −nosound can often be
helped by setting this to an integer value greater than 1.
The higher the value, the closer the timing will be to
−nosound. Try −autosync 30 to smooth out
problems with sound drivers which do not implement a perfect
audio delay measurement. With this value, if large A/V sync
offsets occur, they will only take about 1 or 2 seconds to
settle out. This delay in reaction time to sudden A/V
offsets should be the only side-effect of turning this
option on, for all sound drivers.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>−benchmark</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Prints some statistics on CPU
usage and dropped frames at the end of playback. Use in
combination with −nosound and −vo null for
benchmarking only the video codec. <i><br>
NOTE:</i> With this option MPlayer will also ignore frame
duration when playing only video (you can think of that as
infinite fps).</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>−colorkey
&lt;number&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Changes the colorkey to an RGB
value of your choice. 0x000000 is black and 0xffffff is
white. Only supported by the cvidix, fbdev, svga, vesa,
winvidix, xmga, xvidix, xover, xv (see −vo xv:ck),
xvmc (see −vo xv:ck) and directx video output
drivers.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>−nocolorkey</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Disables colorkeying. Only
supported by the cvidix, fbdev, svga, vesa, winvidix, xmga,
xvidix, xover, xv (see −vo xv:ck), xvmc (see −vo
xv:ck) and directx video output drivers.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>−correct−pts
(EXPERIMENTAL)</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Switches MPlayer to an
experimental mode where timestamps for video frames are
calculated differently and video filters which add new
frames or modify timestamps of existing ones are supported.
The more accurate timestamps can be visible for example when
playing subtitles timed to scene changes with the −ass
option. Without −correct−pts the subtitle timing
will typically be off by some frames. This option does not
work correctly with some demuxers and codecs.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>−crash−debug
(DEBUG CODE)</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Automatically attaches gdb upon
crash or SIGTRAP. Support must be compiled in by configuring
with −−enable−crash−debug.</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>−doubleclick−time</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Time in milliseconds to
recognize two consecutive button presses as a double-click
(default: 300). Set to 0 to let your windowing system decide
what a double-click is (−vo directx only). <i><br>
NOTE:</i> You will get slightly different behaviour
depending on whether you bind MOUSE_BTN0_DBL or
MOUSE_BTN0−MOUSE_BTN0_DBL.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>−edlout
&lt;filename&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Creates a new file and writes
edit decision list (EDL) records to it. During playback, the
user hits ’i’ to mark the start or end of a skip
block. This provides a starting point from which the user
can fine-tune EDL entries later. See
http://www.mplayerhq.hu/DOCS/HTML/en/edl.html for
details.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>−edl-backward-delay
&lt;number&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">When using EDL during playback
and jumping backwards it is possible to end up in the middle
of an EDL record. In that case MPlayer will seek further
backwards to the start position of the EDL record and then
immediately skip the scene specified in the EDL record. To
avoid this kind of behavior, MPlayer jumps to a fixed time
interval before the start of the EDL record. This parameter
allows you to specify that time interval in seconds
(default: 2 seconds).</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>−edl-start-pts</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Adjust positions in EDL records
according to playing file’s start time. Some formats,
especially MPEG TS usually start with non-zero PTS values
and when producing EDL file with −edlout option, EDL
records contain absolute values that are correct only for
this particular file. If re-encoded into a different format,
this EDL file no longer applies. Specifying
−edl-start-pts will automatically adjust EDL positions
according to start time: when producing EDL file, it will
substract start time from every EDL record, when playing
with EDL file, it will add file’s start time to every
EDL position.</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>−noedl-start-pts</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Disable adjusting EDL
positions.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>−enqueue (GUI
only)</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Enqueue files given on the
command line in the playlist instead of playing them
immediately.</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>−fixed−vo</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Enforces a fixed video system
for multiple files (one (un)initialization for all files).
Therefore only one window will be opened for all files.
Currently the following drivers are fixed-vo compliant: gl,
gl2, mga, svga, x11, xmga, xv, xvidix and dfbmga.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>−framedrop (also see
−hardframedrop, experimental without <br>
−nocorrect−pts)</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Skip displaying some frames to
maintain A/V sync on slow systems. Video filters are not
applied to such frames. For B-frames even decoding is
skipped completely.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>−(no)gui</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Enable or disable the GUI
interface (default depends on binary name). Only works as
the first argument on the command line. Does not work as a
config-file option.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>−gui-include &lt;GUI
configuration file&gt; (also see −include) (GUI
only)</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Specify a GUI configuration
file to be parsed after the default gui.conf.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>−h, −help,
−−help</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Show short summary of
options.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>−hardframedrop
(experimental without −nocorrect−pts)</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">More intense frame dropping
(breaks decoding). Leads to image distortion! Note that
especially the libmpeg2 decoder may crash with this, so
consider using "−vc ffmpeg12,".</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>−heartbeat−cmd</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Command that is executed every
30 seconds during playback via system() - i.e. using the
shell.</p>

<p style="margin-left:22%; margin-top: 1em"><i>NOTE:</i>
MPlayer uses this command without any checking, it is your
responsibility to ensure it does not cause security problems
(e.g. make sure to use full paths if "." is in
your path like on Windows). It also only works when playing
video (i.e. not with −novideo but works with −vo
null).</p>

<p style="margin-left:22%; margin-top: 1em">This can be
"misused" to disable screensavers that do not
support the proper X API (also see
−stop−xscreensaver). If you think this is too
complicated, ask the author of the screensaver program to
support the proper X APIs.</p>

<p style="margin-left:22%; margin-top: 1em"><i>EXAMPLE for
xscreensaver:</i> mplayer −heartbeat−cmd
"xscreensaver−command −deactivate"
file</p>

<p style="margin-left:22%; margin-top: 1em"><i>EXAMPLE for
GNOME screensaver:</i> mplayer −heartbeat−cmd
"gnome−screensaver−command −p"
file</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>−identify</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Shorthand for −msglevel
identify=4. Show file parameters in an easily parseable
format. Also prints more detailed information about subtitle
and audio track languages and IDs. In some cases you can get
more information by using −msglevel identify=6. For
example, for a DVD or Blu−ray it will list the
chapters and time length of each title, as well as a disk
ID. Combine this with −frames 0 to suppress all video
output. The wrapper script TOOLS/midentify.sh suppresses the
other MPlayer output and (hopefully) shellescapes the
filenames.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>−idle (also see
−slave)</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Makes MPlayer wait idly instead
of quitting when there is no file to play. Mostly useful in
slave mode where MPlayer can be controlled through input
commands. <br>
For <b>gmplayer</b> −idle is the default,
−noidle will quit the GUI after all files have been
played.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>−input
&lt;commands&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">This option can be used to
configure certain parts of the input system. Paths are
relative to ~/.mplayer/. <i><br>
NOTE:</i> Autorepeat is currently only supported by
joysticks.</p>

<p style="margin-left:22%; margin-top: 1em">Available
commands are:</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">conf=&lt;filename&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Specify input configuration
file other than the default ~/.mplayer/input.conf.
~/.mplayer/&lt;filename&gt; is assumed if no full path is
given.</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">ar-dev=&lt;device&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Device to be used for Apple IR
Remote (default is autodetected, Linux only).</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">ar-delay</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Delay in milliseconds before we
start to autorepeat a key (0 to disable).</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">ar-rate</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Number of key presses to
generate per second on autorepeat.</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">(no)default-bindings</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Use the key bindings that
MPlayer ships with by default.</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">keylist</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Prints all keys that can be
bound to commands.</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">cmdlist</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Prints all commands that can be
bound to keys.</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">js-dev</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Specifies the joystick device
to use (default: /dev/ input/js0).</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">file=&lt;filename&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Read commands from the given
file. Mostly useful with a FIFO. <i><br>
NOTE:</i> When the given file is a FIFO MPlayer opens both
ends so you can do several ’echo "seek 10"
&gt; mp_pipe’ and the pipe will stay valid.</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>−key−fifo−size
&lt;2−65000&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Specify the size of the FIFO
that buffers key events (default: 7). A FIFO of size n can
buffer (n−1) events. If it is too small some events
may be lost. If it is too big, MPlayer may seem to hang
while it processes the buffered events. To get the same
behavior as before this option was introduced, set it to 2
for Linux or 1024 for Windows. For small value you should
disable double-clicks by setting
−doubleclick−time to 0 so they do not compete
with regular events for buffer space.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>−lircconf
&lt;filename&gt; (LIRC only)</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Specifies a configuration file
for LIRC (default: ~/.lircrc).</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>−list−properties</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Print a list of the available
properties.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>−loop
&lt;number&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Loops movie playback
&lt;number&gt; times. 0 means forever.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>−menu (OSD menu
only)</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Turn on OSD menu support.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>−menu−cfg
&lt;filename&gt; (OSD menu only)</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Use an alternative
menu.conf.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>−menu−chroot
&lt;path&gt; (OSD menu only)</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Chroot the file selection menu
to a specific location.</p>


<p style="margin-left:22%; margin-top: 1em"><i>EXAMPLE:</i></p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">−menu−chroot
/home</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Will restrict the file
selection menu to /home and downward (i.e. no access to /
will be possible, but /home/user_name will).</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>−menu−keepdir
(OSD menu only)</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">File browser starts from the
last known location instead of current directory.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>−menu−root
&lt;value&gt; (OSD menu only)</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Specify the main menu.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>−menu−startup
(OSD menu only)</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Display the main menu at
MPlayer startup.</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>−mouse−movements</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Permit MPlayer to receive
pointer events reported by the video output driver.
Necessary to select the buttons in DVD menus. Supported for
X11-based VOs (x11, xv, xvmc, etc) and the gl, gl2, direct3d
and corevideo VOs.</p>

<table rules="none" frame="void" border="0" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" width="100%">
<tbody><tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="11%"></td>
<td width="7%">


<p><b>−noar</b></p></td>
<td width="4%"></td>
<td width="50%">


<p>Turns off AppleIR remote support.</p></td>
<td width="28%">
</td></tr>
</tbody></table>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>−noconsolecontrols</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Prevent MPlayer from reading
key events from standard input. Useful when reading data
from standard input. This is automatically enabled when
− is found on the command line. There are situations
where you have to set it manually, e.g. if you open
/dev/stdin (or the equivalent on your system), use stdin in
a playlist or intend to read from stdin later on via the
loadfile or loadlist slave commands.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>−nojoystick</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Turns off joystick support.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>−nolirc</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Turns off LIRC support.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>−nomouseinput</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Disable mouse button
press/release input (mozplayerxp’s context menu relies
on this option).</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>−rtc (RTC
only)</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Turns on usage of the Linux RTC
(realtime clock − /dev/rtc) as timing mechanism. This
wakes up the process every 1/1024 seconds to check the
current time. Useless with modern Linux kernels configured
for desktop use as they already wake up the process with
similar accuracy when using normal timed sleep.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>−playing−msg
&lt;string&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Print out a string before
starting playback. The following expansions are
supported:</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">${NAME}</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Expand to the value of the
property NAME.</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">?(NAME:TEXT)</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Expand TEXT only if the
property NAME is available.</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">?(!NAME:TEXT)</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Expand TEXT only if the
property NAME is not available.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>−playlist
&lt;filename&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Play files according to a
playlist file (ASX, Winamp, SMIL, or one-file-per-line
format). <i><br>
NOTE:</i> This option is considered an entry so options
found after it will apply only to the elements of this
playlist. <br>
FIXME: This needs to be clarified and documented
thoroughly.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>−rtc−device
&lt;device&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Use the specified device for
RTC timing.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>−shuffle</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Play files in random order.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>−skin &lt;name&gt;
(GUI only)</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Loads a skin from the directory
given as parameter below the default skin directories,
~/.mplayer/skins/ and /usr/local/ share/mplayer/skins/.</p>


<p style="margin-left:22%; margin-top: 1em"><i>EXAMPLE:</i></p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">−skin fittyfene</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Tries
~/.mplayer/skins/fittyfene and afterwards /usr/
local/share/mplayer/skins/fittyfene.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>−slave (also see
−input)</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Switches on slave mode, in
which MPlayer works as a backend for other programs. Instead
of intercepting keyboard events, MPlayer will read commands
separated by a newline (\n) from stdin. <i><br>
NOTE:</i> See −input cmdlist for a list of slave
commands and DOCS/tech/slave.txt for their description.
Also, this is not intended to disable other inputs, e.g. via
the video window, use some other method like −input
nodefault−bindings:conf=/dev/null for that.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>−softsleep</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Time frames by repeatedly
checking the current time instead of asking the kernel to
wake up MPlayer at the correct time. Useful if your kernel
timing is imprecise and you cannot use the RTC either. Comes
at the price of higher CPU consumption.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>−sstep
&lt;sec&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Skip &lt;sec&gt; seconds after
every frame. The normal framerate of the movie is kept, so
playback is accelerated. Since MPlayer can only seek to the
next keyframe this may be inexact.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>−udp−ip
&lt;ip&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Sets the destination address
for datagrams sent by the −udp−master. Setting
it to a broadcast address allows multiple slaves having the
same broadcast address to sync to the master (default:
127.0.0.1).</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>−udp−master</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Send a datagram to
−udp−ip on −udp−port just before
playing each frame. The datagram indicates the
master’s position in the file.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>−udp−port
&lt;port&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Sets the destination port for
datagrams sent by the −udp−master, and the port
a −udp−slave listens on (default: 23867).</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>−udp−seek−threshold
&lt;sec&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">When the master seeks, the
slave has to decide whether to seek as well, or to catch up
by decoding frames without pausing between frames. If the
master is more than &lt;sec&gt; seconds away from the slave,
the slave seeks. Otherwise, it "runs" to catch up
or waits for the master. This should almost always be left
at its default setting of 1 second.</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>−udp−slave</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Listen on −udp−port
and match the master’s position.</p>

<h2>DEMUXER/STREAM OPTIONS
<a name="DEMUXER/STREAM OPTIONS"></a>
</h2>



<p style="margin-left:11%; margin-top: 1em"><b>−a52drc
&lt;level&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Select the Dynamic Range
Compression level for AC-3 audio streams. &lt;level&gt; is a
float value ranging from 0 to 1, where 0 means no
compression and 1 (which is the default) means full
compression (make loud passages more silent and vice versa).
Values up to 2 are also accepted, but are purely
experimental. This option only shows an effect if the AC-3
stream contains the required range compression
information.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>−aid &lt;ID&gt; (also
see −alang)</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Select audio channel (MPEG:
0−31, AVI/OGM: 1−99, ASF/RM: 0−127,
VOB(AC-3): 128−159, VOB(LPCM): 160−191, MPEG-TS
17−8190). MPlayer prints the available audio IDs when
run in verbose (−v) mode. When playing an MPEG-TS
stream, MPlayer/MEncoder will use the first program (if
present) with the chosen audio stream.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>−ausid &lt;ID&gt;
(also see −alang)</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Select audio substream channel.
Currently the valid range is 0x55..0x75 and applies only to
MPEG-TS when handled by the native demuxer (not by
libavformat). The format type may not be correctly
identified because of how this information (or lack thereof)
is embedded in the stream, but it will demux correctly the
audio streams when multiple substreams are present. MPlayer
prints the available substream IDs when run with
−identify.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>−alang &lt;language
code[,language code,...]&gt; (also see −aid)</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Specify a priority list of
audio languages to use. Different container formats employ
different language codes. DVDs use ISO 639-1 two letter
language codes, Matroska, MPEG-TS and NUT use ISO 639-2
three letter language codes while OGM uses a free-form
identifier. MPlayer prints the available languages when run
in verbose (−v) mode.</p>


<p style="margin-left:22%; margin-top: 1em"><i>EXAMPLE:</i></p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">mplayer dvd://1 −alang
hu,en</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Chooses the Hungarian language
track on a DVD and falls back on English if Hungarian is not
available.</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">mplayer −alang jpn
example.mkv</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Plays a Matroska file in
Japanese.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>−audio−demuxer
&lt;[+]name&gt; (−audiofile only)</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Force audio demuxer type for
−audiofile. Use a ’+’ before the name to
force it, this will skip some checks! Give the demuxer name
as printed by −audio−demuxer help. For backward
compatibility it also accepts the demuxer ID as defined in
libmpdemux/demuxer.h. −audio−demuxer audio or
−audio−demuxer 17 forces MP3.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>−audiofile
&lt;filename&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Play audio from an external
file (WAV, MP3 or Ogg Vorbis) while viewing a movie.</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>−audiofile−cache
&lt;kBytes&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Enables caching for the stream
used by −audiofile, using the specified amount of
memory.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>−reuse−socket
(udp:// only)</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Allows a socket to be reused by
other processes as soon as it is closed.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>−bandwidth
&lt;Bytes&gt; (network only)</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Specify the maximum bandwidth
for network streaming (for servers that are able to send
content in different bitrates). Useful if you want to watch
live streamed media behind a slow connection. With Real RTSP
streaming, it is also used to set the maximum delivery
bandwidth allowing faster cache filling and stream
dumping.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>−bluray−angle
&lt;angle ID&gt; (Blu−ray only)</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Some Blu−ray discs
contain scenes that can be viewed from multiple angles. Here
you can tell MPlayer which angles to use (default: 1).</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>−bluray−chapter
&lt;chapter ID&gt; (Blu−ray only)</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Tells MPlayer which
Blu−ray chapter to start the current title from
(default: 1).</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>−bluray−device
&lt;path to disc&gt; (Blu−ray only)</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Specify the Blu−ray disc
location. Must be a directory with Blu−ray
structure.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>−cache
&lt;kBytes&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">This option specifies how much
memory (in kBytes) to use when precaching a file or URL.
Especially useful on slow media.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>−nocache</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Turns off caching.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>−cache−min
&lt;percentage&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Playback will start when the
cache has been filled up to &lt;percentage&gt; of the
total.</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>−cache−seek−min
&lt;percentage&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">If a seek is to be made to a
position within &lt;percentage&gt; of the cache size from
the current position, MPlayer will wait for the cache to be
filled to this position rather than performing a stream seek
(default: 50).</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>−capture (MPlayer
only)</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Allows capturing the primary
stream (not additional audio tracks or other kind of
streams) into the file specified by −dumpfile or by
default. If this option is given, capturing can be started
and stopped by pressing the key bound to this function (see
section INTERACTIVE CONTROL). Same as for −dumpstream,
this will likely not produce usable results for anything
else than MPEG streams. Note that, due to cache latencies,
captured data may begin and end somewhat delayed compared to
what you see displayed.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>−cdda
&lt;option1:option2&gt; (CDDA only)</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">This option can be used to tune
the CD Audio reading feature of MPlayer.</p>

<p style="margin-left:22%; margin-top: 1em">Available
options are:</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">speed=&lt;value&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Set CD spin speed.</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">paranoia=&lt;0−2&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Set paranoia level. Values
other than 0 seem to break playback of anything but the
first track.</p>

<p style="margin-left:38%;">0: disable checking (default)
<br>
1: overlap checking only <br>
2: full data correction and verification</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">generic-dev=&lt;value&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Use specified generic SCSI
device.</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">sector-size=&lt;value&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Set atomic read size.</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">overlap=&lt;value&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Force minimum overlap search
during verification to &lt;value&gt; sectors.</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">toc-bias</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Assume that the beginning
offset of track 1 as reported in the TOC will be addressed
as LBA 0. Some Toshiba drives need this for getting track
boundaries correct.</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">toc-offset=&lt;value&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Add &lt;value&gt; sectors to
the values reported when addressing tracks. May be
negative.</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">(no)skip</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">(Never) accept imperfect data
reconstruction.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>−cdrom−device
&lt;path to device&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Specify the CD-ROM device
(default: /dev/cdrom).</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>−channels
&lt;number&gt; (also see −af channels)</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Request the number of playback
channels (default: 2). MPlayer asks the decoder to decode
the audio into as many channels as specified. Then it is up
to the decoder to fulfill the requirement. This is usually
only important when playing videos with AC-3 audio (like
DVDs). In that case liba52 does the decoding by default and
correctly downmixes the audio into the requested number of
channels. To directly control the number of output channels
independently of how many channels are decoded, use the
channels filter. <i><br>
NOTE:</i> This option is honored by codecs (AC-3 only),
filters (surround) and audio output drivers (OSS at
least).</p>

<p style="margin-left:22%; margin-top: 1em">Available
options are:</p>

<table rules="none" frame="void" border="0" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" width="100%">
<tbody><tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="26%"></td>
<td width="2%">


<p>2</p></td>
<td width="6%"></td>
<td width="12%">


<p>stereo</p></td>
<td width="54%">
</td></tr>
<tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="26%"></td>
<td width="2%">


<p>4</p></td>
<td width="6%"></td>
<td width="12%">


<p>surround</p></td>
<td width="54%">
</td></tr>
<tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="26%"></td>
<td width="2%">


<p>6</p></td>
<td width="6%"></td>
<td width="12%">


<p>full 5.1</p></td>
<td width="54%">
</td></tr>
<tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="26%"></td>
<td width="2%">


<p>8</p></td>
<td width="6%"></td>
<td width="12%">


<p>full 7.1</p></td>
<td width="54%">
</td></tr>
</tbody></table>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>−chapter &lt;chapter
ID&gt;[−&lt;endchapter ID&gt;] (dvd:// and dvdnav://
only)</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Specify which chapter to start
playing at. Optionally specify which chapter to end playing
at (default: 1).</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>−cookies (network
only)</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Send cookies when making HTTP
requests.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>−cookies−file
&lt;filename&gt; (network only)</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Read HTTP cookies from
&lt;filename&gt; (default: ~/.mozilla/ and ~/.netscape/) and
skip reading from default locations. The file is assumed to
be in Netscape format.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>−delay
&lt;sec&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">audio delay in seconds
(positive or negative float value) <br>
Negative values delay the audio, and positive values delay
the video. Note that this is the exact opposite of the
−audio−delay MEncoder option. <i><br>
NOTE:</i> When used with MEncoder, this is not guaranteed to
work correctly with −ovc copy; use
−audio−delay instead.</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>−ignore−start</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Ignore the specified starting
time for streams in AVI files. In MPlayer, this nullifies
stream delays in files encoded with the
−audio−delay option. During encoding, this
option prevents MEncoder from transferring original stream
start times to the new file; the −audio−delay
option is not affected. Note that MEncoder sometimes adjusts
stream starting times automatically to compensate for
anticipated decoding delays, so do not use this option for
encoding without testing it first.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>−demuxer
&lt;[+]name&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Force demuxer type. Use a
’+’ before the name to force it, this will skip
some checks! Give the demuxer name as printed by
−demuxer help. For backward compatibility it also
accepts the demuxer ID as defined in
libmpdemux/demuxer.h.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>−dumpaudio (MPlayer
only)</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Dumps raw compressed audio
stream to ./stream.dump (useful with MPEG/AC-3, in most
other cases the resulting file will not be playable). If you
give more than one of −dumpaudio, −dumpvideo,
−dumpstream on the command line only the last one will
work.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>−dumpfile
&lt;filename&gt; (MPlayer only)</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Specify which file MPlayer
should dump to. Should be used together with
−dumpaudio / −dumpvideo / −dumpstream /
−capture.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>−dumpstream (MPlayer
only)</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Dumps the raw stream to
./stream.dump. Useful when ripping from DVD or network. If
you give more than one of −dumpaudio,
−dumpvideo, −dumpstream on the command line only
the last one will work.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>−dumpvideo (MPlayer
only)</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Dump raw compressed video
stream to ./stream.dump (not very usable). If you give more
than one of −dumpaudio, −dumpvideo,
−dumpstream on the command line only the last one will
work.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>−dvbin &lt;options&gt;
(DVB only)</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Pass the following parameters
to the DVB input module, in order to override the default
ones:</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">card=&lt;1−4&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Specifies using card number
1−4 (default: 1).</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">file=&lt;filename&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Instructs MPlayer to read the
channels list from &lt;filename&gt;. Default is ~/.mplayer/
channels.conf.{sat,ter,cbl,atsc} (based on your card type)
or ~/.mplayer/channels.conf as a last resort.</p>


<p style="margin-left:26%;">timeout=&lt;1−240&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Maximum number of seconds to
wait when trying to tune a frequency before giving up
(default: 30).</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>−dvd−device
&lt;path to device&gt; (DVD only)</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Specify the DVD device or .iso
filename (default: /dev/dvd). You can also specify a
directory that contains files previously copied directly
from a DVD (with e.g. vobcopy).</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>−dvd−speed
&lt;factor or speed in KB/s&gt; (DVD only)</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Try to limit DVD speed
(default: 0, no change). DVD base speed is about 1350KB/s,
so a 8x drive can read at speeds up to 10800KB/s. Slower
speeds make the drive more quiet, for watching DVDs 2700KB/s
should be quiet and fast enough. MPlayer resets the speed to
the drive default value on close. Values less than 100 mean
multiples of 1350KB/s, i.e. −dvd−speed 8 selects
10800KB/s. <i><br>
NOTE:</i> You need write access to the DVD device to change
the speed.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>−dvdangle &lt;angle
ID&gt; (DVD only)</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Some DVD discs contain scenes
that can be viewed from multiple angles. Here you can tell
MPlayer which angles to use (default: 1).</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>−edl
&lt;filename&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Enables edit decision list
(EDL) actions during playback. Video will be skipped over
and audio will be muted and unmuted according to the entries
in the given file. See
http://www.mplayerhq.hu/DOCS/HTML/en/edl.html for details on
how to use this.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>−endpos
&lt;[[hh:]mm:]ss[.ms]|size[b|kb|mb]&gt; (also see −ss
and −sb)</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Stop at given time or byte
position. <i><br>
NOTE:</i> Byte position may not be accurate, as it can only
stop at a frame boundary. When used in conjunction with
−ss option, −endpos time will shift forward by
seconds specified with −ss if not a byte position.</p>


<p style="margin-left:22%; margin-top: 1em"><i>EXAMPLE:</i></p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">−endpos 56</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Stop at 56 seconds.</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">−endpos 01:10:00</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Stop at 1 hour 10 minutes.</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">−ss 10 −endpos
56</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Stop at 1 minute 6 seconds.</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">mplayer −endpos 100mb</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Stop playback after reading
100MB of the input file.</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">mencoder −endpos
100mb</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Encode only 100 MB.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>−forceidx</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Force index rebuilding. Useful
for files with broken index (A/V desync, etc). This will
enable seeking in files where seeking was not possible. You
can fix the index permanently with MEncoder (see the
documentation). <i><br>
NOTE:</i> This option only works if the underlying media
supports seeking (i.e. not with stdin, pipe, etc).</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>−fps &lt;float
value&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Override video framerate.
Useful if the original value is wrong or missing.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>−frames
&lt;number&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Play/convert only first
&lt;number&gt; frames, then quit.</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>−hr−mp3−seek
(MP3 only)</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Hi-res MP3 seeking. Enabled
when playing from an external MP3 file, as we need to seek
to the very exact position to keep A/V sync. Can be slow
especially when seeking backwards since it has to rewind to
the beginning to find an exact frame position.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>−http-header-fields
&lt;field1,field2&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Set custom HTTP fields when
accessing HTTP stream.</p>


<p style="margin-left:22%; margin-top: 1em"><i>EXAMPLE:</i></p>

<table rules="none" frame="void" border="0" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" width="100%">
<tbody><tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="34%"></td>
<td width="66%">


<p>mplayer −http−header−fields
’Field1: value1’,’Field2: value2’
http://localhost:1234</p> </td></tr>
</tbody></table>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Will generate HTTP request:</p>

<p style="margin-left:38%;">GET / HTTP/1.0 <br>
Host: localhost:1234 <br>
User-Agent: MPlayer <br>
Icy-MetaData: 1 <br>
Field1: value1 <br>
Field2: value2 <br>
Connection: close</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>−idx (also see
−forceidx)</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Rebuilds index of files if no
index was found, allowing seeking. Useful with
broken/incomplete downloads, or badly created files. <i><br>
NOTE:</i> This option only works if the underlying media
supports seeking (i.e. not with stdin, pipe, etc).</p>

<table rules="none" frame="void" border="0" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" width="100%">
<tbody><tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="11%"></td>
<td width="9%">


<p><b>−noidx</b></p></td>
<td width="2%"></td>
<td width="78%">


<p>Skip rebuilding index file. MEncoder skips writing the
index with this option.</p></td></tr>
</tbody></table>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>−ipv4−only−proxy
(network only)</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Skip the proxy for IPv6
addresses. It will still be used for IPv4 connections.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>−loadidx &lt;index
file&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">The file from which to read the
video index data saved by −saveidx. This index will be
used for seeking, overriding any index data contained in the
AVI itself. MPlayer will not prevent you from loading an
index file generated from a different AVI, but this is sure
to cause unfavorable results. <i><br>
NOTE:</i> This option is obsolete now that MPlayer has
OpenDML support.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>−mc
&lt;seconds/frame&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">maximum A-V sync correction per
frame (in seconds) <br>
−mc 0 should always be combined with −noskip for
mencoder, otherwise it will almost certainly cause A-V
desync.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>−mf
&lt;option1:option2:...&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Used when decoding from
multiple PNG or JPEG files.</p>

<p style="margin-left:22%; margin-top: 1em">Available
options are:</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">w=&lt;value&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">input file width (default:
autodetect)</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">h=&lt;value&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">input file height (default:
autodetect)</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">fps=&lt;value&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">output fps (default: 25)</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">type=&lt;value&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">input file type (available:
jpeg, png, tga, sgi)</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>−ni (AVI only)</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Force usage of non-interleaved
AVI parser (fixes playback of some bad AVI files).</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>−nobps (AVI
only)</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Do not use average byte/second
value for A-V sync. Helps with some AVI files with broken
header.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>−noextbased</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Disables extension-based
demuxer selection. By default, when the file type (demuxer)
cannot be detected reliably (the file has no header or it is
not reliable enough), the filename extension is used to
select the demuxer. Always falls back on content-based
demuxer selection.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>−passwd
&lt;password&gt; (also see −user) (network
only)</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Specify password for HTTP
authentication.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>−prefer−ipv4
(network only)</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Use IPv4 on network
connections. Falls back on IPv6 automatically.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>−prefer−ipv6
(IPv6 network only)</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Use IPv6 on network
connections. Falls back on IPv4 automatically.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>−psprobe &lt;byte
position&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">When playing an MPEG-PS or
MPEG-PES streams, this option lets you specify how many
bytes in the stream you want MPlayer to scan in order to
identify the video codec used. This option is needed to play
EVO or VDR files containing H.264 streams.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>−pvr
&lt;option1:option2:...&gt; (PVR only)</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">This option tunes various
encoding properties of the PVR capture module. It has to be
used with any hardware MPEG encoder based card supported by
the V4L2 driver. The Hauppauge WinTV
PVR−150/250/350/500 and all IVTV based cards are known
as PVR capture cards. Be aware that only Linux 2.6.18 kernel
and above is able to handle MPEG stream through V4L2 layer.
For hardware capture of an MPEG stream and watching it with
MPlayer/MEncoder, use ’pvr://’ as a movie
URL.</p>

<p style="margin-left:22%; margin-top: 1em">Available
options are:</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">aspect=&lt;0−3&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Specify input aspect ratio:</p>

<p style="margin-left:38%;">0: 1:1 <br>
1: 4:3 (default) <br>
2: 16:9 <br>
3: 2.21:1</p>


<p style="margin-left:26%;">arate=&lt;32000−48000&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Specify encoding audio rate
(default: 48000 Hz, available: 32000, 44100 and 48000
Hz).</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">alayer=&lt;1−3&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Specify MPEG audio layer
encoding (default: 2).</p>


<p style="margin-left:26%;">abitrate=&lt;32−448&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Specify audio encoding bitrate
in kbps (default: 384).</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">amode=&lt;value&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Specify audio encoding mode.
Available preset values are ’stereo’,
’joint_stereo’, ’dual’ and
’mono’ (default: stereo).</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">vbitrate=&lt;value&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Specify average video bitrate
encoding in Mbps (default: 6).</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">vmode=&lt;value&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Specify video encoding
mode:</p>

<p style="margin-left:38%;">vbr: Variable BitRate (default)
<br>
cbr: Constant BitRate</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">vpeak=&lt;value&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Specify peak video bitrate
encoding in Mbps (only useful for VBR encoding, default:
9.6).</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">fmt=&lt;value&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Choose an MPEG format for
encoding:</p>

<p style="margin-left:38%;">ps: MPEG-2 Program Stream
(default) <br>
ts: MPEG-2 Transport Stream <br>
mpeg1: MPEG-1 System Stream <br>
vcd: Video CD compatible stream <br>
svcd: Super Video CD compatible stream <br>
dvd: DVD compatible stream</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>−radio
&lt;option1:option2:...&gt; (radio only)</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">These options set various
parameters of the radio capture module. For listening to
radio with MPlayer use
’radio://&lt;frequency&gt;’ (if channels option
is not given) or
’radio://&lt;channel_number&gt;’ (if channels
option is given) as a movie URL. You can see allowed
frequency range by running MPlayer with
’−v’. To start the grabbing subsystem, use
’radio://&lt;frequency or channel&gt;/capture’.
If the capture keyword is not given you can listen to radio
using the line-in cable only. Using capture to listen is not
recommended due to synchronization problems, which makes
this process uncomfortable.</p>

<p style="margin-left:22%; margin-top: 1em">Available
options are:</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">device=&lt;value&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Radio device to use (default:
/dev/radio0 for Linux and /dev/tuner0 for *BSD).</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">driver=&lt;value&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Radio driver to use (default:
v4l2 if available, otherwise v4l). Currently, v4l and v4l2
drivers are supported.</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">volume=&lt;0..100&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">sound volume for radio device
(default 100)</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">freq_min=&lt;value&gt; (*BSD
BT848 only)</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">minimum allowed frequency
(default: 87.50)</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">freq_max=&lt;value&gt; (*BSD
BT848 only)</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">maximum allowed frequency
(default: 108.00)</p>


<p style="margin-left:26%;">channels=&lt;frequency&gt;−&lt;name&gt;,&lt;frequency&gt;−&lt;name&gt;,...</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Set channel list. Use _ for
spaces in names (or play with quoting ;-). The channel names
will then be written using OSD and the slave commands
radio_step_channel and radio_set_channel will be usable for
a remote control (see LIRC). If given, number in movie URL
will be treated as channel position in channel list. <i><br>
EXAMPLE:</i> radio://1, radio://104.4, radio_set_channel
1</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">adevice=&lt;value&gt; (radio
capture only)</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Name of device to capture sound
from. Without such a name capture will be disabled, even if
the capture keyword appears in the URL. For ALSA devices use
it in the form hw=&lt;card&gt;.&lt;device&gt;. If the device
name contains a ’=’, the module will use ALSA to
capture, otherwise OSS.</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">arate=&lt;value&gt; (radio
capture only)</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Rate in samples per second
(default: 44100). <i><br>
NOTE:</i> When using audio capture set also −rawaudio
rate=&lt;value&gt; option with the same value as arate. If
you have problems with sound speed (runs too quickly), try
to play with different rate values (e.g.
48000,44100,32000,...).</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">achannels=&lt;value&gt; (radio
capture only)</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Number of audio channels to
capture.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>−rawaudio
&lt;option1:option2:...&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">This option lets you play raw
audio files. You have to use −demuxer rawaudio as
well. It may also be used to play audio CDs which are not
44kHz 16-bit stereo. For playing raw AC-3 streams use
−rawaudio format=0x2000 −demuxer rawaudio.</p>

<p style="margin-left:22%; margin-top: 1em">Available
options are:</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">channels=&lt;value&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">number of channels</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">rate=&lt;value&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">rate in samples per second</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">samplesize=&lt;value&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">sample size in bytes</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">bitrate=&lt;value&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">bitrate for rawaudio files</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">format=&lt;value&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">fourcc in hex</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>−rawvideo
&lt;option1:option2:...&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">This option lets you play raw
video files. You have to use −demuxer rawvideo as
well.</p>

<p style="margin-left:22%; margin-top: 1em">Available
options are:</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">fps=&lt;value&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">rate in frames per second
(default: 25.0)</p>


<p style="margin-left:26%;">sqcif|qcif|cif|4cif|pal|ntsc</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">set standard image size</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">w=&lt;value&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">image width in pixels</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">h=&lt;value&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">image height in pixels</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">i420|yv12|yuy2|y8</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">set colorspace</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">format=&lt;value&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">colorspace (fourcc) in hex or
string constant. Use −rawvideo format=help for a list
of possible strings.</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">size=&lt;value&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">frame size in Bytes</p>


<p style="margin-left:22%; margin-top: 1em"><i>EXAMPLE:</i></p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">mplayer foreman.qcif -demuxer
rawvideo -rawvideo qcif</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Play the famous
"foreman" sample video.</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">mplayer sample-720x576.yuv
-demuxer rawvideo -rawvideo <br>
w=720:h=576</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Play a raw YUV sample.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>−referrer
&lt;string&gt; (network only)</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Specify a referrer path or URL
for HTTP requests.</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>−rtsp−port</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Used with ’rtsp://’
URLs to force the client’s port number. This option
may be useful if you are behind a router and want to forward
the RTSP stream from the server to a specific client.</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>−rtsp−destination</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Used with ’rtsp://’
URLs to force the destination IP address to be bound. This
option may be useful with some RTSP server which do not send
RTP packets to the right interface. If the connection to the
RTSP server fails, use −v to see which IP address
MPlayer tries to bind to and try to force it to one assigned
to your computer instead.</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>−rtsp−stream−over−tcp
(LIVE555 and NEMESI only)</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Used with ’rtsp://’
URLs to specify that the resulting incoming RTP and RTCP
packets be streamed over TCP (using the same TCP connection
as RTSP). This option may be useful if you have a broken
internet connection that does not pass incoming UDP packets
(see http://www.live555.com/mplayer/).</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>−rtsp−stream−over−http
(LIVE555 only)</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Used with ’http://’
URLs to specify that the resulting incoming RTP and RTCP
packets be streamed over HTTP.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>−saveidx
&lt;filename&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Force index rebuilding and dump
the index to &lt;filename&gt;. Currently this only works
with AVI files. <i><br>
NOTE:</i> This option is obsolete now that MPlayer has
OpenDML support.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>−sb &lt;byte
position&gt; (also see −ss)</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Seek to byte position. Useful
for playback from CD-ROM images or VOB files with junk at
the beginning.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>−speed
&lt;0.01−100&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Slow down or speed up playback
by the factor given as parameter. Not guaranteed to work
correctly with −oac copy.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>−srate
&lt;Hz&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Select the output sample rate
to be used (of course sound cards have limits on this). If
the sample frequency selected is different from that of the
current media, the resample or lavcresample audio filter
will be inserted into the audio filter layer to compensate
for the difference. The type of resampling can be controlled
by the −af−adv option. The default is fast
resampling that may cause distortion.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>−ss &lt;time&gt; (also
see −sb)</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Seek to given time
position.</p>


<p style="margin-left:22%; margin-top: 1em"><i>EXAMPLE:</i></p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">−ss 56</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Seeks to 56 seconds.</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">−ss 01:10:00</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Seeks to 1 hour 10 min.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>−tskeepbroken</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Tells MPlayer not to discard TS
packets reported as broken in the stream. Sometimes needed
to play corrupted MPEG-TS files.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>−tsprobe &lt;byte
position&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">When playing an MPEG-TS stream,
this option lets you specify how many bytes in the stream
you want MPlayer to search for the desired audio and video
IDs.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>−tsprog
&lt;1−65534&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">When playing an MPEG-TS stream,
you can specify with this option which program (if present)
you want to play. Can be used with −vid and
−aid.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>−tv
&lt;option1:option2:...&gt; (TV/PVR only)</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">This option tunes various
properties of the TV capture module. For watching TV with
MPlayer, use ’tv://’ or
’tv://&lt;channel_number&gt;’ or even
’tv://&lt;channel_name&gt; (see option channels for
channel_name below) as a movie URL. You can also use
’tv:///&lt;input_id&gt;’ to start watching a
movie from a composite or S-Video input (see option input
for details).</p>

<p style="margin-left:22%; margin-top: 1em">Available
options are:</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">noaudio</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">no sound</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">automute=&lt;0−255&gt;
(v4l and v4l2 only)</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">If signal strength reported by
device is less than this value, audio and video will be
muted. In most cases automute=100 will be enough. Default is
0 (automute disabled).</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">driver=&lt;value&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">See −tv driver=help for a
list of compiled-in TV input drivers. available: dummy, v4l,
v4l2, bsdbt848 (default: autodetect)</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">device=&lt;value&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Specify TV device (default:
/dev/video0). <i>NOTE:</i> For the bsdbt848 driver you can
provide both bktr and tuner device names separating them
with a comma, tuner after bktr (e.g. -tv
device=/dev/bktr1,/dev/tuner1).</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">input=&lt;value&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Specify input (default: 0 (TV),
see console output for available inputs).</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">freq=&lt;value&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Specify the frequency to set
the tuner to (e.g. 511.250). Not compatible with the
channels parameter.</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">outfmt=&lt;value&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Specify the output format of
the tuner with a preset value supported by the V4L driver
(yv12, rgb32, rgb24, rgb16, rgb15, uyvy, yuy2, i420) or an
arbitrary format given as hex value. Try outfmt=help for a
list of all available formats.</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">width=&lt;value&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">output window width</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">height=&lt;value&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">output window height</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">fps=&lt;value&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">framerate at which to capture
video (frames per second)</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">buffersize=&lt;value&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">maximum size of the capture
buffer in megabytes (default: dynamical)</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">norm=&lt;value&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">For bsdbt848 and v4l, PAL,
SECAM, NTSC are available. For v4l2, see the console output
for a list of all available norms, also see the normid
option below.</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">normid=&lt;value&gt; (v4l2
only)</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Sets the TV norm to the given
numeric ID. The TV norm depends on the capture card. See the
console output for a list of available TV norms.</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">channel=&lt;value&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Set tuner to &lt;value&gt;
channel.</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">chanlist=&lt;value&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">available: argentina,
australia, china-bcast, europe-east, europe-west, france,
ireland, italy, japan-bcast, japan-cable, newzealand,
russia, southafrica, us-bcast, us-cable, us-cable-hrc</p>


<p style="margin-left:26%;">channels=&lt;chan&gt;−&lt;name&gt;[=&lt;norm&gt;],&lt;chan&gt;−&lt;name&gt;[=&lt;norm&gt;],...</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Set names for channels.
<i>NOTE:</i> If &lt;chan&gt; is an integer greater than
1000, it will be treated as frequency (in kHz) rather than
channel name from frequency table. <br>
Use _ for spaces in names (or play with quoting ;-). The
channel names will then be written using OSD, and the slave
commands tv_step_channel, tv_set_channel and tv_last_channel
will be usable for a remote control (see LIRC). Not
compatible with the frequency parameter. <i><br>
NOTE:</i> The channel number will then be the position in
the ’channels’ list, beginning with 1. <i><br>
EXAMPLE:</i> tv://1, tv://TV1, tv_set_channel 1,
tv_set_channel TV1</p>


<p style="margin-left:26%;">[brightness|contrast|hue|saturation]=&lt;−100−100&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Set the image equalizer on the
card.</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">audiorate=&lt;value&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Set input audio sample
rate.</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">forceaudio</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Capture audio even if there are
no audio sources reported by v4l.</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">alsa&nbsp;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Capture from ALSA.</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">amode=&lt;0−3&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Choose an audio mode:</p>

<p style="margin-left:38%;">0: mono <br>
1: stereo <br>
2: language 1 <br>
3: language 2</p>


<p style="margin-left:26%;">forcechan=&lt;1−2&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">By default, the count of
recorded audio channels is determined automatically by
querying the audio mode from the TV card. This option allows
forcing stereo/mono recording regardless of the amode option
and the values returned by v4l. This can be used for
troubleshooting when the TV card is unable to report the
current audio mode.</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">adevice=&lt;value&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Set an audio device.
&lt;value&gt; should be /dev/xxx for OSS and a hardware ID
for ALSA. You must replace any ’:’ by a
’.’ in the hardware ID for ALSA.</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">audioid=&lt;value&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Choose an audio output of the
capture card, if it has more than one.</p>


<p style="margin-left:26%;">[volume|bass|treble|balance]=&lt;0−65535&gt;
(v4l1) <br>
[volume|bass|treble|balance]=&lt;0−100&gt; (v4l2)</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">These options set parameters of
the mixer on the video capture card. They will have no
effect, if your card does not have one. For v4l2 50 maps to
the default value of the control, as reported by the
driver.</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">gain=&lt;0−100&gt;
(v4l2)</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Set gain control for video
devices (usually webcams) to the desired value and switch
off automatic control. A value of 0 enables automatic
control. If this option is omitted, gain control will not be
modified.</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">immediatemode=&lt;bool&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">A value of 0 means capture and
buffer audio and video together (default for MEncoder). A
value of 1 (default for MPlayer) means to do video capture
only and let the audio go through a loopback cable from the
TV card to the sound card.</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">mjpeg</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Use hardware MJPEG compression
(if the card supports it). When using this option, you do
not need to specify the width and height of the output
window, because MPlayer will determine it automatically from
the decimation value (see below).</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">decimation=&lt;1|2|4&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">choose the size of the picture
that will be compressed by hardware MJPEG compression:</p>

<p style="margin-left:38%;">1: full size <br>
704x576 PAL <br>
704x480 NTSC <br>
2: medium size <br>
352x288 PAL <br>
352x240 NTSC <br>
4: small size <br>
176x144 PAL <br>
176x120 NTSC</p>


<p style="margin-left:26%;">quality=&lt;0−100&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Choose the quality of the JPEG
compression (&lt; 60 recommended for full size).</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">tdevice=&lt;value&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Specify TV teletext device
(example: /dev/vbi0) (default: none).</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">tformat=&lt;format&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Specify TV teletext display
format (default: 0):</p>

<p style="margin-left:38%;">0: opaque <br>
1: transparent <br>
2: opaque with inverted colors <br>
3: transparent with inverted colors</p>


<p style="margin-left:26%;">tpage=&lt;100−899&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Specify initial TV teletext
page number (default: 100).</p>


<p style="margin-left:26%;">tlang=&lt;−1−127&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Specify default teletext
language code (default: 0), which will be used as primary
language until a type 28 packet is received. Useful when the
teletext system uses a non-latin character set, but language
codes are not transmitted via teletext type 28 packets for
some reason. To see a list of supported language codes set
this option to −1.</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">hidden_video_renderer (dshow
only)</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Terminate stream with video
renderer instead of Null renderer (default: off). Will help
if video freezes but audio does not. <i>NOTE:</i> May not
work with −vo directx and −vf crop
combination.</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">hidden_vp_renderer (dshow
only)</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Terminate VideoPort pin stream
with video renderer instead of removing it from the graph
(default: off). Useful if your card has a VideoPort pin and
video is choppy. <i>NOTE:</i> May not work with −vo
directx and −vf crop combination.</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">system_clock (dshow only)</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Use the system clock as sync
source instead of the default graph clock (usually the clock
from one of the live sources in graph).</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">normalize_audio_chunks (dshow
only)</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Create audio chunks with a time
length equal to video frame time length (default: off). Some
audio cards create audio chunks about 0.5s in size,
resulting in choppy video when using immediatemode=0.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>−tvscan
&lt;option1:option2:...&gt; (TV and MPlayer only)</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Tune the TV channel scanner.
MPlayer will also print value for "-tv channels="
option, including existing and just found channels.</p>

<p style="margin-left:22%; margin-top: 1em">Available
suboptions are:</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">autostart</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Begin channel scanning
immediately after startup (default: disabled).</p>


<p style="margin-left:26%;">period=&lt;0.1−2.0&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Specify delay in seconds before
switching to next channel (default: 0.5). Lower values will
cause faster scanning, but can detect inactive TV channels
as active.</p>


<p style="margin-left:26%;">threshold=&lt;1−100&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Threshold value for the signal
strength (in percent), as reported by the device (default:
50). A signal strength higher than this value will indicate
that the currently scanning channel is active.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>−user &lt;username&gt;
(also see −passwd) (network only)</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Specify username for HTTP
authentication.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>−user−agent
&lt;string&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Use &lt;string&gt; as user
agent for HTTP streaming.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>−vid
&lt;ID&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Select video channel (MPG:
0−15, ASF: 0−255, MPEG-TS: 17−8190). When
playing an MPEG-TS stream, MPlayer/MEncoder will use the
first program (if present) with the chosen video stream.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>−vivo
&lt;suboption&gt; (DEBUG CODE)</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Force audio parameters for the
VIVO demuxer (for debugging purposes). FIXME: Document
this.</p>

<h2>OSD/SUBTITLE OPTIONS
<a name="OSD/SUBTITLE OPTIONS"></a>
</h2>


<p style="margin-left:11%; margin-top: 1em"><i>NOTE:</i>
Also see −vf expand. <b><br>
−ass (FreeType only)</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Turn on SSA/ASS subtitle
rendering. With this option, libass will be used for SSA/ASS
external subtitles and Matroska tracks. You may also want to
use −embeddedfonts. <i><br>
NOTE:</i> Unlike normal OSD, libass uses fontconfig by
default. To disable it, use −nofontconfig.</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>−ass−border−color
&lt;value&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Sets the border (outline) color
for text subtitles. The color format is RRGGBBAA.</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>−ass−bottom−margin
&lt;value&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Adds a black band at the bottom
of the frame. The SSA/ASS renderer can place subtitles there
(with −ass−use−margins).</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>−ass−color
&lt;value&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Sets the color for text
subtitles. The color format is RRGGBBAA.</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>−ass−font−scale
&lt;value&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Set the scale coefficient to be
used for fonts in the SSA/ASS renderer.</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>−ass−force−style
&lt;[Style.]Param=Value[,...]&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Override some style or script
info parameters.</p>


<p style="margin-left:22%; margin-top: 1em"><i>EXAMPLE:</i></p>


<p style="margin-left:26%;">−ass−force−style
FontName=Arial,Default.Bold=1 <br>
−ass−force−style PlayResY=768</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>−ass−hinting
&lt;type&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Set hinting type. &lt;type&gt;
can be:</p>

<table rules="none" frame="void" border="0" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" width="100%">
<tbody><tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="26%"></td>
<td width="2%">


<p>0</p></td>
<td width="6%"></td>
<td width="49%">


<p>no hinting</p></td>
<td width="17%">
</td></tr>
<tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="26%"></td>
<td width="2%">


<p>1</p></td>
<td width="6%"></td>
<td width="49%">


<p>FreeType autohinter, light mode</p></td>
<td width="17%">
</td></tr>
<tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="26%"></td>
<td width="2%">


<p>2</p></td>
<td width="6%"></td>
<td width="49%">


<p>FreeType autohinter, normal mode</p></td>
<td width="17%">
</td></tr>
<tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="26%"></td>
<td width="2%">


<p>3</p></td>
<td width="6%"></td>
<td width="49%">


<p>font native hinter</p></td>
<td width="17%">
</td></tr>
</tbody></table>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">0-3 + 4</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">The same, but hinting will only
be performed if the OSD is rendered at screen resolution and
will therefore not be scaled.</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">The default value is 7 (use
native hinter for unscaled OSD and no hinting
otherwise).</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>−ass−line−spacing
&lt;value&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Set line spacing value for
SSA/ASS renderer.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>−ass−styles
&lt;filename&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Load all SSA/ASS styles found
in the specified file and use them for rendering text
subtitles. The syntax of the file is exactly like the [V4
Styles] / [V4+ Styles] section of SSA/ASS.</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>−ass−top−margin
&lt;value&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Adds a black band at the top of
the frame. The SSA/ASS renderer can place toptitles there
(with −ass−use−margins).</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>−ass−use−margins</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Enables placing toptitles and
subtitles in black borders when they are available.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>−dumpjacosub (MPlayer
only)</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Convert the given subtitle
(specified with the −sub option) to the time-based
JACOsub subtitle format. Creates a dumpsub.js file in the
current directory.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>−dumpmicrodvdsub
(MPlayer only)</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Convert the given subtitle
(specified with the −sub option) to the MicroDVD
subtitle format. Creates a dumpsub.sub file in the current
directory.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>−dumpmpsub (MPlayer
only)</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Convert the given subtitle
(specified with the −sub option) to MPlayer’s
subtitle format, MPsub. Creates a dump.mpsub file in the
current directory.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>−dumpsami (MPlayer
only)</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Convert the given subtitle
(specified with the −sub option) to the time-based
SAMI subtitle format. Creates a dumpsub.smi file in the
current directory.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>−dumpsrtsub (MPlayer
only)</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Convert the given subtitle
(specified with the −sub option) to the time-based
SubViewer (SRT) subtitle format. Creates a dumpsub.srt file
in the current directory. <i><br>
NOTE:</i> Some broken hardware players choke on SRT subtitle
files with Unix line endings. If you are unlucky enough to
have such a box, pass your subtitle files through unix2dos
or a similar program to replace Unix line endings with
DOS/Windows line endings.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>−dumpsub (MPlayer
only) (BETA CODE)</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Dumps the subtitle substream
from VOB streams. Also see the −dump*sub and
−vobsubout* options.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>−embeddedfonts
(FreeType only)</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Enables extraction of Matroska
embedded fonts (default: disabled). These fonts can be used
for SSA/ASS subtitle rendering (−ass option). Font
files are created in the ~/.mplayer/fonts directory. <i><br>
NOTE:</i> With FontConfig 2.4.2 or newer, embedded fonts are
opened directly from memory, and this option is enabled by
default.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>−ffactor
&lt;number&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Resample the font alphamap. Can
be:</p>

<table rules="none" frame="void" border="0" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" width="100%">
<tbody><tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="26%"></td>
<td width="6%">


<p>0</p></td>
<td width="2%"></td>
<td width="54%">


<p>plain white fonts</p></td>
<td width="12%">
</td></tr>
<tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="26%"></td>
<td width="6%">


<p>0.75</p></td>
<td width="2%"></td>
<td width="54%">


<p>very narrow black outline (default)</p></td>
<td width="12%">
</td></tr>
<tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="26%"></td>
<td width="6%">


<p>1</p></td>
<td width="2%"></td>
<td width="54%">


<p>narrow black outline</p></td>
<td width="12%">
</td></tr>
<tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="26%"></td>
<td width="6%">


<p>10</p></td>
<td width="2%"></td>
<td width="54%">


<p>bold black outline</p></td>
<td width="12%">
</td></tr>
</tbody></table>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>−flip−hebrew
(FriBiDi only)</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Turns on flipping subtitles
using FriBiDi.</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>−noflip−hebrew−commas</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Change FriBiDi’s
assumptions about the placements of commas in subtitles. Use
this if commas in subtitles are shown at the start of a
sentence instead of at the end.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>−font &lt;path to
font.desc file, path to font (FreeType), font pattern <br>
(Fontconfig)&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Search for the OSD/SUB fonts in
an alternative directory (default for normal fonts:
~/.mplayer/font/font.desc, default for FreeType fonts:
~/.mplayer/subfont.ttf). <i><br>
NOTE:</i> With FreeType, this option determines the path to
the text font file. With Fontconfig, this option determines
the Fontconfig font pattern.</p>


<p style="margin-left:22%; margin-top: 1em"><i>EXAMPLE:</i></p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">−font
~/.mplayer/arial-14/font.desc <br>
−font ~/.mplayer/arialuni.ttf <br>
−font ’Bitstream Vera Sans’ <br>
−font ’Bitstream Vera Sans:style=Bold’</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>−fontconfig
(fontconfig only)</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Enables the usage of fontconfig
managed fonts. <i><br>
NOTE:</i> By default fontconfig is used for libass-rendered
subtitles and not used for OSD. With −fontconfig it is
used for both libass and OSD, with −nofontconfig it is
not used at all.</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>−forcedsubsonly</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Display only forced subtitles
for the DVD subtitle stream selected by e.g.
−slang.</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>−fribidi−charset
&lt;charset name&gt; (FriBiDi only)</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Specifies the character set
that will be passed to FriBiDi when decoding non-UTF-8
subtitles (default: ISO8859-8).</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>−ifo &lt;VOBsub IFO
file&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Indicate the file that will be
used to load palette and frame size for VOBsub
subtitles.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>−noautosub</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Turns off automatic subtitle
file loading.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>−osd−duration
&lt;time&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Set the duration of the OSD
messages in ms (default: 1000).</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>−osd−fractions
&lt;0−2&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Set how fractions of seconds of
the current timestamp are printed on the OSD:</p>

<table rules="none" frame="void" border="0" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" width="100%">
<tbody><tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="26%"></td>
<td width="2%">


<p>0</p></td>
<td width="6%"></td>
<td width="66%">


<p>Do not display fractions (default).</p></td></tr>
<tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="26%"></td>
<td width="2%">


<p>1</p></td>
<td width="6%"></td>
<td width="66%">


<p>Show the first two decimals.</p></td></tr>
<tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="26%"></td>
<td width="2%">


<p>2</p></td>
<td width="6%"></td>
<td width="66%">


<p>Show approximated frame count within current second.
This frame count is not accurate but only an approximation.
For variable fps, the approximation is known to be far off
the correct frame count.</p></td></tr>
</tbody></table>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>−osdlevel
&lt;0−3&gt; (MPlayer only)</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Specifies which mode the OSD
should start in.</p>

<table rules="none" frame="void" border="0" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" width="100%">
<tbody><tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="26%"></td>
<td width="2%">


<p>0</p></td>
<td width="6%"></td>
<td width="66%">


<p>subtitles only</p></td></tr>
<tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="26%"></td>
<td width="2%">


<p>1</p></td>
<td width="6%"></td>
<td width="66%">


<p>volume + seek (default)</p></td></tr>
<tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="26%"></td>
<td width="2%">


<p>2</p></td>
<td width="6%"></td>
<td width="66%">


<p>volume + seek + timer + percentage</p></td></tr>
<tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="26%"></td>
<td width="2%">


<p>3</p></td>
<td width="6%"></td>
<td width="66%">


<p>volume + seek + timer + percentage + total time</p></td></tr>
</tbody></table>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>−overlapsub</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Allows the next subtitle to be
displayed while the current one is still visible (default is
to enable the support only for specific formats).</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>−sid &lt;ID&gt; (also
see −slang, −vobsubid)</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Display the subtitle stream
specified by &lt;ID&gt; (0−31). MPlayer prints the
available subtitle IDs when run in verbose (−v) mode.
If you cannot select one of the subtitles on a DVD, also try
−vobsubid.</p>

<table rules="none" frame="void" border="0" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" width="100%">
<tbody><tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="11%"></td>
<td width="9%">


<p><b>−nosub</b></p></td>
<td width="2%"></td>
<td width="78%">


<p>Disables any otherwise auto-selected internal subtitles
(as e.g. the Matroska/mkv demuxer supports). Use
−noautosub to disable the loading of external subtitle
files.</p> </td></tr>
</tbody></table>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>−slang &lt;language
code[,language code,...]&gt; (also see −sid)</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Specify a priority list of
subtitle languages to use. Different container formats
employ different language codes. DVDs use ISO 639-1 two
letter language codes, Matroska uses ISO 639-2 three letter
language codes while OGM uses a free-form identifier.
MPlayer prints the available languages when run in verbose
(−v) mode.</p>


<p style="margin-left:22%; margin-top: 1em"><i>EXAMPLE:</i></p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">mplayer dvd://1 −slang
hu,en</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Chooses the Hungarian subtitle
track on a DVD and falls back on English if Hungarian is not
available.</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">mplayer −slang jpn
example.mkv</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Plays a Matroska file with
Japanese subtitles.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>−spuaa
&lt;mode&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Antialiasing/scaling mode for
DVD/VOBsub. A value of 16 may be added to &lt;mode&gt; in
order to force scaling even when original and scaled frame
size already match. This can be employed to e.g. smooth
subtitles with gaussian blur. Available modes are:</p>

<table rules="none" frame="void" border="0" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" width="100%">
<tbody><tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="26%"></td>
<td width="2%">


<p>0</p></td>
<td width="6%"></td>
<td width="66%">


<p>none (fastest, very ugly)</p></td></tr>
<tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="26%"></td>
<td width="2%">


<p>1</p></td>
<td width="6%"></td>
<td width="66%">


<p>approximate (broken?)</p></td></tr>
<tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="26%"></td>
<td width="2%">


<p>2</p></td>
<td width="6%"></td>
<td width="66%">


<p>full (slow)</p></td></tr>
<tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="26%"></td>
<td width="2%">


<p>3</p></td>
<td width="6%"></td>
<td width="66%">


<p>bilinear (default, fast and not too bad)</p></td></tr>
<tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="26%"></td>
<td width="2%">


<p>4</p></td>
<td width="6%"></td>
<td width="66%">


<p>uses swscaler gaussian blur (looks very good)</p></td></tr>
</tbody></table>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>−spualign
&lt;−1−2&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Specify how SPU (DVD/VOBsub)
subtitles should be aligned.</p>

<table rules="none" frame="void" border="0" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" width="100%">
<tbody><tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="26%"></td>
<td width="3%">


<p>−1</p></td>
<td width="5%"></td>
<td width="64%">


<p>original position</p></td>
<td width="2%">
</td></tr>
<tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="26%"></td>
<td width="3%">


<p>0</p></td>
<td width="5%"></td>
<td width="64%">


<p>Align at top (original behavior, default).</p></td>
<td width="2%">
</td></tr>
<tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="26%"></td>
<td width="3%">


<p>1</p></td>
<td width="5%"></td>
<td width="64%">


<p>Align at center.</p></td>
<td width="2%">
</td></tr>
<tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="26%"></td>
<td width="3%">


<p>2</p></td>
<td width="5%"></td>
<td width="64%">


<p>Align at bottom.</p></td>
<td width="2%">
</td></tr>
</tbody></table>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>−spugauss
&lt;0.0−3.0&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Variance parameter of gaussian
used by −spuaa 4. Higher means more blur (default:
1.0).</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>−sub
&lt;subtitlefile1,subtitlefile2,...&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Use/display these subtitle
files. Only one file can be displayed at the same time.</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>−sub−bg−alpha
&lt;0−255&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Specify the alpha channel value
for subtitles and OSD backgrounds. Big values mean more
transparency. 0 means completely transparent.</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>−sub−bg−color
&lt;0−255&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Specify the color value for
subtitles and OSD backgrounds. Currently subtitles are
grayscale so this value is equivalent to the intensity of
the color. 255 means white and 0 black.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>−sub−demuxer
&lt;[+]name&gt; (−subfile only) (BETA CODE)</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Force subtitle demuxer type for
−subfile. Use a ’+’ before the name to
force it, this will skip some checks! Give the demuxer name
as printed by −sub−demuxer help. For backward
compatibility it also accepts the demuxer ID as defined in
subreader.h.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>−sub−fuzziness
&lt;mode&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Adjust matching fuzziness when
searching for subtitles:</p>

<table rules="none" frame="void" border="0" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" width="100%">
<tbody><tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="26%"></td>
<td width="2%">


<p>0</p></td>
<td width="6%"></td>
<td width="66%">


<p>exact match (default)</p></td></tr>
<tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="26%"></td>
<td width="2%">


<p>1</p></td>
<td width="6%"></td>
<td width="66%">


<p>Load all subs containing movie name.</p></td></tr>
<tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="26%"></td>
<td width="2%">


<p>2</p></td>
<td width="6%"></td>
<td width="66%">


<p>Load all subs in the current and −sub−paths
directories.</p> </td></tr>
</tbody></table>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>−sub−no−text−pp</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Disables any kind of text post
processing done after loading the subtitles. Used for debug
purposes.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>−subalign
&lt;0−2&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Specify which edge of the
subtitles should be aligned at the height given by
−subpos.</p>

<table rules="none" frame="void" border="0" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" width="100%">
<tbody><tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="26%"></td>
<td width="2%">


<p>0</p></td>
<td width="6%"></td>
<td width="66%">


<p>Align subtitle top edge (original behavior).</p></td></tr>
<tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="26%"></td>
<td width="2%">


<p>1</p></td>
<td width="6%"></td>
<td width="66%">


<p>Align subtitle center.</p></td></tr>
<tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="26%"></td>
<td width="2%">


<p>2</p></td>
<td width="6%"></td>
<td width="66%">


<p>Align subtitle bottom edge (default).</p></td></tr>
</tbody></table>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>−subcc
&lt;1−4&gt;&nbsp;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Display DVD Closed Caption (CC)
subtitles from the specified channel. These are <b>not</b>
the VOB subtitles, these are special ASCII subtitles for the
hearing impaired encoded in the VOB userdata stream on most
region 1 DVDs. CC subtitles have not been spotted on DVDs
from other regions so far.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>−subcp
&lt;codepage&gt; (iconv only)</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">If your system supports
iconv(3), you can use this option to specify the subtitle
codepage.</p>


<p style="margin-left:22%; margin-top: 1em"><i>EXAMPLE:</i></p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">−subcp latin2 <br>
−subcp cp1250</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>−subcp
enca:&lt;language&gt;:&lt;fallback codepage&gt; (ENCA
only)</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">You can specify your language
using a two letter language code to make ENCA detect the
codepage automatically. If unsure, enter anything and watch
mplayer −v output for available languages. Fallback
codepage specifies the codepage to use, when autodetection
fails.</p>


<p style="margin-left:22%; margin-top: 1em"><i>EXAMPLE:</i></p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">−subcp enca:cs:latin2</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Guess the encoding, assuming
the subtitles are Czech, fall back on latin 2, if the
detection fails.</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">−subcp enca:pl:cp1250</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Guess the encoding for Polish,
fall back on cp1250.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>−sub−paths
&lt;path1,path2,...&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Specify extra subtitle paths to
track in the media directory.</p>


<p style="margin-left:22%; margin-top: 1em"><i>EXAMPLE:</i>
Assuming that /path/to/movie/movie.avi is played and
−sub−paths sub,subtitles,/tmp/subs is specified,
MPlayer searches for subtitle files in these
directories:</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">/path/to/movie/ <br>
/path/to/movie/sub/ <br>
/path/to/movie/subtitles/ <br>
/tmp/subs/ <br>
~/.mplayer/sub/</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>−subdelay
&lt;sec&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Delays subtitles by &lt;sec&gt;
seconds. Can be negative.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>−subfile
&lt;filename&gt; (BETA CODE)</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Currently useless. Same as
−audiofile, but for subtitle streams (OggDS?).</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>−subfont &lt;path to
font (FreeType), font pattern (Fontconfig)&gt; (FreeType
<br>
only)</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Sets the subtitle font (see
−font). If no −subfont is given, −font is
used.</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>−subfont−autoscale
&lt;0−3&gt; (FreeType only)</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Sets the autoscale mode.
<i><br>
NOTE:</i> 0 means that text scale and OSD scale are font
heights in points.</p>

<p style="margin-left:22%; margin-top: 1em">The mode can
be:</p>

<table rules="none" frame="void" border="0" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" width="100%">
<tbody><tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="26%"></td>
<td width="2%">


<p>0</p></td>
<td width="6%"></td>
<td width="61%">


<p>no autoscale</p></td>
<td width="5%">
</td></tr>
<tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="26%"></td>
<td width="2%">


<p>1</p></td>
<td width="6%"></td>
<td width="61%">


<p>proportional to movie height</p></td>
<td width="5%">
</td></tr>
<tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="26%"></td>
<td width="2%">


<p>2</p></td>
<td width="6%"></td>
<td width="61%">


<p>proportional to movie width</p></td>
<td width="5%">
</td></tr>
<tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="26%"></td>
<td width="2%">


<p>3</p></td>
<td width="6%"></td>
<td width="61%">


<p>proportional to movie diagonal (default)</p></td>
<td width="5%">
</td></tr>
</tbody></table>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>−subfont−blur
&lt;0−8&gt; (FreeType only)</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Sets the font blur radius
(default: 2).</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>−subfont−encoding
&lt;value&gt; (FreeType only)</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Sets the font encoding. When
set to ’unicode’, all the glyphs from the font
file will be rendered and unicode will be used (default:
unicode).</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>−subfont−osd−scale
&lt;0−100&gt; (FreeType only)</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Sets the autoscale coefficient
of the OSD elements (default: 6).</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>−subfont−outline
&lt;0−8&gt; (FreeType only)</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Sets the font outline thickness
(default: 2).</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>−subfont−text−scale
&lt;0−100&gt; (FreeType only)</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Sets the subtitle text
autoscale coefficient as percentage of the screen size
(default: 5).</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>−subfps
&lt;rate&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Specify the framerate of the
subtitle file (default: movie fps). <i><br>
NOTE:</i> &lt;rate&gt; &gt; movie fps speeds the subtitles
up for frame-based subtitle files and slows them down for
time-based ones.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>−subpos
&lt;0−100&gt; (useful with −vf expand)</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Specify the position of
subtitles on the screen. The value is the vertical position
of the subtitle in % of the screen height.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>−subwidth
&lt;10−100&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Specify the maximum width of
subtitles on the screen. Useful for TV-out. The value is the
width of the subtitle in % of the screen width.</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>−noterm−osd</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Disable the display of OSD
messages on the console when no video output is
available.</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>−term−osd−esc
&lt;escape sequence&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Specify the escape sequence to
use before writing an OSD message on the console. The escape
sequence should move the pointer to the beginning of the
line used for the OSD and clear it (default:
^[[A\r^[[K).</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>−unicode</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Tells MPlayer to handle the
subtitle file as unicode.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>−unrarexec &lt;path to
unrar executable&gt; (not supported on MingW)</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Specify the path to the unrar
executable so MPlayer can use it to access rar-compressed
VOBsub files (default: not set, so the feature is off). The
path must include the executable’s filename, i.e.
/usr/local/bin/unrar.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>−utf8
&nbsp;&nbsp;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Tells MPlayer to handle the
subtitle file as UTF-8.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>−vobsub &lt;VOBsub
file without extension&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Specify a VOBsub file to use
for subtitles. Has to be the full pathname without
extension, i.e. without the ’.idx’,
’.ifo’ or ’.sub’.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>−vobsubid
&lt;0−31&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Specify the VOBsub subtitle
ID.</p>

<h2>AUDIO OUTPUT OPTIONS (MPLAYER ONLY)
<a name="AUDIO OUTPUT OPTIONS (MPLAYER ONLY)"></a>
</h2>


<p style="margin-left:11%; margin-top: 1em"><b>−abs
&lt;value&gt; (−ao oss only) (OBSOLETE)</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Override audio driver/card
buffer size detection.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>−format &lt;format&gt;
(also see the format audio filter)</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Select the sample format used
for output from the audio filter layer to the sound card.
The values that &lt;format&gt; can adopt are listed below in
the description of the format audio filter.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>−mixer
&lt;device&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Use a mixer device different
from the default /dev/mixer. For ALSA this is the mixer
name.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>−mixer−channel
&lt;mixer line&gt;[,mixer index] (−ao oss and
−ao alsa only)</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">This option will tell MPlayer
to use a different channel for controlling volume than the
default PCM. Options for OSS include <b>vol, pcm, line.</b>
For a complete list of options look for SOUND_DEVICE_NAMES
in /usr/include/linux/soundcard.h. For ALSA you can use the
names e.g. alsamixer displays, like <b>Master, Line,
PCM.</b> <i><br>
NOTE:</i> ALSA mixer channel names followed by a number must
be specified in the &lt;name,number&gt; format, i.e. a
channel labeled ’PCM 1’ in alsamixer must be
converted to <b>PCM,1</b>.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>−softvol</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Force the use of the software
mixer, instead of using the sound card mixer.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>−softvol−max
&lt;10.0−10000.0&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Set the maximum amplification
level in percent (default: 110). A value of 200 will allow
you to adjust the volume up to a maximum of double the
current level. With values below 100 the initial volume
(which is 100%) will be above the maximum, which e.g. the
OSD cannot display correctly.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>−volstep
&lt;0−100&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Set the step size of mixer
volume changes in percent of the whole range (default:
3).</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>−volume
&lt;-1−100&gt; (also see −af volume)</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Set the startup volume in the
mixer, either hardware or software (if used with
−softvol). A value of -1 (the default) will not change
the volume.</p>

<h2>AUDIO OUTPUT DRIVERS (MPLAYER ONLY)
<a name="AUDIO OUTPUT DRIVERS (MPLAYER ONLY)"></a>
</h2>


<p style="margin-left:11%; margin-top: 1em">Audio output
drivers are interfaces to different audio output facilities.
The syntax is: <b><br>
−ao
&lt;driver1[:suboption1[=value]:...],driver2,...[,]&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Specify a priority list of
audio output drivers to be used.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%; margin-top: 1em">If the list has
a trailing ’,’ MPlayer will fall back on drivers
not contained in the list. Suboptions are optional and can
mostly be omitted. <i><br>
NOTE:</i> See −ao help for a list of compiled-in audio
output drivers.</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%; margin-top: 1em"><i>EXAMPLE:</i></p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">−ao alsa,oss,</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Try the ALSA driver, then the
OSS driver, then others.</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">−ao
alsa:noblock:device=hw=0.3</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Sets noblock-mode and the
device-name as first card, fourth device.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%; margin-top: 1em">Available audio
output drivers are: <b><br>
alsa&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">ALSA 0.9/1.x audio output
driver</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">noblock</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Sets noblock-mode.</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">device=&lt;device&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Sets the device name. Replace
any ’,’ with ’.’ and any
’:’ with ’=’ in the ALSA device
name. For hwac3 output via S/PDIF, use an "iec958"
or "spdif" device, unless you really know how to
set it correctly.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>alsa5&nbsp;&nbsp;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">ALSA 0.5 audio output
driver</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>oss&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">OSS audio output driver</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">&lt;dsp-device&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Sets the audio output device
(default: /dev/dsp).</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">&lt;mixer-device&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Sets the audio mixer device
(default: /dev/mixer).</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">&lt;mixer-channel&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Sets the audio mixer channel
(default: pcm).</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>sdl (SDL only)</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">highly platform independent SDL
(Simple Directmedia Layer) library audio output driver</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">&lt;driver&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Explicitly choose the SDL audio
driver to use (default: let SDL choose).</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>arts&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">audio output through the aRts
daemon</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>esd&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">audio output through the ESD
daemon</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">&lt;server&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Explicitly choose the ESD
server to use (default: localhost).</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>jack&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">audio output through JACK (Jack
Audio Connection Kit)</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">port=&lt;name&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Connects to the ports with the
given name (default: physical ports).</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">name=&lt;client</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Client name that is passed to
JACK (default: MPlayer [&lt;PID&gt;]). Useful if you want to
have certain connections established automatically.</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">(no)estimate</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Estimate the audio delay,
supposed to make the video playback smoother (default:
enabled).</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">(no)autostart</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Automatically start jackd if
necessary (default: disabled). Note that this seems
unreliable and will spam stdout with server messages.</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>nas&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">audio output through NAS</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>coreaudio (Mac OS X
only)</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">native Mac OS X audio output
driver</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">device_id=&lt;id&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">ID of output device to use (0 =
default device)</p>

<table rules="none" frame="void" border="0" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" width="100%">
<tbody><tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="26%"></td>
<td width="6%">


<p>help</p></td>
<td width="2%"></td>
<td width="66%">


<p>List all available output devices with their IDs.</p></td></tr>
</tbody></table>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>openal&nbsp;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Experimental OpenAL audio
output driver</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>pulse&nbsp;&nbsp;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">PulseAudio audio output
driver</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">[&lt;host&gt;][:&lt;output
sink&gt;]</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Specify the host and optionally
output sink to use. An empty &lt;host&gt; string uses a
local connection, "localhost" uses network
transfer (most likely not what you want).</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>sgi (SGI only)</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">native SGI audio output
driver</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">&lt;output device name&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Explicitly choose the output
device/interface to use (default: system-wide default). For
example, ’Analog Out’ or ’Digital
Out’.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>sun (Sun only)</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">native Sun audio output
driver</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">&lt;device&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Explicitly choose the audio
device to use (default: /dev/audio).</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>win32 (Windows only)</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">native Windows waveout audio
output driver</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>dsound (Windows
only)</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">DirectX DirectSound audio
output driver</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">device=&lt;devicenum&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Sets the device number to use.
Playing a file with −v will show a list of available
devices.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>kai (OS/2 only)</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">OS/2 KAI audio output
driver</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">uniaud</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Force UNIAUD mode.</p>

<table rules="none" frame="void" border="0" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" width="100%">
<tbody><tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="26%"></td>
<td width="6%">


<p>dart</p></td>
<td width="2%"></td>
<td width="24%">


<p>Force DART mode.</p></td>
<td width="42%">
</td></tr>
</tbody></table>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">(no)share</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Open audio in shareable or
exclusive mode.</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">bufsize=&lt;size&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Set buffer size to &lt;size&gt;
in samples (default: 2048).</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>dart (OS/2 only)</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">OS/2 DART audio output
driver</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">(no)share</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Open DART in shareable or
exclusive mode.</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">bufsize=&lt;size&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Set buffer size to &lt;size&gt;
in samples (default: 2048).</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>dxr2 (also see −dxr2)
(DXR2 only)</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Creative DXR2 specific output
driver</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>ivtv (IVTV only)</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">IVTV specific MPEG audio output
driver. Works with −ac hwmpa only.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>v4l2 (requires Linux 2.6.22+
kernel)</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Audio output driver for V4L2
cards with hardware MPEG decoder.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>mpegpes (DVB only)</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Audio output driver for DVB
cards that writes the output to an MPEG-PES file if no DVB
card is installed.</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">card=&lt;1−4&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">DVB card to use if more than
one card is present. If not specified MPlayer will search
the first usable card.</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">file=&lt;filename&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">output filename</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>null&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Produces no audio output but
maintains video playback speed. Use −nosound for
benchmarking.</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>pcm&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">raw PCM/wave file writer audio
output</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">(no)waveheader</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Include or do not include the
wave header (default: included). When not included, raw PCM
will be generated.</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">file=&lt;filename&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Write the sound to
&lt;filename&gt; instead of the default audiodump.wav. If
nowaveheader is specified, the default is audiodump.pcm.</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">fast&nbsp;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Try to dump faster than
realtime. Make sure the output does not get truncated
(usually with "Too many video packets in buffer"
message). It is normal that you get a "Your system is
too SLOW to play this!" message.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>plugin&nbsp;&nbsp;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">plugin audio output driver</p>

<h2>VIDEO OUTPUT OPTIONS (MPLAYER ONLY)
<a name="VIDEO OUTPUT OPTIONS (MPLAYER ONLY)"></a>
</h2>



<p style="margin-left:11%; margin-top: 1em"><b>−adapter
&lt;value&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Set the graphics card that will
receive the image. You can get a list of available cards
when you run this option with −v. Currently only works
with the directx video output driver.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>−bpp
&lt;depth&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Override the autodetected color
depth. Only supported by the fbdev, dga, svga, vesa video
output drivers.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>−border</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Play movie with window border
and decorations. Since this is on by default, use
−noborder to disable the standard window
decorations.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>−brightness
&lt;−100−100&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Adjust the brightness of the
video signal (default: 0). Not supported by all video output
drivers.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>−contrast
&lt;−100−100&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Adjust the contrast of the
video signal (default: 0). Not supported by all video output
drivers.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>−display &lt;name&gt;
(X11 only)</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Specify the hostname and
display number of the X server you want to display on.</p>


<p style="margin-left:22%; margin-top: 1em"><i>EXAMPLE:</i></p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">−display
xtest.localdomain:0</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>−dr
&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Turns on direct rendering (not
supported by all codecs and video outputs) <i><br>
WARNING:</i> May cause OSD/SUB corruption!</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>−dxr2
&lt;option1:option2:...&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">This option is used to control
the dxr2 video output driver.</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">ar-mode=&lt;value&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">aspect ratio mode (0 = normal,
1 = pan-and-scan, 2 = letterbox (default))</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">iec958-encoded</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Set iec958 output mode to
encoded.</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">iec958-decoded</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Set iec958 output mode to
decoded (default).</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">macrovision=&lt;value&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">macrovision mode (0 = off
(default), 1 = agc, 2 = agc 2 colorstripe, 3 = agc 4
colorstripe)</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">mute&nbsp;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">mute sound output</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">unmute</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">unmute sound output</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">ucode=&lt;value&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">path to the microcode</p>

<p style="margin-left:22%; margin-top: 1em"><i>TV
output</i></p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">75ire</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">enable 7.5 IRE output mode</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">no75ire</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">disable 7.5 IRE output mode
(default)</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">bw&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">b/w TV output</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">color</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">color TV output (default)</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">interlaced</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">interlaced TV output
(default)</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">nointerlaced</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">disable interlaced TV
output</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">norm=&lt;value&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">TV norm (ntsc (default), pal,
pal60, palm, paln, palnc)</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">square-pixel</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">set pixel mode to square</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">ccir601-pixel</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">set pixel mode to ccir601</p>


<p style="margin-left:22%; margin-top: 1em"><i>overlay</i></p>


<p style="margin-left:26%;">cr-left=&lt;0−500&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Set the left cropping value
(default: 50).</p>


<p style="margin-left:26%;">cr-right=&lt;0−500&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Set the right cropping value
(default: 300).</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">cr-top=&lt;0−500&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Set the top cropping value
(default: 0).</p>


<p style="margin-left:26%;">cr-bottom=&lt;0−500&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Set the bottom cropping value
(default: 0).</p>


<p style="margin-left:26%;">ck-[r|g|b]=&lt;0−255&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Set the r(ed), g(reen) or
b(lue) gain of the overlay color-key.</p>


<p style="margin-left:26%;">ck-[r|g|b]min=&lt;0−255&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">minimum value for the
respective color key</p>


<p style="margin-left:26%;">ck-[r|g|b]max=&lt;0−255&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">maximum value for the
respective color key</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">ignore-cache</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Ignore cached overlay
settings.</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">update-cache</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Update cached overlay
settings.</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">ol-osd</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Enable overlay onscreen
display.</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">nool-osd</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Disable overlay onscreen
display (default).</p>


<p style="margin-left:26%;">ol[h|w|x|y]-cor=&lt;−20−20&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Adjust the overlay size (h,w)
and position (x,y) in case it does not match the window
perfectly (default: 0).</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">overlay</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Activate overlay (default).</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">nooverlay</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Activate TV-out.</p>


<p style="margin-left:26%;">overlay-ratio=&lt;1−2500&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Tune the overlay (default:
1000).</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>−fbmode
&lt;modename&gt; (−vo fbdev only)</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Change video mode to the one
that is labeled as &lt;modename&gt; in /etc/fb.modes.
<i><br>
NOTE:</i> VESA framebuffer does not support mode
changing.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>−fbmodeconfig
&lt;filename&gt; (−vo fbdev only)</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Override framebuffer mode
configuration file (default: /etc/ fb.modes).</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>−fs (also see
−zoom)</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Fullscreen playback (centers
movie, and paints black bands around it). Not supported by
all video output drivers.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>−fsmode−dontuse
&lt;0−31&gt; (OBSOLETE, use the −fs
option)</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Try this option if you still
experience fullscreen problems.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>−fstype
&lt;type1,type2,...&gt; (X11 only)</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Specify a priority list of
fullscreen modes to be used. You can negate the modes by
prefixing them with ’−’. If you experience
problems like the fullscreen window being covered by other
windows try using a different order. <i><br>
NOTE:</i> See −fstype help for a full list of
available modes.</p>

<p style="margin-left:22%; margin-top: 1em">The available
types are:</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">above</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Use the _NETWM_STATE_ABOVE hint
if available.</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">below</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Use the _NETWM_STATE_BELOW hint
if available.</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">fullscreen</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Use the _NETWM_STATE_FULLSCREEN
hint if available.</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">layer</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Use the _WIN_LAYER hint with
the default layer.</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">layer=&lt;0...15&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Use the _WIN_LAYER hint with
the given layer number.</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">netwm</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Force NETWM style.</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">none&nbsp;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Clear the list of modes; you
can add modes to enable afterward.</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">stays_on_top</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Use _NETWM_STATE_STAYS_ON_TOP
hint if available.</p>


<p style="margin-left:22%; margin-top: 1em"><i>EXAMPLE:</i></p>


<p style="margin-left:26%;">layer,stays_on_top,above,fullscreen</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Default order, will be used as
a fallback if incorrect or unsupported modes are
specified.</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">−fullscreen</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Fixes fullscreen switching on
OpenBox 1.x.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>−gamma
&lt;−100−100&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Adjust the gamma of the video
signal (default: 0). Not supported by all video output
drivers.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>−geometry x[%][:y[%]]
or [WxH][+-x+-y]</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Adjust where the output is on
the screen initially. The x and y specifications are in
pixels measured from the top-left of the screen to the
top-left of the image being displayed, however if a
percentage sign is given after the argument it turns the
value into a percentage of the screen size in that
direction. It also supports the standard X11 −geometry
option format, in which e.g. +10-50 means "place 10
pixels from the left border and 50 pixels from the lower
border" and "--20+-10" means "place 20
pixels beyond the right and 10 pixels beyond the top
border". If an external window is specified using the
−wid option, then the x and y coordinates are relative
to the top-left corner of the window rather than the screen.
The coordinates are relative to the screen given with
−xineramascreen for the video output drivers that
fully support −xineramascreen (direct3d, gl, gl2,
vdpau, x11, xv, xvmc, corevideo). <i><br>
NOTE:</i> This option is only supported by the x11, xmga,
xv, xvmc, xvidix, gl, gl2, directx, fbdev, tdfxfb and
corevideo video output drivers.</p>


<p style="margin-left:22%; margin-top: 1em"><i>EXAMPLE:</i></p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">50:40</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Places the window at x=50,
y=40.</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">50%:50%</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Places the window in the middle
of the screen.</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">100%&nbsp;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Places the window at the middle
of the right edge of the screen.</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">100%:100%</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Places the window at the bottom
right corner of the screen.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>−gui-wid &lt;window
ID&gt; (also see −wid) (GUI only)</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">This tells the GUI to also use
an X11 window and stick itself to the bottom of the video,
which is useful to embed a mini-GUI in a browser (with the
MPlayer plugin for instance).</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>−hue
&lt;−100−100&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Adjust the hue of the video
signal (default: 0). You can get a colored negative of the
image with this option. Not supported by all video output
drivers.</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>−monitor−dotclock
&lt;range[,range,...]&gt; (−vo fbdev and vesa
only)</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Specify the dotclock or
pixelclock range of the monitor.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>−monitor−hfreq
&lt;range[,range,...]&gt; (−vo fbdev and vesa
only)</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Specify the horizontal
frequency range of the monitor.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>−monitor−vfreq
&lt;range[,range,...]&gt; (−vo fbdev and vesa
only)</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Specify the vertical frequency
range of the monitor.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>−monitoraspect
&lt;ratio&gt; (also see −aspect)</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Set the aspect ratio of your
monitor or TV screen. A value of 0 disables a previous
setting (e.g. in the config file). Overrides the
−monitorpixelaspect setting if enabled.</p>


<p style="margin-left:22%; margin-top: 1em"><i>EXAMPLE:</i></p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">−monitoraspect 4:3 or
1.3333 <br>
−monitoraspect 16:9 or 1.7777</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>−monitorpixelaspect
&lt;ratio&gt; (also see −aspect)</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Set the aspect of a single
pixel of your monitor or TV screen (default: 1). A value of
1 means square pixels (correct for (almost?) all LCDs).</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>−name (X11
only)</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Set the window class name.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>−nodouble</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Disables double buffering,
mostly for debugging purposes. Double buffering fixes
flicker by storing two frames in memory, and displaying one
while decoding another. It can affect OSD negatively, but
often removes OSD flickering.</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>−nograbpointer</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Do not grab the mouse pointer
after a video mode change (−vm). Useful for multihead
setups.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>−nokeepaspect</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Do not keep window aspect ratio
when resizing windows. Only works with the x11, xv, xmga,
xvidix, directx video output drivers. Furthermore under X11
your window manager has to honor window aspect hints.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>−ontop&nbsp;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Makes the player window stay on
top of other windows. Supported by video output drivers
which use X11, except SDL, as well as directx, corevideo,
quartz, ggi and gl2.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>−panscan
&lt;0.0−1.0&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Enables pan-and-scan
functionality (cropping the sides of e.g. a 16:9 movie to
make it fit a 4:3 display without black bands). The range
controls how much of the image is cropped. Only works with
the xv, xmga, mga, gl, gl2, quartz, corevideo and xvidix
video output drivers. <i><br>
NOTE:</i> Values between −1 and 0 are allowed as well,
but highly experimental and may crash or worse. Use at your
own risk!</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>−panscanrange
&lt;−19.0−99.0&gt; (experimental)</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Change the range of the
pan-and-scan functionality (default: 1). Positive values
mean multiples of the default range. Negative numbers mean
you can zoom in up to a factor of −panscanrange+1.
E.g. −panscanrange −3 allows a zoom factor of up
to 4. This feature is experimental. Do not report bugs
unless you are using −vo gl.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>−refreshrate
&lt;Hz&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Set the monitor refreshrate in
Hz. Currently only supported by −vo directx combined
with the −vm option.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>−rootwin</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Play movie in the root window
(desktop background). Desktop background images may cover
the movie window, though. Only works with the x11, xv, xmga,
xvidix, quartz, corevideo and directx video output
drivers.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>−saturation
&lt;−100−100&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Adjust the saturation of the
video signal (default: 0). You can get grayscale output with
this option. Not supported by all video output drivers.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>−screenh
&lt;pixels&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Specify the screen height for
video output drivers which do not know the screen resolution
like fbdev, x11 and TV-out.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>−screenw
&lt;pixels&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Specify the screen width for
video output drivers which do not know the screen resolution
like fbdev, x11 and TV-out.</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>−(no)stop−xscreensaver
(X11 only)</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Turns off xscreensaver at
startup and turns it on again on exit (default: enabled). If
your screensaver supports neither the XSS nor
XResetScreenSaver API please use −heartbeat−cmd
instead.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>−title (also see
−use−filename−title)</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Set the window title. Supported
by X11-based video output drivers.</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>−use−filename−title
(also see −title)</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Set the window title using the
media filename, when not set with −title. Supported by
X11-based video output drivers.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>−vm
&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Try to change to a different
video mode. Supported by the dga, x11, xv, sdl and directx
video output drivers. If used with the directx video output
driver the −screenw, −screenh, −bpp and
−refreshrate options can be used to set the new
display mode.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>−vsync
&nbsp;&nbsp;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Enables VBI for the vesa,
dfbmga and svga video output drivers.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>−wid &lt;window ID&gt;
(also see −gui-wid) (X11, OpenGL and DirectX
only)</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">This tells MPlayer to attach to
an existing window. Useful to embed MPlayer in a browser
(e.g. the plugger extension). This option fills the given
window completely, thus aspect scaling, panscan, etc are no
longer handled by MPlayer but must be managed by the
application that created the window.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>−xineramascreen
&lt;−2−...&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">In Xinerama configurations
(i.e. a single desktop that spans across multiple displays)
this option tells MPlayer which screen to display the movie
on. A value of −2 means fullscreen across the whole
virtual display (in this case Xinerama information is
completely ignored), −1 means fullscreen on the
display the window currently is on. The initial position set
via the −geometry option is relative to the specified
screen. Will usually only work with "−fstype
−fullscreen" or "−fstype none".
This option is not suitable to only set the startup screen
(because it will always display on the given screen in
fullscreen mode), −geometry is the best that is
available for that purpose currently. Supported by at least
the direct3d, gl, gl2, x11, xv and corevideo video output
drivers.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>−zrbw (−vo zr
only)</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Display in black and white. For
optimal performance, this can be combined with
’−lavdopts gray’.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>−zrcrop
&lt;[width]x[height]+[x offset]+[y offset]&gt; (−vo zr
only)</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Select a part of the input
image to display, multiple occurrences of this option switch
on cinerama mode. In cinerama mode the movie is distributed
over more than one TV (or beamer) to create a larger image.
Options appearing after the n-th −zrcrop apply to the
n-th MJPEG card, each card should at least have a
−zrdev in addition to the −zrcrop. For examples,
see the output of −zrhelp and the Zr section of the
documentation.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>−zrdev &lt;device&gt;
(−vo zr only)</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Specify the device special file
that belongs to your MJPEG card, by default the zr video
output driver takes the first v4l device it can find.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>−zrfd (−vo zr
only)</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Force decimation: Decimation,
as specified by −zrhdec and −zrvdec, only
happens if the hardware scaler can stretch the image to its
original size. Use this option to force decimation.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>−zrhdec &lt;1|2|4&gt;
(−vo zr only)</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Horizontal decimation: Ask the
driver to send only every 2nd or 4th line/pixel of the input
image to the MJPEG card and use the scaler of the MJPEG card
to stretch the image to its original size.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>−zrhelp (−vo zr
only)</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Display a list of all
−zr* options, their default values and a cinerama mode
example.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>−zrnorm &lt;norm&gt;
(−vo zr only)</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Specify the TV norm as PAL or
NTSC (default: no change).</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>−zrquality
&lt;1−20&gt; (−vo zr only)</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">A number from 1 (best) to 20
(worst) representing the JPEG encoding quality.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>−zrvdec &lt;1|2|4&gt;
(−vo zr only)</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Vertical decimation: Ask the
driver to send only every 2nd or 4th line/pixel of the input
image to the MJPEG card and use the scaler of the MJPEG card
to stretch the image to its original size.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>−zrxdoff &lt;x display
offset&gt; (−vo zr only)</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">If the movie is smaller than
the TV screen, this option specifies the x offset from the
upper-left corner of the TV screen (default: centered).</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>−zrydoff &lt;y display
offset&gt; (−vo zr only)</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">If the movie is smaller than
the TV screen, this option specifies the y offset from the
upper-left corner of the TV screen (default: centered).</p>

<h2>VIDEO OUTPUT DRIVERS (MPLAYER ONLY)
<a name="VIDEO OUTPUT DRIVERS (MPLAYER ONLY)"></a>
</h2>


<p style="margin-left:11%; margin-top: 1em">Video output
drivers are interfaces to different video output facilities.
The syntax is: <b><br>
−vo
&lt;driver1[:suboption1[=value]:...],driver2,...[,]&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Specify a priority list of
video output drivers to be used.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%; margin-top: 1em">If the list has
a trailing ’,’ MPlayer will fall back on drivers
not contained in the list. Suboptions are optional and can
mostly be omitted. <i><br>
NOTE:</i> See −vo help for a list of compiled-in video
output drivers.</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%; margin-top: 1em"><i>EXAMPLE:</i></p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">−vo xmga,xv,</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Try the Matrox X11 driver, then
the Xv driver, then others.</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">−vo directx:noaccel</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Uses the DirectX driver with
acceleration features turned off.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%; margin-top: 1em">Available video
output drivers are: <b><br>
xv (X11 only)</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Uses the XVideo extension of
XFree86 4.x to enable hardware accelerated playback. If you
cannot use a hardware specific driver, this is probably the
best option. For information about what colorkey is used and
how it is drawn run MPlayer with −v option and look
out for the lines tagged with [xv common] at the
beginning.</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">adaptor=&lt;number&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Select a specific XVideo
adaptor (check xvinfo results).</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">port=&lt;number&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Select a specific XVideo
port.</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">ck=&lt;cur|use|set&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Select the source from which
the colorkey is taken (default: cur).</p>

<table rules="none" frame="void" border="0" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" width="100%">
<tbody><tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="38%"></td>
<td width="5%">


<p>cur</p></td>
<td width="3%"></td>
<td width="54%">


<p>The default takes the colorkey currently set in Xv.</p></td></tr>
<tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="38%"></td>
<td width="5%">


<p>use</p></td>
<td width="3%"></td>
<td width="54%">


<p>Use but do not set the colorkey from MPlayer (use
−colorkey option to change it).</p></td></tr>
<tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="38%"></td>
<td width="5%">


<p>set</p></td>
<td width="3%"></td>
<td width="54%">


<p>Same as use but also sets the supplied colorkey.</p></td></tr>
</tbody></table>


<p style="margin-left:26%;">ck-method=&lt;man|bg|auto&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Sets the colorkey drawing
method (default: man).</p>

<table rules="none" frame="void" border="0" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" width="100%">
<tbody><tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="38%"></td>
<td width="7%">


<p>man</p></td>
<td width="1%"></td>
<td width="54%">


<p>Draw the colorkey manually (reduces flicker in some
cases).</p> </td></tr>
<tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="38%"></td>
<td width="7%">


<p>bg</p></td>
<td width="1%"></td>
<td width="54%">


<p>Set the colorkey as window background.</p></td></tr>
<tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="38%"></td>
<td width="7%">


<p>auto</p></td>
<td width="1%"></td>
<td width="54%">


<p>Let Xv draw the colorkey.</p></td></tr>
</tbody></table>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>x11 (X11 only)</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Shared memory video output
driver without hardware acceleration that works whenever X11
is present.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>xover (X11 only)</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Adds X11 support to all overlay
based video output drivers. Currently only supported by
tdfx_vid.</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">&lt;vo_driver&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Select the driver to use as
source to overlay on top of X11.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>vdpau (with −vc
ffmpeg12vdpau, ffwmv3vdpau, ffvc1vdpau, ffh264vdpau or <br>
ffodivxvdpau)</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Video output that uses VDPAU to
decode video via hardware. Also supports displaying of
software-decoded video.</p>


<p style="margin-left:26%;">sharpen=&lt;−1−1&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">For positive values, apply a
sharpening algorithm to the video, for negative values a
blurring algorithm (default: 0).</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">denoise=&lt;0−1&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Apply a noise reduction
algorithm to the video (default: 0, no noise reduction).</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">deint=&lt;0−4&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Select the deinterlacer
(default: 0). All modes &gt; 0 respect
−field−dominance.</p>

<table rules="none" frame="void" border="0" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" width="100%">
<tbody><tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="38%"></td>
<td width="2%">


<p>0</p></td>
<td width="6%"></td>
<td width="54%">


<p>no deinterlacing</p></td></tr>
<tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="38%"></td>
<td width="2%">


<p>1</p></td>
<td width="6%"></td>
<td width="54%">


<p>Show only first field, similar to −vf field.</p></td></tr>
<tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="38%"></td>
<td width="2%">


<p>2</p></td>
<td width="6%"></td>
<td width="54%">


<p>Bob deinterlacing, similar to −vf tfields=1.</p></td></tr>
<tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="38%"></td>
<td width="2%">


<p>3</p></td>
<td width="6%"></td>
<td width="54%">


<p>motion adaptive temporal deinterlacing May lead to A/V
desync with slow video hardware and/or high resolution. This
is the default if "D" is used to enable
deinterlacing.</p> </td></tr>
<tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="38%"></td>
<td width="2%">


<p>4</p></td>
<td width="6%"></td>
<td width="54%">


<p>motion adaptive temporal deinterlacing with edge-guided
spatial interpolation Needs fast video hardware.</p></td></tr>
</tbody></table>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">chroma−deint</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Makes temporal deinterlacers
operate both on luma and chroma (default). Use
nochroma−deint to solely use luma and speed up
advanced deinterlacing. Useful with slow video memory.</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">pullup</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Try to skip deinterlacing for
progressive frames, useful for watching telecined content,
needs fast video hardware for high resolutions. Only works
with motion adaptive temporal deinterlacing.</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">colorspace</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Select the color space for YUV
to RGB conversion. In general BT.601 should be used for
standard definition (SD) content and BT.709 for high
definition (HD) content. Using incorrect color space results
in slightly under or over saturated and shifted colors.</p>

<table rules="none" frame="void" border="0" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" width="100%">
<tbody><tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="38%"></td>
<td width="2%">


<p>0</p></td>
<td width="6%"></td>
<td width="54%">


<p>Guess the color space based on video resolution. Video
with width &gt;= 1280 or height &gt; 576 is assumed to be HD
and BT.709 color space will be used.</p></td></tr>
<tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="38%"></td>
<td width="2%">


<p>1</p></td>
<td width="6%"></td>
<td width="54%">


<p>Use ITU-R BT.601 color space (default).</p></td></tr>
<tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="38%"></td>
<td width="2%">


<p>2</p></td>
<td width="6%"></td>
<td width="54%">


<p>Use ITU-R BT.709 color space.</p></td></tr>
<tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="38%"></td>
<td width="2%">


<p>3</p></td>
<td width="6%"></td>
<td width="54%">


<p>Use SMPTE-240M color space.</p></td></tr>
</tbody></table>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">hqscaling</p>

<table rules="none" frame="void" border="0" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" width="100%">
<tbody><tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="38%"></td>
<td width="5%">


<p>0</p></td>
<td width="3%"></td>
<td width="54%">


<p>Use default VDPAU scaling (default).</p></td></tr>
<tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="38%"></td>
<td width="5%">


<p>1−9</p></td>
<td width="3%"></td>
<td width="54%">


<p>Apply high quality VDPAU scaling (needs capable
hardware).</p> </td></tr>
</tbody></table>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">force−mixer</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Forces the use of the VDPAU
mixer, which implements all above options (default). Use
noforce−mixer to allow displaying BGRA colorspace.
(Disables all above options and the hardware equalizer if
image format BGRA is actually used.)</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>xvmc (X11 with FFmpeg
MPEG-1/2 decoder only)</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Video output driver that uses
the XvMC (X Video Motion Compensation) extension of XFree86
4.x to speed up MPEG-1/2 and VCR2 decoding.</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">adaptor=&lt;number&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Select a specific XVideo
adaptor (check xvinfo results).</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">port=&lt;number&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Select a specific XVideo
port.</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">(no)benchmark</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Disables image display.
Necessary for proper benchmarking of drivers that change
image buffers on monitor retrace only (nVidia). Default is
not to disable image display (nobenchmark).</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">(no)bobdeint</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Very simple deinterlacer. Might
not look better than −vf tfields=1, but it is the only
deinterlacer for xvmc (default: nobobdeint).</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">(no)queue</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Queue frames for display to
allow more parallel work of the video hardware. May add a
small (not noticeable) constant A/V desync (default:
noqueue).</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">(no)sleep</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Use sleep function while
waiting for rendering to finish (not recommended on Linux)
(default: nosleep).</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">ck=cur|use|set</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Same as −vo xv:ck (see
−vo xv).</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">ck-method=man|bg|auto</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Same as −vo xv:ck-method
(see −vo xv).</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>dga (X11 only)</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Play video through the XFree86
Direct Graphics Access extension. Considered obsolete.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>sdl (SDL only,
buggy/outdated)</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Highly platform independent SDL
(Simple Directmedia Layer) library video output driver.
Since SDL uses its own X11 layer, MPlayer X11 options do not
have any effect on SDL. Note that it has several minor bugs
(−vm/−novm is mostly ignored, −fs behaves
like −novm should, window is in top-left corner when
returning from fullscreen, panscan is not supported,
...).</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">driver=&lt;driver&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Explicitly choose the SDL
driver to use.</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">(no)forcexv</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Use XVideo through the sdl
video output driver (default: forcexv).</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">(no)hwaccel</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Use hardware accelerated scaler
(default: hwaccel).</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>vidix&nbsp;&nbsp;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">VIDIX (VIDeo Interface for
*niX) is an interface to the video acceleration features of
different graphics cards. Very fast video output driver on
cards that support it.</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">&lt;subdevice&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Explicitly choose the VIDIX
subdevice driver to use. Available subdevice drivers are
cyberblade, ivtv, mach64, mga_crtc2, mga, nvidia, pm2, pm3,
radeon, rage128, s3, sh_veu, sis_vid and unichrome.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>xvidix (X11 only)</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">X11 frontend for VIDIX</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">&lt;subdevice&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">same as vidix</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>cvidix&nbsp;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Generic and platform
independent VIDIX frontend, can even run in a text console
with nVidia cards.</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">&lt;subdevice&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">same as vidix</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>winvidix (Windows
only)</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Windows frontend for VIDIX</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">&lt;subdevice&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">same as vidix</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>direct3d (Windows only)
(BETA CODE!)</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Video output driver that uses
the Direct3D interface (useful for Vista).</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>directx (Windows
only)</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Video output driver that uses
the DirectX interface.</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">noaccel</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Turns off hardware
acceleration. Try this option if you have display
problems.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>kva (OS/2 only)</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Video output driver that uses
the libkva interface.</p>

<table rules="none" frame="void" border="0" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" width="100%">
<tbody><tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="26%"></td>
<td width="6%">


<p>snap</p></td>
<td width="2%"></td>
<td width="37%">


<p>Force SNAP mode.</p></td>
<td width="29%">
</td></tr>
<tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="26%"></td>
<td width="6%">


<p>wo</p></td>
<td width="2%"></td>
<td width="37%">


<p>Force WarpOverlay! mode.</p></td>
<td width="29%">
</td></tr>
<tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="26%"></td>
<td width="6%">


<p>dive</p></td>
<td width="2%"></td>
<td width="37%">


<p>Force DIVE mode.</p></td>
<td width="29%">
</td></tr>
</tbody></table>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">(no)t23</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Enable or disable workaround
for T23 laptop (default: disabled). Try to enable this
option if your video card supports upscaling only.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>quartz (Mac OS X
only)</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Mac OS X Quartz video output
driver. Under some circumstances, it might be more efficient
to force a packed YUV output format, with e.g. −vf
format=yuy2.</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">device_id=&lt;number&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Choose the display device to
use in fullscreen.</p>


<p style="margin-left:26%;">fs_res=&lt;width&gt;:&lt;height&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Specify the fullscreen
resolution (useful on slow systems).</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>corevideo (Mac OS X 10.4 or
10.3.9 with QuickTime 7)</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Mac OS X CoreVideo video output
driver</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">device_id=&lt;number&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Choose the display device to
use for fullscreen or set it to −1 to always use the
same screen the video window is on (default: −1
− auto).</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">shared_buffer</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Write output to a shared memory
buffer instead of displaying it and try to open an existing
NSConnection for communication with a GUI.</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">buffer_name=&lt;name&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Name of the shared buffer
created with shm_open as well as the name of the
NSConnection MPlayer will try to open (default:
"mplayerosx"). Setting buffer_name implicitly
enables shared_buffer.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>fbdev (Linux only)</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Uses the kernel framebuffer to
play video.</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">&lt;device&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Explicitly choose the fbdev
device name to use (e.g. /dev/fb0) or the name of the VIDIX
subdevice if the device name starts with ’vidix’
(e.g. ’vidixsis_vid’ for the sis driver).</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>fbdev2 (Linux only)</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Uses the kernel framebuffer to
play video, alternative implementation.</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">&lt;device&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Explicitly choose the fbdev
device name to use (default: /dev/fb0).</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>vesa&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Very general video output
driver that should work on any VESA VBE 2.0 compatible
card.</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">(no)dga</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Turns DGA mode on or off
(default: on).</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">neotv_pal</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Activate the NeoMagic TV out
and set it to PAL norm.</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">neotv_ntsc</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Activate the NeoMagic TV out
and set it to NTSC norm.</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">vidix</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Use the VIDIX driver.</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">lvo:&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Activate the Linux Video
Overlay on top of VESA mode.</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>svga&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Play video using the SVGA
library.</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">&lt;video mode&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Specify video mode to use. The
mode can be given in a
&lt;width&gt;x&lt;height&gt;x&lt;colors&gt; format, e.g.
640x480x16M or be a graphics mode number, e.g. 84.</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">bbosd</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Draw OSD into black bands below
the movie (slower).</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">native</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Use only native drawing
functions. This avoids direct rendering, OSD and hardware
acceleration.</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">retrace</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Force frame switch on vertical
retrace. Usable only with −double. It has the same
effect as the −vsync option.</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">sq&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Try to select a video mode with
square pixels.</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">vidix</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Use svga with VIDIX.</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>gl&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">OpenGL video output driver,
simple version. Video size must be smaller than the maximum
texture size of your OpenGL implementation. Intended to work
even with the most basic OpenGL implementations, but also
makes use of newer extensions, which allow support for more
colorspaces and direct rendering. For optimal speed try
adding the options <br>
−dr −noslices <br>
The code performs very few checks, so if a feature does not
work, this might be because it is not supported by your
card/OpenGL implementation even if you do not get any error
message. Use glxinfo or a similar tool to display the
supported OpenGL extensions.</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">(no)ati−hack</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">ATI drivers may give a
corrupted image when PBOs are used (when using −dr or
force−pbo). This option fixes this, at the expense of
using a bit more memory.</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">(no)force−pbo</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Always uses PBOs to transfer
textures even if this involves an extra copy. Currently this
gives a little extra speed with NVidia drivers and a lot
more speed with ATI drivers. May need −noslices and
the ati−hack suboption to work correctly.</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">(no)scaled-osd</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Changes the way the OSD behaves
when the size of the window changes (default: disabled).
When enabled behaves more like the other video output
drivers, which is better for fixed-size fonts. Disabled
looks much better with FreeType fonts and uses the borders
in fullscreen mode. Does not work correctly with ass
subtitles (see −ass), you can instead render them
without OpenGL support via −vf ass.</p>


<p style="margin-left:26%;">osdcolor=&lt;0xAARRGGBB&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Color for OSD (default:
0x00ffffff, corresponds to non-transparent white).</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">rectangle=&lt;0,1,2&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Select usage of rectangular
textures which saves video RAM, but often is slower
(default: 0).</p>

<p style="margin-left:38%;">0: Use power-of-two textures
(default). <br>
1: Use the GL_ARB_texture_rectangle extension. <br>
2: Use the GL_ARB_texture_non_power_of_two extension. In
some cases only supported in software and thus very
slow.</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">swapinterval=&lt;n&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Minimum interval between two
buffer swaps, counted in displayed frames (default: 1). 1 is
equivalent to enabling VSYNC, 0 to disabling VSYNC. Values
below 0 will leave it at the system default. This limits the
framerate to (horizontal refresh rate / n). Requires
GLX_SGI_swap_control support to work. With some (most/all?)
implementations this only works in fullscreen mode.</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">ycbcr</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Use the GL_MESA_ycbcr_texture
extension to convert YUV to RGB. In most cases this is
probably slower than doing software conversion to RGB.</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">yuv=&lt;n&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Select the type of YUV to RGB
conversion. The default is auto-detection deciding between
values 0 and 2.</p>

<p style="margin-left:38%;">0: Use software conversion.
Compatible with all OpenGL versions. Provides brightness,
contrast and saturation control. <br>
1: Use register combiners. This uses an nVidia-specific
extension (GL_NV_register_combiners). At least three texture
units are needed. Provides saturation and hue control. This
method is fast but inexact. <br>
2: Use a fragment program. Needs the GL_ARB_fragment_program
extension and at least three texture units. Provides
brightness, contrast, saturation and hue control. <br>
3: Use a fragment program using the POW instruction. Needs
the GL_ARB_fragment_program extension and at least three
texture units. Provides brightness, contrast, saturation,
hue and gamma control. Gamma can also be set independently
for red, green and blue. Method 4 is usually faster. <br>
4: Use a fragment program with additional lookup. Needs the
GL_ARB_fragment_program extension and at least four texture
units. Provides brightness, contrast, saturation, hue and
gamma control. Gamma can also be set independently for red,
green and blue. <br>
5: Use ATI-specific method (for older cards). This uses an
ATI-specific extension (GL_ATI_fragment_shader − not
GL_ARB_fragment_shader!). At least three texture units are
needed. Provides saturation and hue control. This method is
fast but inexact. <br>
6: Use a 3D texture to do conversion via lookup. Needs the
GL_ARB_fragment_program extension and at least four texture
units. Extremely slow (software emulation) on some (all?)
ATI cards since it uses a texture with border pixels.
Provides brightness, contrast, saturation, hue and gamma
control. Gamma can also be set independently for red, green
and blue. Speed depends more on GPU memory bandwidth than
other methods.</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">colorspace</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Select the color space for YUV
to RGB conversion.</p>

<table rules="none" frame="void" border="0" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" width="100%">
<tbody><tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="38%"></td>
<td width="2%">


<p>0</p></td>
<td width="6%"></td>
<td width="54%">


<p>Use the formula used normally by MPlayer (default).</p></td></tr>
<tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="38%"></td>
<td width="2%">


<p>1</p></td>
<td width="6%"></td>
<td width="54%">


<p>Use ITU-R BT.601 color space.</p></td></tr>
<tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="38%"></td>
<td width="2%">


<p>2</p></td>
<td width="6%"></td>
<td width="54%">


<p>Use ITU-R BT.709 color space.</p></td></tr>
<tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="38%"></td>
<td width="2%">


<p>3</p></td>
<td width="6%"></td>
<td width="54%">


<p>Use SMPTE-240M color space.</p></td></tr>
</tbody></table>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">levelconv=&lt;n&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Select the brightness level
conversion to use for the YUV to RGB conversion</p>

<table rules="none" frame="void" border="0" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" width="100%">
<tbody><tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="38%"></td>
<td width="2%">


<p>0</p></td>
<td width="6%"></td>
<td width="52%">


<p>Convert TV to PC levels (default).</p></td>
<td width="2%">
</td></tr>
<tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="38%"></td>
<td width="2%">


<p>1</p></td>
<td width="6%"></td>
<td width="52%">


<p>Convert PC to TV levels.</p></td>
<td width="2%">
</td></tr>
<tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="38%"></td>
<td width="2%">


<p>2</p></td>
<td width="6%"></td>
<td width="52%">


<p>Do not do any conversion.</p></td>
<td width="2%">
</td></tr>
</tbody></table>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">lscale=&lt;n&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Select the scaling function to
use for luminance scaling. Only valid for yuv modes 2, 3, 4
and 6.</p>

<table rules="none" frame="void" border="0" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" width="100%">
<tbody><tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="38%"></td>
<td width="2%">


<p>0</p></td>
<td width="6%"></td>
<td width="54%">


<p>Use simple linear filtering (default).</p></td></tr>
<tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="38%"></td>
<td width="2%">


<p>1</p></td>
<td width="6%"></td>
<td width="54%">


<p>Use bicubic B-spline filtering (better quality). Needs
one additional texture unit. Older cards will not be able to
handle this for chroma at least in fullscreen mode.</p></td></tr>
<tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="38%"></td>
<td width="2%">


<p>2</p></td>
<td width="6%"></td>
<td width="54%">


<p>Use cubic filtering in horizontal, linear filtering in
vertical direction. Works on a few more cards than method
1.</p> </td></tr>
<tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="38%"></td>
<td width="2%">


<p>3</p></td>
<td width="6%"></td>
<td width="54%">


<p>Same as 1 but does not use a lookup texture. Might be
faster on some cards.</p></td></tr>
<tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="38%"></td>
<td width="2%">


<p>4</p></td>
<td width="6%"></td>
<td width="54%">


<p>Use experimental unsharp masking with 3x3 support and a
default strength of 0.5 (see filter-strength).</p></td></tr>
<tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="38%"></td>
<td width="2%">


<p>5</p></td>
<td width="6%"></td>
<td width="54%">


<p>Use experimental unsharp masking with 5x5 support and a
default strength of 0.5 (see filter-strength).</p></td></tr>
</tbody></table>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">cscale=&lt;n&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Select the scaling function to
use for chrominance scaling. For details see lscale.</p>


<p style="margin-left:26%;">filter-strength=&lt;value&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Set the effect strength for the
lscale/cscale filters that support it.</p>


<p style="margin-left:26%;">noise-strength=&lt;value&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Set how much noise to add. 0 to
disable (default), 1.0 for level suitable for dithering to 6
bit.</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">stereo=&lt;value&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Select a method for stereo
display. You may have to use −aspect to fix the aspect
value. Experimental, do not expect too much from it.</p>

<table rules="none" frame="void" border="0" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" width="100%">
<tbody><tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="38%"></td>
<td width="2%">


<p>0</p></td>
<td width="6%"></td>
<td width="54%">


<p>normal 2D display</p></td></tr>
<tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="38%"></td>
<td width="2%">


<p>1</p></td>
<td width="6%"></td>
<td width="54%">


<p>Convert side by side input to full-color red-cyan
stereo.</p> </td></tr>
<tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="38%"></td>
<td width="2%">


<p>2</p></td>
<td width="6%"></td>
<td width="54%">


<p>Convert side by side input to full-color green-magenta
stereo.</p> </td></tr>
<tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="38%"></td>
<td width="2%">


<p>3</p></td>
<td width="6%"></td>
<td width="54%">


<p>Convert side by side input to quadbuffered stereo. Only
supported by very few OpenGL cards.</p></td></tr>
</tbody></table>

<p style="margin-left:22%; margin-top: 1em">The following
options are only useful if writing your own fragment
programs.</p>


<p style="margin-left:26%;">customprog=&lt;filename&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Load a custom fragment program
from &lt;filename&gt;. See TOOLS/edgedect.fp for an
example.</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">customtex=&lt;filename&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Load a custom "gamma
ramp" texture from &lt;filename&gt;. This can be used
in combination with yuv=4 or with the customprog option.</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">(no)customtlin</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">If enabled (default) use
GL_LINEAR interpolation, otherwise use GL_NEAREST for
customtex texture.</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">(no)customtrect</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">If enabled, use
texture_rectangle for customtex texture. Default is
disabled.</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">(no)mipmapgen</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">If enabled, mipmaps for the
video are automatically generated. This should be useful
together with the customprog and the TXB instruction to
implement blur filters with a large radius. For most OpenGL
implementations this is very slow for any non-RGB formats.
Default is disabled.</p>

<p style="margin-left:22%; margin-top: 1em">Normally there
is no reason to use the following options, they mostly exist
for testing purposes.</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">(no)glfinish</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Call glFinish() before swapping
buffers. Slower but in some cases more correct output
(default: disabled).</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">(no)manyfmts</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Enables support for more (RGB
and BGR) color formats (default: enabled). Needs OpenGL
version &gt;= 1.2.</p>


<p style="margin-left:26%;">slice-height=&lt;0−...&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Number of lines copied to
texture in one piece (default: 0). 0 for whole image.
<i><br>
NOTE:</i> If YUV colorspace is used (see yuv suboption),
special rules apply:</p>

<p style="margin-left:38%;">If the decoder uses slice
rendering (see −noslices), this setting has no effect,
the size of the slices as provided by the decoder is used.
<br>
If the decoder does not use slice rendering, the default is
16.</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">(no)osd</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Enable or disable support for
OSD rendering via OpenGL (default: enabled). This option is
for testing; to disable the OSD use −osdlevel 0
instead.</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">(no)aspect</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Enable or disable aspect
scaling and pan-and-scan support (default: enabled).
Disabling might increase speed.</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>gl2&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Variant of the OpenGL video
output driver. Supports videos larger than the maximum
texture size but lacks many of the advanced features and
optimizations of the gl driver and is unlikely to be
extended further.</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">(no)glfinish</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">same as gl (default:
enabled)</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">yuv=&lt;n&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Select the type of YUV to RGB
conversion. If set to anything except 0 OSD will be disabled
and brightness, contrast and gamma setting is only available
via the global X server settings. Apart from this the values
have the same meaning as for −vo gl.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>matrixview</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">OpenGL-based renderer creating
a Matrix-like running-text effect.</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">cols=&lt;n&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Number of text columns to
display. Very low values (&lt; 16) will probably fail due to
scaler limitations. Values not divisible by 16 may cause
issues as well.</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">rows=&lt;n&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Number of text rows to display.
Very low values (&lt; 16) will probably fail due to scaler
limitations. Values not divisible by 16 may cause issues as
well.</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>null&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Produces no video output.
Useful for benchmarking.</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>aa&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">ASCII art video output driver
that works on a text console. <i><br>
NOTE:</i> The driver does not handle −aspect
correctly. <i><br>
HINT:</i> You probably have to specify
−monitorpixelaspect. Try ’mplayer −vo aa
−monitorpixelaspect 0.5’.</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>caca&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Color ASCII art video output
driver that works on a text console.</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>bl&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Video playback using the
Blinkenlights UDP protocol. This driver is highly hardware
specific.</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">&lt;subdevice&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Explicitly choose the
Blinkenlights subdevice driver to use. It is something like
arcade:host=localhost:2323 or hdl:file=name1,file=name2. You
must specify a subdevice.</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>ggi&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">GGI graphics system video
output driver</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">&lt;driver&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Explicitly choose the GGI
driver to use. Replace any ’,’ that would appear
in the driver string by a ’.’.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>directfb</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Play video using the DirectFB
library.</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">(no)input</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Use the DirectFB instead of the
MPlayer keyboard code (default: enabled).</p>


<p style="margin-left:26%;">buffermode=single|double|triple</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Double and triple buffering
give best results if you want to avoid tearing issues.
Triple buffering is more efficient than double buffering as
it does not block MPlayer while waiting for the vertical
retrace. Single buffering should be avoided (default:
single).</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">fieldparity=top|bottom</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Control the output order for
interlaced frames (default: disabled). Valid values are top
= top fields first, bottom = bottom fields first. This
option does not have any effect on progressive film material
like most MPEG movies are. You need to enable this option if
you have tearing issues or unsmooth motions watching
interlaced film material.</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">layer=N</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Will force layer with ID N for
playback (default: −1 − auto).</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">dfbopts=&lt;list&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Specify a parameter list for
DirectFB.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>dfbmga&nbsp;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Matrox G400/G450/G550 specific
video output driver that uses the DirectFB library to make
use of special hardware features. Enables CRTC2 (second
head), displaying video independently of the first head.</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">(no)input</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">same as directfb (default:
disabled)</p>


<p style="margin-left:26%;">buffermode=single|double|triple</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">same as directfb (default:
triple)</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">fieldparity=top|bottom</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">same as directfb</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">(no)bes</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Enable the use of the Matrox
BES (backend scaler) (default: disabled). Gives very good
results concerning speed and output quality as interpolated
picture processing is done in hardware. Works only on the
primary head.</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">(no)spic</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Make use of the Matrox sub
picture layer to display the OSD (default: enabled).</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">(no)crtc2</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Turn on TV-out on the second
head (default: enabled). The output quality is amazing as it
is a full interlaced picture with proper sync to every
odd/even field.</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">tvnorm=pal|ntsc|auto</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Will set the TV norm of the
Matrox card without the need for modifying /etc/directfbrc
(default: disabled). Valid norms are pal = PAL, ntsc = NTSC.
Special norm is auto (auto-adjust using PAL/NTSC) because it
decides which norm to use by looking at the framerate of the
movie.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>mga (Linux only)</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Matrox specific video output
driver that makes use of the YUV back end scaler on Gxxx
cards through a kernel module. If you have a Matrox card,
this is the fastest option.</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">&lt;device&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Explicitly choose the Matrox
device name to use (default: /dev/mga_vid).</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>xmga (Linux, X11
only)</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">The mga video output driver,
running in an X11 window.</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">&lt;device&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Explicitly choose the Matrox
device name to use (default: /dev/mga_vid).</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>s3fb (Linux only) (also see
−dr)</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">S3 Virge specific video output
driver. This driver supports the card’s YUV conversion
and scaling, double buffering and direct rendering features.
Use −vf format=yuy2 to get hardware-accelerated YUY2
rendering, which is much faster than YV12 on this card.</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">&lt;device&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Explicitly choose the fbdev
device name to use (default: /dev/fb0).</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>wii (Linux only)</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Nintendo Wii/GameCube specific
video output driver.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>3dfx (Linux only)</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">3dfx-specific video output
driver that directly uses the hardware on top of X11. Only
16 bpp are supported.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>tdfxfb (Linux only)</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">This driver employs the tdfxfb
framebuffer driver to play movies with YUV acceleration on
3dfx cards.</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">&lt;device&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Explicitly choose the fbdev
device name to use (default: /dev/fb0).</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>tdfx_vid (Linux
only)</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">3dfx-specific video output
driver that works in combination with the tdfx_vid kernel
module.</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">&lt;device&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Explicitly choose the device
name to use (default: /dev/ tdfx_vid).</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>dxr2 (also see −dxr2)
(DXR2 only)</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Creative DXR2 specific video
output driver.</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">&lt;vo_driver&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Output video subdriver to use
as overlay (x11, xv).</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>dxr3 (DXR3 only)</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Sigma Designs em8300 MPEG
decoder chip (Creative DXR3, Sigma Designs Hollywood Plus)
specific video output driver. Also see the lavc video
filter.</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">overlay</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Activates the overlay instead
of TV-out.</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">prebuf</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Turns on prebuffering.</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">sync&nbsp;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Will turn on the new
sync-engine.</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">norm=&lt;norm&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Specifies the TV norm.</p>

<p style="margin-left:38%;">0: Does not change current norm
(default). <br>
1: Auto-adjust using PAL/NTSC. <br>
2: Auto-adjust using PAL/PAL-60. <br>
3: PAL <br>
4: PAL-60 <br>
5: NTSC</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">&lt;0−3&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Specifies the device number to
use if you have more than one em8300 card.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>ivtv (IVTV only)</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Conexant CX23415 (iCompression
iTVC15) or Conexant CX23416 (iCompression iTVC16) MPEG
decoder chip (Hauppauge WinTV PVR-150/250/350/500) specific
video output driver for TV-out. Also see the lavc video
filter.</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">&lt;device&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Explicitly choose the MPEG
decoder device name to use (default: /dev/video16).</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">&lt;output&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Explicitly choose the TV-out
output to be used for the video signal.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>v4l2 (requires Linux 2.6.22+
kernel)</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Video output driver for V4L2
compliant cards with built-in hardware MPEG decoder. Also
see the lavc video filter.</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">&lt;device&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Explicitly choose the MPEG
decoder device name to use (default: /dev/video16).</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">&lt;output&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Explicitly choose the TV-out
output to be used for the video signal.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>mpegpes (DVB only)</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Video output driver for DVB
cards that writes the output to an MPEG-PES file if no DVB
card is installed.</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">card=&lt;1−4&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Specifies the device number to
use if you have more than one DVB output card (V3 API only,
such as 1.x.y series drivers). If not specified MPlayer will
search the first usable card.</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">&lt;filename&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">output filename (default:
./grab.mpg)</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>zr (also see −zr* and
−zrhelp)</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Video output driver for a
number of MJPEG capture/playback cards.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>zr2 (also see the zrmjpeg
video filter)</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Video output driver for a
number of MJPEG capture/playback cards, second
generation.</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">dev=&lt;device&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Specifies the video device to
use.</p>


<p style="margin-left:26%;">norm=&lt;PAL|NTSC|SECAM|auto&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Specifies the video norm to use
(default: auto).</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">(no)prebuf</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">(De)Activate prebuffering, not
yet supported.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>md5sum&nbsp;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Calculate MD5 sums of each
frame and write them to a file. Supports RGB24 and YV12
colorspaces. Useful for debugging.</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">outfile=&lt;value&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Specify the output filename
(default: ./md5sums).</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>yuv4mpeg</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Transforms the video stream
into a sequence of uncompressed YUV 4:2:0 images and stores
it in a file (default: ./stream.yuv). The format is the same
as the one employed by mjpegtools, so this is useful if you
want to process the video with the mjpegtools suite. It
supports the YV12 format. If your source file has a
different format and is interlaced, make sure to use -vf
scale=::1 to ensure the conversion uses interlaced mode. You
can combine it with the −fixed−vo option to
concatenate files with the same dimensions and fps
value.</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">interlaced</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Write the output as interlaced
frames, top field first.</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">interlaced_bf</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Write the output as interlaced
frames, bottom field first.</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">file=&lt;filename&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Write the output to
&lt;filename&gt; instead of the default stream.yuv.</p>

<p style="margin-left:22%; margin-top: 1em"><i>NOTE:</i> If
you do not specify any option the output is progressive
(i.e. not interlaced).</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>gif89a&nbsp;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Output each frame into a single
animated GIF file in the current directory. It supports only
RGB format with 24 bpp and the output is converted to 256
colors.</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">&lt;fps&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Float value to specify
framerate (default: 5.0).</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">&lt;output&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Specify the output filename
(default: ./out.gif).</p>

<p style="margin-left:22%; margin-top: 1em"><i>NOTE:</i>
You must specify the framerate before the filename or the
framerate will be part of the filename.</p>


<p style="margin-left:22%; margin-top: 1em"><i>EXAMPLE:</i></p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">mplayer video.nut −vo
gif89a:fps=15:output=test.gif</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>jpeg&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Output each frame into a JPEG
file in the current directory. Each file takes the frame
number padded with leading zeros as name.</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">[no]progressive</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Specify standard or progressive
JPEG (default: noprogressive).</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">[no]baseline</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Specify use of baseline or not
(default: baseline).</p>


<p style="margin-left:26%;">optimize=&lt;0−100&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">optimization factor (default:
100)</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">smooth=&lt;0−100&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">smooth factor (default: 0)</p>


<p style="margin-left:26%;">quality=&lt;0−100&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">quality factor (default:
75)</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">outdir=&lt;dirname&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Specify the directory to save
the JPEG files to (default: ./).</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">subdirs=&lt;prefix&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Create numbered subdirectories
with the specified prefix to save the files in instead of
the current directory.</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">maxfiles=&lt;value&gt; (subdirs
only)</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Maximum number of files to be
saved per subdirectory. Must be equal to or larger than 1
(default: 1000).</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>pnm&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Output each frame into a PNM
file in the current directory. Each file takes the frame
number padded with leading zeros as name. It supports PPM,
PGM and PGMYUV files in both raw and ASCII mode. Also see
pnm(5), ppm(5) and pgm(5).</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">ppm&nbsp;&nbsp;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Write PPM files (default).</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">pgm&nbsp;&nbsp;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Write PGM files.</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">pgmyuv</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Write PGMYUV files. PGMYUV is
like PGM, but it also contains the U and V plane, appended
at the bottom of the picture.</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">raw&nbsp;&nbsp;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Write PNM files in raw mode
(default).</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">ascii</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Write PNM files in ASCII
mode.</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">outdir=&lt;dirname&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Specify the directory to save
the PNM files to (default: ./).</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">subdirs=&lt;prefix&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Create numbered subdirectories
with the specified prefix to save the files in instead of
the current directory.</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">maxfiles=&lt;value&gt; (subdirs
only)</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Maximum number of files to be
saved per subdirectory. Must be equal to or larger than 1
(default: 1000).</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>png&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Output each frame into a PNG
file in the current directory. Each file takes the frame
number padded with leading zeros as name. 24bpp RGB and BGR
formats are supported.</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">z=&lt;0−9&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Specifies the compression
level. 0 is no compression, 9 is maximum compression.</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">outdir=&lt;dirname&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Specify the directory to save
the PNG files to (default: ./).</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">prefix=&lt;prefix&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Specify the prefix to be used
for the PNG filenames (default: no prefix).</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">alpha</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Create PNG files with an alpha
channel. Note that MPlayer in general does not support
alpha, so this will only be useful in some rare cases.</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>mng&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Output video into an animated
MNG file using 24 bpp RGB images with lossless
compression.</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">output=&lt;filename&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Specify the output filename
(default: out.mng).</p>


<p style="margin-left:22%; margin-top: 1em"><i>EXAMPLE:</i></p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">mplayer video.mkv −vo
mng:output=test.mng</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>tga&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Output each frame into a Targa
file in the current directory. Each file takes the frame
number padded with leading zeros as name. The purpose of
this video output driver is to have a simple lossless image
writer to use without any external library. It supports the
BGR[A] color format, with 15, 24 and 32 bpp. You can force a
particular format with the format video filter.</p>


<p style="margin-left:22%; margin-top: 1em"><i>EXAMPLE:</i></p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">mplayer video.nut −vf
format=bgr15 −vo tga</p>

<h2>DECODING/FILTERING OPTIONS
<a name="DECODING/FILTERING OPTIONS"></a>
</h2>


<p style="margin-left:11%; margin-top: 1em"><b>−ac
&lt;[−|+]codec1,[−|+]codec2,...[,]&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Specify a priority list of
audio codecs to be used, according to their codec name in
codecs.conf. Use a ’−’ before the codec
name to omit it. Use a ’+’ before the codec name
to force it, this will likely crash! If the list has a
trailing ’,’ MPlayer will fall back on codecs
not contained in the list. <i><br>
NOTE:</i> See −ac help for a full list of available
codecs.</p>


<p style="margin-left:22%; margin-top: 1em"><i>EXAMPLE:</i></p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">−ac mp3acm</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Force the l3codeca.acm MP3
codec.</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">−ac mad,</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Try libmad first, then fall
back on others.</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">−ac hwac3,a52,</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Try hardware AC-3 passthrough,
software AC-3, then others.</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">−ac hwdts,</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Try hardware DTS passthrough,
then fall back on others.</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">−ac −ffmp3,</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Skip FFmpeg’s MP3
decoder.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>−af−adv
&lt;force=(0−7):list=(filters)&gt; (also see
−af)</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Specify advanced audio filter
options:</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">force=&lt;0−7&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Forces the insertion of audio
filters to one of the following:</p>

<p style="margin-left:38%;">0: Use completely automatic
filter insertion (currently identical to 1). <br>
1: Optimize for accuracy (default). <br>
2: Optimize for speed. <i>Warning:</i> Some features in the
audio filters may silently fail, and the sound quality may
drop. <br>
3: Use no automatic insertion of filters and no
optimization. <i>Warning:</i> It may be possible to crash
MPlayer using this setting. <br>
4: Use automatic insertion of filters according to 0 above,
but use floating point processing when possible. <br>
5: Use automatic insertion of filters according to 1 above,
but use floating point processing when possible. <br>
6: Use automatic insertion of filters according to 2 above,
but use floating point processing when possible. <br>
7: Use no automatic insertion of filters according to 3
above, and use floating point processing when possible.</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">list=&lt;filters&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Same as −af.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>−afm
&lt;driver1,driver2,...&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Specify a priority list of
audio codec families to be used, according to their codec
name in codecs.conf. Falls back on the default codecs if
none of the given codec families work. <i><br>
NOTE:</i> See −afm help for a full list of available
codec families.</p>


<p style="margin-left:22%; margin-top: 1em"><i>EXAMPLE:</i></p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">−afm ffmpeg</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Try FFmpeg’s libavcodec
codecs first.</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">−afm acm,dshow</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Try Win32 codecs first.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>−aspect &lt;ratio&gt;
(also see −zoom)</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Override movie aspect ratio, in
case aspect information is incorrect or missing in the file
being played.</p>


<p style="margin-left:22%; margin-top: 1em"><i>EXAMPLE:</i></p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">−aspect 4:3 or
−aspect 1.3333 <br>
−aspect 16:9 or −aspect 1.7777</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>−noaspect</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Disable automatic movie aspect
ratio compensation.</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>−field−dominance
&lt;−1−1&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Set first field for interlaced
content. Useful for deinterlacers that double the framerate:
−vf tfields=1, −vf yadif=1, −vo
vdpau:deint and −vo xvmc:bobdeint.</p>

<table rules="none" frame="void" border="0" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" width="100%">
<tbody><tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="26%"></td>
<td width="3%">


<p>−1</p></td>
<td width="5%"></td>
<td width="66%">


<p>auto (default): If the decoder does not export the
appropriate information, it falls back to 0 (top field
first).</p> </td></tr>
<tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="26%"></td>
<td width="3%">


<p>0</p></td>
<td width="5%"></td>
<td width="66%">


<p>top field first</p></td></tr>
<tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="26%"></td>
<td width="3%">


<p>1</p></td>
<td width="5%"></td>
<td width="66%">


<p>bottom field first</p></td></tr>
</tbody></table>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>−flip &nbsp;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Flip image upside-down.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>−lavdopts
&lt;option1:option2:...&gt; (DEBUG CODE)</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Specify libavcodec decoding
parameters. Separate multiple options with a colon.</p>


<p style="margin-left:22%; margin-top: 1em"><i>EXAMPLE:</i></p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">−lavdopts
gray:skiploopfilter=all:skipframe=nonref</p>

<p style="margin-left:22%; margin-top: 1em">Available
options are:</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">bitexact</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Only use bit-exact algorithms
in all decoding steps (for codec testing).</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">bug=&lt;value&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Manually work around encoder
bugs.</p>

<p style="margin-left:38%;">0: nothing <br>
1: autodetect bugs (default) <br>
2 (msmpeg4v3): some old lavc generated msmpeg4v3 files (no
autodetection) <br>
4 (mpeg4): Xvid interlacing bug (autodetected if
fourcc==XVIX) <br>
8 (mpeg4): UMP4 (autodetected if fourcc==UMP4) <br>
16 (mpeg4): padding bug (autodetected) <br>
32 (mpeg4): illegal vlc bug (autodetected per fourcc) <br>
64 (mpeg4): Xvid and DivX qpel bug (autodetected per
fourcc/version) <br>
128 (mpeg4): old standard qpel (autodetected per
fourcc/version) <br>
256 (mpeg4): another qpel bug (autodetected per
fourcc/version) <br>
512 (mpeg4): direct-qpel-blocksize bug (autodetected per
fourcc/version) <br>
1024 (mpeg4): edge padding bug (autodetected per
fourcc/version)</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">debug=&lt;value&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Display debugging
information.</p>

<p style="margin-left:38%;">0: disabled <br>
1: picture info <br>
2: rate control <br>
4: bitstream <br>
8: macroblock (MB) type <br>
16: per-block quantization parameter (QP) <br>
32: motion vector <br>
0x0040: motion vector visualization (use −noslices)
<br>
0x0080: macroblock (MB) skip <br>
0x0100: startcode <br>
0x0200: PTS <br>
0x0400: error resilience <br>
0x0800: memory management control operations (H.264) <br>
0x1000: bugs <br>
0x2000: Visualize quantization parameter (QP), lower QP are
tinted greener. <br>
0x4000: Visualize block types.</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">ec=&lt;value&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Set error concealment
strategy.</p>

<p style="margin-left:38%;">1: Use strong deblock filter
for damaged MBs. <br>
2: iterative motion vector (MV) search (slow) <br>
3: all (default)</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">er=&lt;value&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Set error resilience
strategy.</p>

<p style="margin-left:38%;">0: disabled <br>
1: careful (Should work with broken encoders.) <br>
2: normal (default) (Works with compliant encoders.) <br>
3: aggressive (More checks, but might cause problems even
for valid bitstreams.) <br>
4: very aggressive</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">fast (MPEG-2, MPEG-4, and H.264
only)</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Enable optimizations which do
not comply to the specification and might potentially cause
problems, like simpler dequantization, simpler motion
compensation, assuming use of the default quantization
matrix, assuming YUV 4:2:0 and skipping a few checks to
detect damaged bitstreams.</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">gray&nbsp;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">grayscale only decoding (a bit
faster than with color)</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">idct=&lt;0−99&gt; (see
−lavcopts)</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">For best decoding quality use
the same IDCT algorithm for decoding and encoding. This may
come at a price in accuracy, though.</p>


<p style="margin-left:26%;">lowres=&lt;number&gt;[,&lt;w&gt;]</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Decode at lower resolutions.
Low resolution decoding is not supported by all codecs, and
it will often result in ugly artifacts. This is not a bug,
but a side effect of not decoding at full resolution.</p>

<p style="margin-left:38%;">0: disabled <br>
1: 1/2 resolution <br>
2: 1/4 resolution <br>
3: 1/8 resolution</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">If &lt;w&gt; is specified
lowres decoding will be used only if the width of the video
is major than or equal to &lt;w&gt;.</p>


<p style="margin-left:26%;"><b>o=&lt;key&gt;=&lt;value&gt;[,&lt;key&gt;=&lt;value&gt;[,...]]</b>
Pass AVOptions to libavcodec decoder. Note, a patch to make
the o= unneeded and pass all unknown options through the
AVOption system is welcome. A full list of AVOptions can be
found in the FFmpeg manual. Note that some options may
conflict with MEncoder options.</p>


<p style="margin-left:34%; margin-top: 1em"><i>EXAMPLE:</i></p>

<p style="margin-left:42%;">o=debug=pict</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">sb=&lt;number&gt; (MPEG-2
only)</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Skip the given number of
macroblock rows at the bottom.</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">st=&lt;number&gt; (MPEG-2
only)</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Skip the given number of
macroblock rows at the top.</p>


<p style="margin-left:26%;">skiploopfilter=&lt;skipvalue&gt;
(H.264 only)</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Skips the loop filter (AKA
deblocking) during H.264 decoding. Since the filtered frame
is supposed to be used as reference for decoding dependent
frames this has a worse effect on quality than not doing
deblocking on e.g. MPEG-2 video. But at least for high
bitrate HDTV this provides a big speedup with no visible
quality loss.</p>


<p style="margin-left:34%; margin-top: 1em">&lt;skipvalue&gt;
can be either one of the following:</p>

<p style="margin-left:38%;">none: Never skip. <br>
default: Skip useless processing steps (e.g. 0 size packets
in AVI). <br>
nonref: Skip frames that are not referenced (i.e. not used
for decoding other frames, the error cannot "build
up"). <br>
bidir: Skip B-Frames. <br>
nonkey: Skip all frames except keyframes. <br>
all: Skip all frames.</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">skipidct=&lt;skipvalue&gt;
(MPEG-1/2 only)</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Skips the IDCT step. This
degrades quality a lot of in almost all cases (see
skiploopfilter for available skip values).</p>


<p style="margin-left:26%;">skipframe=&lt;skipvalue&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Skips decoding of frames
completely. Big speedup, but jerky motion and sometimes bad
artifacts (see skiploopfilter for available skip
values).</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">threads=&lt;1−8&gt;
(MPEG-1/2 and H.264 only)</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">number of threads to use for
decoding (default: 1)</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">vismv=&lt;value&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Visualize motion vectors.</p>

<p style="margin-left:38%;">0: disabled <br>
1: Visualize forward predicted MVs of P-frames. <br>
2: Visualize forward predicted MVs of B-frames. <br>
4: Visualize backward predicted MVs of B-frames.</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">vstats</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Prints some statistics and
stores them in ./vstats_*.log.</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">wait_keyframe</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Wait for a keyframe before
displaying anything. Avoids broken frames at startup or
after seeking with some formats.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>−noslices</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Disable drawing video by
16-pixel height slices/bands, instead draws the whole frame
in a single run. May be faster or slower, depending on video
card and available cache. It has effect only with libmpeg2
and libavcodec codecs.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>−nosound</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Do not play/encode sound.
Useful for benchmarking.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>−novideo</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Do not play/encode video. In
many cases this will not work, use −vc null −vo
null instead.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>−pp &lt;quality&gt;
(also see −vf pp)</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Set the DLL postprocess level.
This option is no longer usable with −vf pp. It only
works with Win32 DirectShow DLLs with internal
postprocessing routines. The valid range of −pp values
varies by codec, it is mostly 0−6, where 0=disable,
6=slowest/ best.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>−pphelp (also see
−vf pp)</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Show a summary about the
available postprocess filters and their usage.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>−ssf
&lt;mode&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Specifies software scaler
parameters.</p>


<p style="margin-left:22%; margin-top: 1em"><i>EXAMPLE:</i></p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">−vf scale −ssf
lgb=3.0 <br>
lgb=&lt;0−100&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">gaussian blur filter (luma)</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">cgb=&lt;0−100&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">gaussian blur filter
(chroma)</p>


<p style="margin-left:26%;">ls=&lt;−100−100&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">sharpen filter (luma)</p>


<p style="margin-left:26%;">cs=&lt;−100−100&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">sharpen filter (chroma)</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">chs=&lt;h&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">chroma horizontal shifting</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">cvs=&lt;v&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">chroma vertical shifting</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>−stereo
&lt;mode&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Select type of MP2/MP3 stereo
output.</p>

<table rules="none" frame="void" border="0" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" width="100%">
<tbody><tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="26%"></td>
<td width="2%">


<p>0</p></td>
<td width="6%"></td>
<td width="20%">


<p>stereo</p></td>
<td width="46%">
</td></tr>
<tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="26%"></td>
<td width="2%">


<p>1</p></td>
<td width="6%"></td>
<td width="20%">


<p>left channel</p></td>
<td width="46%">
</td></tr>
<tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="26%"></td>
<td width="2%">


<p>2</p></td>
<td width="6%"></td>
<td width="20%">


<p>right channel</p></td>
<td width="46%">
</td></tr>
</tbody></table>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>−sws &lt;software
scaler type&gt; (also see −vf scale and
−zoom)</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Specify the software scaler
algorithm to be used with the −zoom option. This
affects video output drivers which lack hardware
acceleration, e.g. x11.</p>

<p style="margin-left:22%; margin-top: 1em">Available types
are:</p>

<table rules="none" frame="void" border="0" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" width="100%">
<tbody><tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="26%"></td>
<td width="3%">


<p>0</p></td>
<td width="5%"></td>
<td width="49%">


<p>fast bilinear</p></td>
<td width="17%">
</td></tr>
<tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="26%"></td>
<td width="3%">


<p>1</p></td>
<td width="5%"></td>
<td width="49%">


<p>bilinear</p></td>
<td width="17%">
</td></tr>
<tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="26%"></td>
<td width="3%">


<p>2</p></td>
<td width="5%"></td>
<td width="49%">


<p>bicubic (good quality) (default)</p></td>
<td width="17%">
</td></tr>
<tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="26%"></td>
<td width="3%">


<p>3</p></td>
<td width="5%"></td>
<td width="49%">


<p>experimental</p></td>
<td width="17%">
</td></tr>
<tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="26%"></td>
<td width="3%">


<p>4</p></td>
<td width="5%"></td>
<td width="49%">


<p>nearest neighbor (bad quality)</p></td>
<td width="17%">
</td></tr>
<tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="26%"></td>
<td width="3%">


<p>5</p></td>
<td width="5%"></td>
<td width="49%">


<p>area</p></td>
<td width="17%">
</td></tr>
<tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="26%"></td>
<td width="3%">


<p>6</p></td>
<td width="5%"></td>
<td width="49%">


<p>luma bicubic / chroma bilinear</p></td>
<td width="17%">
</td></tr>
<tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="26%"></td>
<td width="3%">


<p>7</p></td>
<td width="5%"></td>
<td width="49%">


<p>gauss</p></td>
<td width="17%">
</td></tr>
<tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="26%"></td>
<td width="3%">


<p>8</p></td>
<td width="5%"></td>
<td width="49%">


<p>sincR</p></td>
<td width="17%">
</td></tr>
<tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="26%"></td>
<td width="3%">


<p>9</p></td>
<td width="5%"></td>
<td width="49%">


<p>lanczos</p></td>
<td width="17%">
</td></tr>
<tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="26%"></td>
<td width="3%">


<p>10</p></td>
<td width="5%"></td>
<td width="49%">


<p>natural bicubic spline</p></td>
<td width="17%">
</td></tr>
</tbody></table>

<p style="margin-left:22%; margin-top: 1em"><i>NOTE:</i>
Some −sws options are tunable. The description of the
scale video filter has further information.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>−vc
&lt;[−|+]codec1,[−|+]codec2,...[,]&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Specify a priority list of
video codecs to be used, according to their codec name in
codecs.conf. Use a ’−’ before the codec
name to omit it. Use a ’+’ before the codec name
to force it, this will likely crash! If the list has a
trailing ’,’ MPlayer will fall back on codecs
not contained in the list. <i><br>
NOTE:</i> See −vc help for a full list of available
codecs.</p>


<p style="margin-left:22%; margin-top: 1em"><i>EXAMPLE:</i></p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">−vc divx</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Force Win32/VfW DivX codec, no
fallback.</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">−vc
−divxds,−divx,</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Skip Win32 DivX codecs.</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">−vc ffmpeg12,mpeg12,</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Try libavcodec’s MPEG-1/2
codec, then libmpeg2, then others.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>−vfm
&lt;driver1,driver2,...&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Specify a priority list of
video codec families to be used, according to their names in
codecs.conf. Falls back on the default codecs if none of the
given codec families work. <i><br>
NOTE:</i> See −vfm help for a full list of available
codec families.</p>


<p style="margin-left:22%; margin-top: 1em"><i>EXAMPLE:</i></p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">−vfm ffmpeg,dshow,vfw</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Try the libavcodec, then
Directshow, then VfW codecs and fall back on others, if they
do not work.</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">−vfm xanim</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Try XAnim codecs first.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>−x &lt;x&gt; (also see
−zoom) (MPlayer only)</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Scale image to width &lt;x&gt;
(if software/hardware scaling is available). Disables aspect
calculations.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>−xvidopts
&lt;option1:option2:...&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Specify additional parameters
when decoding with Xvid. <i><br>
NOTE:</i> Since libavcodec is faster than Xvid you might
want to use the libavcodec postprocessing filter (−vf
pp) and decoder (−vfm ffmpeg) instead.</p>

<p style="margin-left:22%; margin-top: 1em">Xvid’s
internal postprocessing filters:</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">deblock-chroma (also see
−vf pp)</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">chroma deblock filter</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">deblock-luma (also see
−vf pp)</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">luma deblock filter</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">dering-luma (also see −vf
pp)</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">luma deringing filter</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">dering-chroma (also see
−vf pp)</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">chroma deringing filter</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">filmeffect (also see −vf
noise)</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Adds artificial film grain to
the video. May increase perceived quality, while lowering
true quality.</p>

<p style="margin-left:22%; margin-top: 1em">rendering
methods:</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">dr2&nbsp;&nbsp;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Activate direct rendering
method 2.</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">nodr2</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Deactivate direct rendering
method 2.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>−xy &lt;value&gt;
(also see −zoom)</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">value&lt;=8</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Scale image by factor
&lt;value&gt;.</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">value&gt;8</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Set width to value and
calculate height to keep correct aspect ratio.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>−y &lt;y&gt; (also see
−zoom) (MPlayer only)</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Scale image to height &lt;y&gt;
(if software/hardware scaling is available). Disables aspect
calculations.</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>−zoom&nbsp;&nbsp;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Allow software scaling, where
available. This will allow scaling with output drivers (like
x11, fbdev) that do not support hardware scaling where
MPlayer disables scaling by default for performance
reasons.</p>

<h2>AUDIO FILTERS
<a name="AUDIO FILTERS"></a>
</h2>


<p style="margin-left:11%; margin-top: 1em">Audio filters
allow you to modify the audio stream and its properties. The
syntax is: <b><br>
−af
&lt;filter1[=parameter1:parameter2:...],filter2,...&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Setup a chain of audio
filters.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%; margin-top: 1em"><i>NOTE:</i> To
get a full list of available audio filters, see −af
help.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%; margin-top: 1em">Audio filters
are managed in lists. There are a few commands to manage the
filter list. <b><br>
−af−add &lt;filter1[,filter2,...]&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Appends the filters given as
arguments to the filter list.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>−af−pre
&lt;filter1[,filter2,...]&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Prepends the filters given as
arguments to the filter list.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>−af−del
&lt;index1[,index2,...]&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Deletes the filters at the
given indexes. Index numbers start at 0, negative numbers
address the end of the list (−1 is the last).</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>−af−clr</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Completely empties the filter
list.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%; margin-top: 1em">Available
filters are: <b><br>
resample[=srate[:sloppy[:type]]]</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Changes the sample rate of the
audio stream. Can be used if you have a fixed frequency
sound card or if you are stuck with an old sound card that
is only capable of max 44.1kHz. This filter is automatically
enabled if necessary. It only supports 16-bit integer and
float in native-endian format as input. <i><br>
NOTE:</i> With MEncoder, you need to also use −srate
&lt;srate&gt;.</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">&lt;srate&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">output sample frequency in Hz.
The valid range for this parameter is 8000 to 192000. If the
input and output sample frequency are the same or if this
parameter is omitted the filter is automatically unloaded. A
high sample frequency normally improves the audio quality,
especially when used in combination with other filters.</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">&lt;sloppy&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Allow (1) or disallow (0) the
output frequency to differ slightly from the frequency given
by &lt;srate&gt; (default: 1). Can be used if the startup of
the playback is extremely slow.</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">&lt;type&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Select which resampling method
to use.</p>

<p style="margin-left:38%;">0: linear interpolation (fast,
poor quality especially when upsampling) <br>
1: polyphase filterbank and integer processing <br>
2: polyphase filterbank and floating point processing (slow,
best quality)</p>


<p style="margin-left:22%; margin-top: 1em"><i>EXAMPLE:</i></p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">mplayer −af
resample=44100:0:0</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">would set the output frequency
of the resample filter to 44100Hz using exact output
frequency scaling and linear interpolation.</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>lavcresample[=srate[:length[:linear[:count[:cutoff]]]]]</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Changes the sample rate of the
audio stream to an integer &lt;srate&gt; in Hz. It only
supports the 16-bit native-endian format. <i><br>
NOTE:</i> With MEncoder, you need to also use −srate
&lt;srate&gt;.</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">&lt;srate&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">the output sample rate</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">&lt;length&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">length of the filter with
respect to the lower sampling rate (default: 16)</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">&lt;linear&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">if 1 then filters will be
linearly interpolated between polyphase entries</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">&lt;count&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">log2 of the number of polyphase
entries (..., 10-&gt;1024, 11-&gt;2048, 12-&gt;4096, ...)
(default: 10-&gt;1024)</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">&lt;cutoff&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">cutoff frequency
(0.0−1.0), default set depending upon filter
length</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>lavcac3enc[=tospdif[:bitrate[:minchn]]]</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Encode multi-channel audio to
AC-3 at runtime using libavcodec. Supports 16-bit
native-endian input format, maximum 6 channels. The output
is big-endian when outputting a raw AC-3 stream,
native-endian when outputting to S/PDIF. The output sample
rate of this filter is same with the input sample rate. When
input sample rate is 48kHz, 44.1kHz, or 32kHz, this filter
directly use it. Otherwise a resampling filter is
auto-inserted before this filter to make the input and
output sample rate be 48kHz. You need to specify
’−channels N’ to make the decoder decode
audio into N-channel, then the filter can encode the
N-channel input to AC-3.</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">&lt;tospdif&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Output raw AC-3 stream if zero
or not set, output to S/PDIF for passthrough when
&lt;tospdif&gt; is set non-zero.</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">&lt;bitrate&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">The bitrate to encode the AC-3
stream. Set it to either 384 or 384000 to get 384kbits.
Valid values: 32, 40, 48, 56, 64, 80, 96, 112, 128, 160,
192, 224, 256, <br>
320, 384, 448, 512, 576, 640 Default bitrate is based on the
input channel number: 1ch: 96, 2ch: 192, 3ch: 224, 4ch: 384,
5ch: 448, 6ch: 448</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">&lt;minchn&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">If the input channel number is
less than &lt;minchn&gt;, the filter will detach itself
(default: 5).</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>sweep[=speed]</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Produces a sine sweep.</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">&lt;0.0−1.0&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Sine function delta, use very
low values to hear the sweep.</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>sinesuppress[=freq:decay]</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Remove a sine at the specified
frequency. Useful to get rid of the 50/60Hz noise on low
quality audio equipment. It probably only works on mono
input.</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">&lt;freq&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">The frequency of the sine which
should be removed (in Hz) (default: 50)</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">&lt;decay&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Controls the adaptivity (a
larger value will make the filter adapt to amplitude and
phase changes quicker, a smaller value will make the
adaptation slower) (default: 0.0001). Reasonable values are
around 0.001.</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>bs2b[=option1:option2:...]</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Bauer stereophonic to binaural
transformation using libbs2b. Improves the headphone
listening experience by making the sound similar to that
from loudspeakers, allowing each ear to hear both channels
and taking into account the distance difference and the head
shadowing effect. It is applicable only to 2 channel
audio.</p>


<p style="margin-left:26%;">fcut=&lt;300−1000&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Set cut frequency in Hz.</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">feed=&lt;10−150&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Set feed level for low
frequencies in 0.1*dB.</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">profile=&lt;value&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Several profiles are available
for convenience:</p>

<p style="margin-left:42%;">default</p>

<p style="margin-left:49%;">will be used if nothing else
was specified (fcut=700, feed=45)</p>

<p style="margin-left:42%;">cmoy&nbsp;</p>

<p style="margin-left:49%;">Chu Moy circuit implementation
(fcut=700, feed=60)</p>

<p style="margin-left:42%;">jmeier</p>

<p style="margin-left:49%;">Jan Meier circuit
implementation (fcut=650, feed=95)</p>

<p style="margin-left:22%; margin-top: 1em">If fcut or feed
options are specified together with a profile, they will be
applied on top of the selected profile.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>hrtf[=flag]</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Head-related transfer function:
Converts multichannel audio to 2 channel output for
headphones, preserving the spatiality of the sound. <br>
Flag Meaning <br>
m matrix decoding of the rear channel <br>
s 2-channel matrix decoding <br>
0 no matrix decoding (default)</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>equalizer=[g1:g2:g3:...:g10]</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">10 octave band graphic
equalizer, implemented using 10 IIR band pass filters. This
means that it works regardless of what type of audio is
being played back. The center frequencies for the 10 bands
are: <br>
No. frequency <br>
0 31.25 Hz <br>
1 62.50 Hz <br>
2 125.00 Hz <br>
3 250.00 Hz <br>
4 500.00 Hz <br>
5 1.00 kHz <br>
6 2.00 kHz <br>
7 4.00 kHz <br>
8 8.00 kHz <br>
9 16.00 kHz</p>

<p style="margin-left:22%; margin-top: 1em">If the sample
rate of the sound being played is lower than the center
frequency for a frequency band, then that band will be
disabled. A known bug with this filter is that the
characteristics for the uppermost band are not completely
symmetric if the sample rate is close to the center
frequency of that band. This problem can be worked around by
upsampling the sound using the resample filter before it
reaches this filter.</p>


<p style="margin-left:26%;">&lt;g1&gt;:&lt;g2&gt;:&lt;g3&gt;:...:&lt;g10&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">floating point numbers
representing the gain in dB for each frequency band
(−12−12)</p>


<p style="margin-left:22%; margin-top: 1em"><i>EXAMPLE:</i></p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">mplayer −af
equalizer=11:11:10:5:0:−12:0:5:12:12 media.avi</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Would amplify the sound in the
upper and lower frequency region while canceling it almost
completely around 1kHz.</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>channels=nch[:nr:from1:to1:from2:to2:from3:to3:...]</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Can be used for adding,
removing, routing and copying audio channels. If only
&lt;nch&gt; is given the default routing is used, it works
as follows: If the number of output channels is bigger than
the number of input channels empty channels are inserted
(except mixing from mono to stereo, then the mono channel is
repeated in both of the output channels). If the number of
output channels is smaller than the number of input channels
the exceeding channels are truncated.</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">&lt;nch&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">number of output channels
(1−8)</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">&lt;nr&gt;&nbsp;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">number of routes
(1−8)</p>


<p style="margin-left:26%;">&lt;from1:to1:from2:to2:from3:to3:...&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Pairs of numbers between 0 and
7 that define where to route each channel.</p>


<p style="margin-left:22%; margin-top: 1em"><i>EXAMPLE:</i></p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">mplayer −af
channels=4:4:0:1:1:0:2:2:3:3 media.avi</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Would change the number of
channels to 4 and set up 4 routes that swap channel 0 and
channel 1 and leave channel 2 and 3 intact. Observe that if
media containing two channels was played back, channels 2
and 3 would contain silence but 0 and 1 would still be
swapped.</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">mplayer −af
channels=6:4:0:0:0:1:0:2:0:3 media.avi</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Would change the number of
channels to 6 and set up 4 routes that copy channel 0 to
channels 0 to 3. Channel 4 and 5 will contain silence.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>format[=format] (also see
−format)</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Convert between different
sample formats. Automatically enabled when needed by the
sound card or another filter.</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">&lt;format&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Sets the desired format. The
general form is ’sbe’, where ’s’
denotes the sign (either ’s’ for signed or
’u’ for unsigned), ’b’ denotes the
number of bits per sample (16, 24 or 32) and ’e’
denotes the endianness (’le’ means
little-endian, ’be’ big-endian and
’ne’ the endianness of the computer MPlayer is
running on). Valid values (amongst others) are:
’s16le’, ’u32be’ and
’u24ne’. Exceptions to this rule that are also
valid format specifiers: u8, s8, floatle, floatbe, floatne,
mulaw, alaw, mpeg2, ac3 and imaadpcm.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>volume[=v[:sc]]</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Implements software volume
control. Use this filter with caution since it can reduce
the signal to noise ratio of the sound. In most cases it is
best to set the level for the PCM sound to max, leave this
filter out and control the output level to your speakers
with the master volume control of the mixer. In case your
sound card has a digital PCM mixer instead of an analog one,
and you hear distortion, use the MASTER mixer instead. If
there is an external amplifier connected to the computer
(this is almost always the case), the noise level can be
minimized by adjusting the master level and the volume knob
on the amplifier until the hissing noise in the background
is gone. <br>
This filter has a second feature: It measures the overall
maximum sound level and prints out that level when MPlayer
exits. This volume estimate can be used for setting the
sound level in MEncoder such that the maximum dynamic range
is utilized. This feature currently only works with
floating-point data, use e.g. −af−adv force=5,
or use −af stats. <i><br>
NOTE:</i> This filter is not reentrant and can therefore
only be enabled once for every audio stream.</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">&lt;v&gt;&nbsp;&nbsp;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Sets the desired gain in dB for
all channels in the stream from −200dB to +60dB, where
−200dB mutes the sound completely and +60dB equals a
gain of 1000 (default: 0).</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">&lt;sc&gt;&nbsp;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Turns soft clipping on (1) or
off (0). Soft-clipping can make the sound more smooth if
very high volume levels are used. Enable this option if the
dynamic range of the loudspeakers is very low. <i><br>
WARNING:</i> This feature creates distortion and should be
considered a last resort.</p>


<p style="margin-left:22%; margin-top: 1em"><i>EXAMPLE:</i></p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">mplayer −af volume=10.1:0
media.avi</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Would amplify the sound by
10.1dB and hard-clip if the sound level is too high.</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>pan=n[:L00:L01:L02:...L10:L11:L12:...Ln0:Ln1:Ln2:...]</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Mixes channels arbitrarily.
Basically a combination of the volume and the channels
filter that can be used to down-mix many channels to only a
few, e.g. stereo to mono or vary the "width" of
the center speaker in a surround sound system. This filter
is hard to use, and will require some tinkering before the
desired result is obtained. The number of options for this
filter depends on the number of output channels. An example
how to downmix a six-channel file to two channels with this
filter can be found in the examples section near the
end.</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">&lt;n&gt;&nbsp;&nbsp;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">number of output channels
(1−8)</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">&lt;Lij&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">How much of input channel i is
mixed into output channel j (0−1). So in principle you
first have n numbers saying what to do with the first input
channel, then n numbers that act on the second input channel
etc. If you do not specify any numbers for some input
channels, 0 is assumed.</p>


<p style="margin-left:22%; margin-top: 1em"><i>EXAMPLE:</i></p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">mplayer −af pan=1:0.5:0.5
media.avi</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Would down-mix from stereo to
mono.</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">mplayer −af
pan=3:1:0:0.5:0:1:0.5 media.avi</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Would give 3 channel output
leaving channels 0 and 1 intact, and mix channels 0 and 1
into output channel 2 (which could be sent to a subwoofer
for example).</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>sub[=fc:ch]</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Adds a subwoofer channel to the
audio stream. The audio data used for creating the subwoofer
channel is an average of the sound in channel 0 and channel
1. The resulting sound is then low-pass filtered by a 4th
order Butterworth filter with a default cutoff frequency of
60Hz and added to a separate channel in the audio stream.
<i><br>
Warning:</i> Disable this filter when you are playing DVDs
with Dolby Digital 5.1 sound, otherwise this filter will
disrupt the sound to the subwoofer.</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">&lt;fc&gt;&nbsp;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">cutoff frequency in Hz for the
low-pass filter (20Hz to 300Hz) (default: 60Hz) For the best
result try setting the cutoff frequency as low as possible.
This will improve the stereo or surround sound
experience.</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">&lt;ch&gt;&nbsp;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Determines the channel number
in which to insert the sub-channel audio. Channel number can
be between 0 and 7 (default: 5). Observe that the number of
channels will automatically be increased to &lt;ch&gt; if
necessary.</p>


<p style="margin-left:22%; margin-top: 1em"><i>EXAMPLE:</i></p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">mplayer −af sub=100:4
−channels 5 media.avi</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Would add a sub-woofer channel
with a cutoff frequency of 100Hz to output channel 4.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>center&nbsp;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Creates a center channel from
the front channels. May currently be low quality as it does
not implement a high-pass filter for proper extraction yet,
but averages and halves the channels instead.</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">&lt;ch&gt;&nbsp;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Determines the channel number
in which to insert the center channel. Channel number can be
between 0 and 7 (default: 5). Observe that the number of
channels will automatically be increased to &lt;ch&gt; if
necessary.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>surround[=delay]</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Decoder for matrix encoded
surround sound like Dolby Surround. Many files with 2
channel audio actually contain matrixed surround sound.
Requires a sound card supporting at least 4 channels.</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">&lt;delay&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">delay time in ms for the rear
speakers (0 to 1000) (default: 20) This delay should be set
as follows: If d1 is the distance from the listening
position to the front speakers and d2 is the distance from
the listening position to the rear speakers, then the delay
should be set to 15ms if d1 &lt;= d2 and to 15 + 5*(d1-d2)
if d1 &gt; d2.</p>


<p style="margin-left:22%; margin-top: 1em"><i>EXAMPLE:</i></p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">mplayer −af surround=15
−channels 4 media.avi</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Would add surround sound
decoding with 15ms delay for the sound to the rear
speakers.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>delay[=ch1:ch2:...]</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Delays the sound to the
loudspeakers such that the sound from the different channels
arrives at the listening position simultaneously. It is only
useful if you have more than 2 loudspeakers.</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">ch1,ch2,...</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">The delay in ms that should be
imposed on each channel (floating point number between 0 and
1000).</p>

<p style="margin-left:22%; margin-top: 1em">To calculate
the required delay for the different channels do as
follows:</p>

<table rules="none" frame="void" border="0" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" width="100%">
<tbody><tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="22%"></td>
<td width="3%">


<p>1.</p></td>
<td width="1%"></td>
<td width="74%">


<p>Measure the distance to the loudspeakers in meters in
relation to your listening position, giving you the
distances s1 to s5 (for a 5.1 system). There is no point in
compensating for the subwoofer (you will not hear the
difference anyway).</p></td></tr>
<tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="22%"></td>
<td width="3%">


<p>2.</p></td>
<td width="1%"></td>
<td width="74%">


<p>Subtract the distances s1 to s5 from the maximum
distance, i.e. s[i] = max(s) − s[i]; i = 1...5.</p></td></tr>
<tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="22%"></td>
<td width="3%">


<p>3.</p></td>
<td width="1%"></td>
<td width="74%">


<p>Calculate the required delays in ms as d[i] =
1000*s[i]/342; i = 1...5.</p></td></tr>
</tbody></table>


<p style="margin-left:22%; margin-top: 1em"><i>EXAMPLE:</i></p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">mplayer −af
delay=10.5:10.5:0:0:7:0 media.avi</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Would delay front left and
right by 10.5ms, the two rear channels and the sub by 0ms
and the center channel by 7ms.</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>export[=mmapped_file[:nsamples]]</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Exports the incoming signal to
other processes using memory mapping (mmap()). Memory mapped
areas contain a header:</p>

<p style="margin-left:22%; margin-top: 1em">int nch
/*number of channels*/ <br>
int size /*buffer size*/ <br>
unsigned long long counter /*Used to keep sync, updated
every <br>
time new data is exported.*/</p>

<p style="margin-left:22%; margin-top: 1em">The rest is
payload (non-interleaved) 16 bit data.</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">&lt;mmapped_file&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">file to map data to (default:
~/.mplayer/ mplayer-af_export)</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">&lt;nsamples&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">number of samples per channel
(default: 512)</p>


<p style="margin-left:22%; margin-top: 1em"><i>EXAMPLE:</i></p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">mplayer −af
export=/tmp/mplayer-af_export:1024 media.avi</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Would export 1024 samples per
channel to ’/tmp/mplayer-af_export’.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>extrastereo[=mul]</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">(Linearly) increases the
difference between left and right channels which adds some
sort of "live" effect to playback.</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">&lt;mul&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Sets the difference coefficient
(default: 2.5). 0.0 means mono sound (average of both
channels), with 1.0 sound will be unchanged, with −1.0
left and right channels will be swapped.</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>volnorm[=method:target]</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Maximizes the volume without
distorting the sound.</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">&lt;method&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Sets the used method.</p>

<p style="margin-left:38%;">1: Use a single sample to
smooth the variations via the standard weighted mean over
past samples (default). <br>
2: Use several samples to smooth the variations via the
standard weighted mean over past samples.</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">&lt;target&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Sets the target amplitude as a
fraction of the maximum for the sample type (default:
0.25).</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>ladspa=file:label[:controls...]</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Load a LADSPA (Linux Audio
Developer’s Simple Plugin API) plugin. This filter is
reentrant, so multiple LADSPA plugins can be used at
once.</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">&lt;file&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Specifies the LADSPA plugin
library file. If LADSPA_PATH is set, it searches for the
specified file. If it is not set, you must supply a fully
specified pathname.</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">&lt;label&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Specifies the filter within the
library. Some libraries contain only one filter, but others
contain many of them. Entering ’help’ here, will
list all available filters within the specified library,
which eliminates the use of ’listplugins’ from
the LADSPA SDK.</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">&lt;controls&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Controls are zero or more
floating point values that determine the behavior of the
loaded plugin (for example delay, threshold or gain). In
verbose mode (add −v to the MPlayer command line), all
available controls and their valid ranges are printed. This
eliminates the use of ’analyseplugin’ from the
LADSPA SDK.</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>comp&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Compressor/expander filter
usable for microphone input. Prevents artifacts on very loud
sound and raises the volume on very low sound. This filter
is untested, maybe even unusable.</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>gate&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Noise gate filter similar to
the comp audio filter. This filter is untested, maybe even
unusable.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>karaoke</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Simple voice removal filter
exploiting the fact that voice is usually recorded with mono
gear and later ’center’ mixed onto the final
audio stream. Beware that this filter will turn your signal
into mono. Works well for 2 channel tracks; do not bother
trying it on anything but 2 channel stereo.</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>scaletempo[=option1:option2:...]</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Scales audio tempo without
altering pitch, optionally synced to playback speed
(default). <br>
This works by playing ´stride´ ms of audio at
normal speed then consuming ´stride*scale´ ms of
input audio. It pieces the strides together by blending
´overlap´% of stride with audio following the
previous stride. It optionally performs a short statistical
analysis on the next ´search´ ms of audio to
determine the best overlap position.</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">scale=&lt;amount&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Nominal amount to scale tempo.
Scales this amount in addition to speed. (default: 1.0)</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">stride=&lt;amount&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Length in milliseconds to
output each stride. Too high of value will cause noticable
skips at high scale amounts and an echo at low scale
amounts. Very low values will alter pitch. Increasing
improves performance. (default: 60)</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">overlap=&lt;percent&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Percentage of stride to
overlap. Decreasing improves performance. (default: .20)</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">search=&lt;amount&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Length in milliseconds to
search for best overlap position. Decreasing improves
performance greatly. On slow systems, you will probably want
to set this very low. (default: 14)</p>


<p style="margin-left:26%;">speed=&lt;tempo|pitch|both|none&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Set response to speed
change.</p>

<p style="margin-left:38%;">tempo</p>

<p style="margin-left:46%;">Scale tempo in sync with speed
(default).</p>

<p style="margin-left:38%;">pitch</p>

<p style="margin-left:46%;">Reverses effect of filter.
Scales pitch without altering tempo. Add ´[ speed_mult
0.9438743126816935´ and ´] speed_mult
1.059463094352953´ to your input.conf to step by
musical semi-tones. <i>WARNING:</i> Loses sync with
video.</p>

<table rules="none" frame="void" border="0" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" width="100%">
<tbody><tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="38%"></td>
<td width="7%">


<p>both</p></td>
<td width="1%"></td>
<td width="42%">


<p>Scale both tempo and pitch.</p></td>
<td width="12%">
</td></tr>
<tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="38%"></td>
<td width="7%">


<p>none</p></td>
<td width="1%"></td>
<td width="42%">


<p>Ignore speed changes.</p></td>
<td width="12%">
</td></tr>
</tbody></table>


<p style="margin-left:22%; margin-top: 1em"><i>EXAMPLE:</i></p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">mplayer −af scaletempo
−speed 1.2 media.ogg</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Would playback media at 1.2x
normal speed, with audio at normal pitch. Changing playback
speed, would change audio tempo to match.</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">mplayer −af
scaletempo=scale=1.2:speed=none −speed 1.2 <br>
media.ogg</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Would playback media at 1.2x
normal speed, with audio at normal pitch, but changing
playback speed has no effect on audio tempo.</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">mplayer −af
scaletempo=stride=30:overlap=.50:search=10 <br>
media.ogg</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Would tweak the quality and
performace parameters.</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">mplayer −af
format=floatne,scaletempo media.ogg</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Would make scaletempo use float
code. Maybe faster on some platforms.</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">mplayer −af
scaletempo=scale=1.2:speed=pitch audio.ogg</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Would playback audio file at
1.2x normal speed, with audio at normal pitch. Changing
playback speed, would change pitch, leaving audio tempo at
1.2x.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>stats&nbsp;&nbsp;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Collects and prints statistics
about the audio stream, especially the volume. These
statistics are especially intended to help adjusting the
volume while avoiding clipping. The volumes are printed in
dB and compatible with the volume audio filter.</p>

<h2>VIDEO FILTERS
<a name="VIDEO FILTERS"></a>
</h2>


<p style="margin-left:11%; margin-top: 1em">Video filters
allow you to modify the video stream and its properties. The
syntax is: <b><br>
−vf
&lt;filter1[=parameter1:parameter2:...],filter2,...&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Setup a chain of video
filters.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%; margin-top: 1em">Many parameters
are optional and set to default values if omitted. To
explicitly use a default value set a parameter to
’−1’. Parameters w:h means width x height
in pixels, x:y means x;y position counted from the upper
left corner of the bigger image. <i><br>
NOTE:</i> To get a full list of available video filters, see
−vf help.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%; margin-top: 1em">Video filters
are managed in lists. There are a few commands to manage the
filter list. <b><br>
−vf−add &lt;filter1[,filter2,...]&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Appends the filters given as
arguments to the filter list.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>−vf−pre
&lt;filter1[,filter2,...]&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Prepends the filters given as
arguments to the filter list.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>−vf−del
&lt;index1[,index2,...]&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Deletes the filters at the
given indexes. Index numbers start at 0, negative numbers
address the end of the list (−1 is the last).</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>−vf−clr</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Completely empties the filter
list.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%; margin-top: 1em">With filters
that support it, you can access parameters by their name.
<b><br>
−vf &lt;filter&gt;=help</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Prints the parameter names and
parameter value ranges for a particular filter.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>−vf
&lt;filter=named_parameter1=value1[:named_parameter2=value2:...]&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Sets a named parameter to the
given value. Use on and off or yes and no to set flag
parameters.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%; margin-top: 1em">Available
filters are: <b><br>
crop[=w:h:x:y]</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Crops the given part of the
image and discards the rest. Useful to remove black bands
from widescreen movies.</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">&lt;w&gt;,&lt;h&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Cropped width and height,
defaults to original width and height.</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">&lt;x&gt;,&lt;y&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Position of the cropped
picture, defaults to center.</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>cropdetect[=limit:round[:reset]]</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Calculates necessary cropping
parameters and prints the recommended parameters to
stdout.</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">&lt;limit&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Threshold, which can be
optionally specified from nothing (0) to everything (255)
(default: 24).</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">&lt;round&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Value which the width/height
should be divisible by (default: 16). The offset is
automatically adjusted to center the video. Use 2 to get
only even dimensions (needed for 4:2:2 video). 16 is best
when encoding to most video codecs.</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">&lt;reset&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Counter that determines after
how many frames cropdetect will reset the previously
detected largest video area and start over to detect the
current optimal crop area (default: 0). This can be useful
when channel logos distort the video area. 0 indicates never
reset and return the largest area encountered during
playback.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>rectangle[=w:h:x:y]</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Draws a rectangle of the
requested width and height at the specified coordinates over
the image and prints current rectangle parameters to the
console. This can be used to find optimal cropping
parameters. If you bind the input.conf directive
’change_rectangle’ to keystrokes, you can move
and resize the rectangle on the fly.</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">&lt;w&gt;,&lt;h&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">width and height (default:
−1, maximum possible width where boundaries are still
visible.)</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">&lt;x&gt;,&lt;y&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">top left corner position
(default: −1, uppermost leftmost)</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>expand[=w:h:x:y:o:a:r]</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Expands (not scales) movie
resolution to the given value and places the unscaled
original at coordinates x, y. Can be used for placing
subtitles/OSD in the resulting black bands.</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">&lt;w&gt;,&lt;h&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Expanded width,height (default:
original width,height). Negative values for w and h are
treated as offsets to the original size.</p>


<p style="margin-left:34%; margin-top: 1em"><i>EXAMPLE:</i></p>

<p style="margin-left:42%;">expand=0:−50:0:0</p>

<p style="margin-left:52%;">Adds a 50 pixel border to the
bottom of the picture.</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">&lt;x&gt;,&lt;y&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">position of original image on
the expanded image (default: center)</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">&lt;o&gt;&nbsp;&nbsp;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">OSD/subtitle rendering</p>

<p style="margin-left:38%;">0: disable (default) <br>
1: enable</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">&lt;a&gt;&nbsp;&nbsp;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Expands to fit an aspect
instead of a resolution (default: 0).</p>


<p style="margin-left:34%; margin-top: 1em"><i>EXAMPLE:</i></p>

<p style="margin-left:42%;">expand=800:::::4/3</p>

<p style="margin-left:52%;">Expands to 800x600, unless the
source is higher resolution, in which case it expands to
fill a 4/3 aspect.</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">&lt;r&gt;&nbsp;&nbsp;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Rounds up to make both width
and height divisible by &lt;r&gt; (default: 1).</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>flip (also see
−flip)</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Flips the image upside
down.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>mirror&nbsp;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Mirrors the image on the Y
axis.</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>rotate[=&lt;0−7&gt;]</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Rotates the image by 90 degrees
and optionally flips it. For values between 4−7
rotation is only done if the movie geometry is portrait and
not landscape.</p>

<table rules="none" frame="void" border="0" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" width="100%">
<tbody><tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="26%"></td>
<td width="2%">


<p>0</p></td>
<td width="6%"></td>
<td width="66%">


<p>Rotate by 90 degrees clockwise and flip (default).</p></td></tr>
<tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="26%"></td>
<td width="2%">


<p>1</p></td>
<td width="6%"></td>
<td width="66%">


<p>Rotate by 90 degrees clockwise.</p></td></tr>
<tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="26%"></td>
<td width="2%">


<p>2</p></td>
<td width="6%"></td>
<td width="66%">


<p>Rotate by 90 degrees counterclockwise.</p></td></tr>
<tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="26%"></td>
<td width="2%">


<p>3</p></td>
<td width="6%"></td>
<td width="66%">


<p>Rotate by 90 degrees counterclockwise and flip.</p></td></tr>
</tbody></table>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>scale[=w:h[:interlaced[:chr_drop[:par[:par2[:presize[:noup[:arnd]]]]]]]]</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Scales the image with the
software scaler (slow) and performs a YUV&lt;−&gt;RGB
colorspace conversion (also see −sws).</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">&lt;w&gt;,&lt;h&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">scaled width/height (default:
original width/height) <i><br>
NOTE:</i> If −zoom is used, and underlying filters
(including libvo) are incapable of scaling, it defaults to
d_width/d_height!</p>

<p style="margin-left:38%;">0: scaled d_width/d_height <br>
−1: original width/height <br>
−2: Calculate w/h using the other dimension and the
prescaled aspect ratio. <br>
−3: Calculate w/h using the other dimension and the
original aspect ratio. <br>
−(n+8): Like −n above, but rounding the
dimension to the closest multiple of 16.</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">&lt;interlaced&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Toggle interlaced scaling.</p>

<p style="margin-left:38%;">0: off (default) <br>
1: on</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">&lt;chr_drop&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">chroma skipping</p>

<p style="margin-left:38%;">0: Use all available input
lines for chroma. <br>
1: Use only every 2. input line for chroma. <br>
2: Use only every 4. input line for chroma. <br>
3: Use only every 8. input line for chroma.</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">&lt;par&gt;[:&lt;par2&gt;]
(also see −sws)</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Set some scaling parameters
depending on the type of scaler selected with
−sws.</p>

<p style="margin-left:38%;">−sws 2 (bicubic): B
(blurring) and C (ringing) <br>
0.00:0.60 default <br>
0.00:0.75 VirtualDub’s "precise bicubic"
<br>
0.00:0.50 Catmull-Rom spline <br>
0.33:0.33 Mitchell-Netravali spline <br>
1.00:0.00 cubic B-spline <br>
−sws 7 (gaussian): sharpness (0 (soft) − 100
(sharp)) <br>
−sws 9 (lanczos): filter length (1−10)</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">&lt;presize&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Scale to preset sizes.</p>

<p style="margin-left:38%;">qntsc: 352x240 (NTSC quarter
screen) <br>
qpal: 352x288 (PAL quarter screen) <br>
ntsc: 720x480 (standard NTSC) <br>
pal: 720x576 (standard PAL) <br>
sntsc: 640x480 (square pixel NTSC) <br>
spal: 768x576 (square pixel PAL)</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">&lt;noup&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Disallow upscaling past the
original dimensions.</p>

<p style="margin-left:38%;">0: Allow upscaling (default).
<br>
1: Disallow upscaling if one dimension exceeds its original
value. <br>
2: Disallow upscaling if both dimensions exceed their
original values.</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">&lt;arnd&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Accurate rounding for the
vertical scaler, which may be faster or slower than the
default rounding.</p>

<p style="margin-left:38%;">0: Disable accurate rounding
(default). <br>
1: Enable accurate rounding.</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>dsize[=aspect|w:h:aspect-method:r]</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Changes the intended display
size/aspect at an arbitrary point in the filter chain.
Aspect can be given as a fraction (4/3) or floating point
number (1.33). Alternatively, you may specify the exact
display width and height desired. Note that this filter does
<b>not</b> do any scaling itself; it just affects what later
scalers (software or hardware) will do when auto-scaling to
correct aspect.</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">&lt;w&gt;,&lt;h&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">New display width and height.
Can also be these special values:</p>

<p style="margin-left:38%;">0: original display width and
height <br>
−1: original video width and height (default) <br>
−2: Calculate w/h using the other dimension and the
original display aspect ratio. <br>
−3: Calculate w/h using the other dimension and the
original video aspect ratio.</p>


<p style="margin-left:26%; margin-top: 1em"><i>EXAMPLE:</i></p>

<p style="margin-left:42%;">dsize=800:−2</p>

<p style="margin-left:52%;">Specifies a display resolution
of 800x600 for a 4/3 aspect video, or 800x450 for a 16/9
aspect video.</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">&lt;aspect-method&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Modifies width and height
according to original aspect ratios.</p>

<p style="margin-left:38%;">−1: Ignore original
aspect ratio (default). <br>
0: Keep display aspect ratio by using &lt;w&gt; and
&lt;h&gt; as maximum resolution. <br>
1: Keep display aspect ratio by using &lt;w&gt; and
&lt;h&gt; as minimum resolution. <br>
2: Keep video aspect ratio by using &lt;w&gt; and &lt;h&gt;
as maximum resolution. <br>
3: Keep video aspect ratio by using &lt;w&gt; and &lt;h&gt;
as minimum resolution.</p>


<p style="margin-left:26%; margin-top: 1em"><i>EXAMPLE:</i></p>

<p style="margin-left:42%;">dsize=800:600:0</p>

<p style="margin-left:52%;">Specifies a display resolution
of at most 800x600, or smaller, in order to keep aspect.</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">&lt;r&gt;&nbsp;&nbsp;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Rounds up to make both width
and height divisible by &lt;r&gt; (default: 1).</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>yvu9&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Forces software YVU9 to YV12
colorspace conversion. Deprecated in favor of the software
scaler.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>yuvcsp&nbsp;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Clamps YUV color values to the
CCIR 601 range without doing real conversion.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>palette</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">RGB/BGR 8 −&gt;
15/16/24/32bpp colorspace conversion using palette.</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>format[=fourcc[:outfourcc]]</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Restricts the colorspace for
the next filter without doing any conversion. Use together
with the scale filter for a real conversion. <i><br>
NOTE:</i> For a list of available formats see
format=fmt=help.</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">&lt;fourcc&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">format name like rgb15, bgr24,
yv12, etc (default: yuy2)</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">&lt;outfourcc&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Format name that should be
substituted for the output. If this is not 100% compatible
with the &lt;fourcc&gt; value it will crash. <br>
Valid examples: <br>
format=rgb24:bgr24 format=yuyv:yuy2 <br>
Invalid examples (will crash): <br>
format=rgb24:yv12</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>noformat[=fourcc]</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Restricts the colorspace for
the next filter without doing any conversion. Unlike the
format filter, this will allow any colorspace <b>except</b>
the one you specify. <i><br>
NOTE:</i> For a list of available formats see
noformat=fmt=help.</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">&lt;fourcc&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">format name like rgb15, bgr24,
yv12, etc (default: yv12)</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>pp[=filter1[:option1[:option2...]]/[−]filter2...]
(also see −pphelp)</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Enables the specified chain of
postprocessing subfilters. Subfilters must be separated by
’/’ and can be disabled by prepending a
’−’. Each subfilter and some options have
a short and a long name that can be used interchangeably,
i.e. dr/dering are the same. All subfilters share common
options to determine their scope:</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">a/autoq</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Automatically switch the
subfilter off if the CPU is too slow.</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">c/chrom</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Do chrominance filtering, too
(default).</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">y/nochrom</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Do luminance filtering only (no
chrominance).</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">n/noluma</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Do chrominance filtering only
(no luminance).</p>

<p style="margin-left:22%; margin-top: 1em"><i>NOTE:</i>
−pphelp shows a list of available subfilters.</p>

<p style="margin-left:22%; margin-top: 1em">Available
subfilters are</p>


<p style="margin-left:26%;">hb/hdeblock[:difference[:flatness]]</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">horizontal deblocking
filter</p>

<p style="margin-left:38%;">&lt;difference&gt;: Difference
factor where higher values mean more deblocking (default:
32). <br>
&lt;flatness&gt;: Flatness threshold where lower values mean
more deblocking (default: 39).</p>


<p style="margin-left:26%;">vb/vdeblock[:difference[:flatness]]</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">vertical deblocking filter</p>

<p style="margin-left:38%;">&lt;difference&gt;: Difference
factor where higher values mean more deblocking (default:
32). <br>
&lt;flatness&gt;: Flatness threshold where lower values mean
more deblocking (default: 39).</p>


<p style="margin-left:26%;">ha/hadeblock[:difference[:flatness]]</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">accurate horizontal deblocking
filter</p>

<p style="margin-left:38%;">&lt;difference&gt;: Difference
factor where higher values mean more deblocking (default:
32). <br>
&lt;flatness&gt;: Flatness threshold where lower values mean
more deblocking (default: 39).</p>


<p style="margin-left:26%;">va/vadeblock[:difference[:flatness]]</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">accurate vertical deblocking
filter</p>

<p style="margin-left:38%;">&lt;difference&gt;: Difference
factor where higher values mean more deblocking (default:
32). <br>
&lt;flatness&gt;: Flatness threshold where lower values mean
more deblocking (default: 39).</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%; margin-top: 1em">The horizontal
and vertical deblocking filters share the difference and
flatness values so you cannot set different horizontal and
vertical thresholds. <br>
h1/x1hdeblock</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">experimental horizontal
deblocking filter</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">v1/x1vdeblock</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">experimental vertical
deblocking filter</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">dr/dering</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">deringing filter</p>


<p style="margin-left:26%;">tn/tmpnoise[:threshold1[:threshold2[:threshold3]]]</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">temporal noise reducer</p>

<p style="margin-left:38%;">&lt;threshold1&gt;: larger
-&gt; stronger filtering <br>
&lt;threshold2&gt;: larger -&gt; stronger filtering <br>
&lt;threshold3&gt;: larger -&gt; stronger filtering</p>


<p style="margin-left:26%;">al/autolevels[:f/fullyrange]</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">automatic brightness / contrast
correction</p>

<p style="margin-left:38%;">f/fullyrange: Stretch luminance
to (0−255).</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">lb/linblenddeint</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Linear blend deinterlacing
filter that deinterlaces the given block by filtering all
lines with a (1 2 1) filter.</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">li/linipoldeint</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Linear interpolating
deinterlacing filter that deinterlaces the given block by
linearly interpolating every second line.</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">ci/cubicipoldeint</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Cubic interpolating
deinterlacing filter deinterlaces the given block by
cubically interpolating every second line.</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">md/mediandeint</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Median deinterlacing filter
that deinterlaces the given block by applying a median
filter to every second line.</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">fd/ffmpegdeint</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">FFmpeg deinterlacing filter
that deinterlaces the given block by filtering every second
line with a (−1 4 2 4 −1) filter.</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">l5/lowpass5</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Vertically applied FIR lowpass
deinterlacing filter that deinterlaces the given block by
filtering all lines with a (−1 2 6 2 −1)
filter.</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">fq/forceQuant[:quantizer]</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Overrides the quantizer table
from the input with the constant quantizer you specify.</p>

<p style="margin-left:38%;">&lt;quantizer&gt;: quantizer to
use</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">de/default</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">default pp filter combination
(hb:a,vb:a,dr:a)</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">fa/fast</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">fast pp filter combination
(h1:a,v1:a,dr:a)</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">ac&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">high quality pp filter
combination (ha:a:128:7,va:a,dr:a)</p>


<p style="margin-left:22%; margin-top: 1em"><i>EXAMPLE:</i></p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">−vf pp=hb/vb/dr/al</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">horizontal and vertical
deblocking, deringing and automatic brightness/contrast</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">−vf pp=de/−al</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">default filters without
brightness/contrast correction</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">−vf
pp=default/tmpnoise:1:2:3</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Enable default filters &amp;
temporal denoiser.</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">−vf pp=hb:y/vb:a</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Horizontal deblocking on
luminance only, and switch vertical deblocking on or off
automatically depending on available CPU time.</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>spp[=quality[:qp[:mode]]]</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Simple postprocessing filter
that compresses and decompresses the image at several (or
− in the case of quality level 6 − all) shifts
and averages the results.</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">&lt;quality&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">0−6 (default: 3)</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">&lt;qp&gt;&nbsp;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Force quantization parameter
(default: 0, use QP from video).</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">&lt;mode&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">0: hard thresholding (default)
<br>
1: soft thresholding (better deringing, but blurrier) <br>
4: like 0, but also use B-frames’ QP (may cause
flicker) <br>
5: like 1, but also use B-frames’ QP (may cause
flicker)</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>uspp[=quality[:qp]]</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Ultra simple &amp; slow
postprocessing filter that compresses and decompresses the
image at several (or − in the case of quality level 8
− all) shifts and averages the results. The way this
differs from the behavior of spp is that uspp actually
encodes &amp; decodes each case with libavcodec Snow,
whereas spp uses a simplified intra only 8x8 DCT similar to
MJPEG.</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">&lt;quality&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">0−8 (default: 3)</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">&lt;qp&gt;&nbsp;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Force quantization parameter
(default: 0, use QP from video).</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>fspp[=quality[:qp[:strength[:bframes]]]]</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">faster version of the simple
postprocessing filter</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">&lt;quality&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">4−5 (equivalent to spp;
default: 4)</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">&lt;qp&gt;&nbsp;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Force quantization parameter
(default: 0, use QP from video).</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">&lt;−15−32&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Filter strength, lower values
mean more details but also more artifacts, while higher
values make the image smoother but also blurrier (default: 0
− PSNR optimal).</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">&lt;bframes&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">0: do not use QP from B-frames
(default) <br>
1: use QP from B-frames too (may cause flicker)</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>pp7[=qp[:mode]]</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Variant of the spp filter,
similar to spp=6 with 7 point DCT where only the center
sample is used after IDCT.</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">&lt;qp&gt;&nbsp;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Force quantization parameter
(default: 0, use QP from video).</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">&lt;mode&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">0: hard thresholding <br>
1: soft thresholding (better deringing, but blurrier) <br>
2: medium thresholding (default, good results)</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>qp=equation</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">quantization parameter (QP)
change filter</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">&lt;equation&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">some equation like
"2+2*sin(PI*qp)"</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>geq=equation</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">generic equation change
filter</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">&lt;equation&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Some equation, e.g.
’p(W-X\,Y)’ to flip the image horizontally. You
can use whitespace to make the equation more readable. There
are a couple of constants that can be used in the
equation:</p>

<p style="margin-left:38%;">PI: the number pi <br>
E: the number e <br>
X / Y: the coordinates of the current sample <br>
W / H: width and height of the image <br>
SW / SH: width/height scale depending on the currently
filtered plane, e.g. 1,1 and 0.5,0.5 for YUV 4:2:0. <br>
p(x,y): returns the value of the pixel at location x/y of
the current plane.</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>test&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Generate various test
patterns.</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>rgbtest[=width:height]</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Generate an RGB test pattern
useful for detecting RGB vs BGR issues. You should see a
red, green and blue stripe from top to bottom.</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">&lt;width&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Desired width of generated
image (default: 0). 0 means width of input image.</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">&lt;height&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Desired height of generated
image (default: 0). 0 means height of input image.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>lavc[=quality:fps]</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Fast software YV12 to MPEG-1
conversion with libavcodec for use with
DVB/DXR3/IVTV/V4L2.</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">&lt;quality&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">1−31: fixed qscale <br>
32−: fixed bitrate in kbits</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">&lt;fps&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">force output fps (float value)
(default: 0, autodetect based on height)</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>dvbscale[=aspect]</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Set up optimal scaling for DVB
cards, scaling the x axis in hardware and calculating the y
axis scaling in software to keep aspect. Only useful
together with expand and scale.</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">&lt;aspect&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Control aspect ratio, calculate
as DVB_HEIGHT*ASPECTRATIO (default: 576*4/3=768), set it to
576*(16/9)=1024 for a 16:9 TV.</p>


<p style="margin-left:22%; margin-top: 1em"><i>EXAMPLE:</i></p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">−vf
dvbscale,scale=−1:0,expand=−1:576:−1:−1:1,lavc</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">FIXME: Explain what this
does.</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>noise[=luma[u][t|a][h][p]:chroma[u][t|a][h][p]]</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Adds noise.</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">&lt;0−100&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">luma noise</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">&lt;0−100&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">chroma noise</p>

<table rules="none" frame="void" border="0" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" width="100%">
<tbody><tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="26%"></td>
<td width="2%">


<p>u</p></td>
<td width="6%"></td>
<td width="66%">


<p>uniform noise (gaussian otherwise)</p></td></tr>
<tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="26%"></td>
<td width="2%">


<p>t</p></td>
<td width="6%"></td>
<td width="66%">


<p>temporal noise (noise pattern changes between
frames)</p> </td></tr>
<tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="26%"></td>
<td width="2%">


<p>a</p></td>
<td width="6%"></td>
<td width="66%">


<p>averaged temporal noise (smoother, but a lot slower)</p></td></tr>
<tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="26%"></td>
<td width="2%">


<p>h</p></td>
<td width="6%"></td>
<td width="66%">


<p>high quality (slightly better looking, slightly
slower)</p> </td></tr>
<tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="26%"></td>
<td width="2%">


<p>p</p></td>
<td width="6%"></td>
<td width="66%">


<p>mix random noise with a (semi)regular pattern</p></td></tr>
</tbody></table>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>denoise3d[=luma_spatial:chroma_spatial:luma_tmp:chroma_tmp]</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">This filter aims to reduce
image noise producing smooth images and making still images
really still (This should enhance compressibility.).</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">&lt;luma_spatial&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">spatial luma strength (default:
4)</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">&lt;chroma_spatial&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">spatial chroma strength
(default: 3)</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">&lt;luma_tmp&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">luma temporal strength
(default: 6)</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">&lt;chroma_tmp&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">chroma temporal strength
(default: luma_tmp*chroma_spatial/luma_spatial)</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>hqdn3d[=luma_spatial:chroma_spatial:luma_tmp:chroma_tmp]</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">High precision/quality version
of the denoise3d filter. Parameters and usage are the
same.</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>ow[=depth[:luma_strength[:chroma_strength]]]</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Overcomplete Wavelet
denoiser.</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">&lt;depth&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Larger depth values will
denoise lower frequency components more, but slow down
filtering (default: 8).</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">&lt;luma_strength&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">luma strength (default:
1.0)</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">&lt;chroma_strength&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">chroma strength (default:
1.0)</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>eq[=brightness:contrast]
(OBSOLETE)</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Software equalizer with
interactive controls just like the hardware equalizer, for
cards/drivers that do not support brightness and contrast
controls in hardware. Might also be useful with MEncoder,
either for fixing poorly captured movies, or for slightly
reducing contrast to mask artifacts and get by with lower
bitrates.</p>


<p style="margin-left:26%;">&lt;−100−100&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">initial brightness</p>


<p style="margin-left:26%;">&lt;−100−100&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">initial contrast</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>eq2[=gamma:contrast:brightness:saturation:rg:gg:bg:weight]</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Alternative software equalizer
that uses lookup tables (very slow), allowing gamma
correction in addition to simple brightness and contrast
adjustment. Note that it uses the same MMX optimized code as
−vf eq if all gamma values are 1.0. The parameters are
given as floating point values.</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">&lt;0.1−10&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">initial gamma value (default:
1.0)</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">&lt;−2−2&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">initial contrast, where
negative values result in a negative image (default:
1.0)</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">&lt;−1−1&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">initial brightness (default:
0.0)</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">&lt;0−3&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">initial saturation (default:
1.0)</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">&lt;0.1−10&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">gamma value for the red
component (default: 1.0)</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">&lt;0.1−10&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">gamma value for the green
component (default: 1.0)</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">&lt;0.1−10&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">gamma value for the blue
component (default: 1.0)</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">&lt;0−1&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">The weight parameter can be
used to reduce the effect of a high gamma value on bright
image areas, e.g. keep them from getting overamplified and
just plain white. A value of 0.0 turns the gamma correction
all the way down while 1.0 leaves it at its full strength
(default: 1.0).</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>hue[=hue:saturation]</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Software equalizer with
interactive controls just like the hardware equalizer, for
cards/drivers that do not support hue and saturation
controls in hardware.</p>


<p style="margin-left:26%;">&lt;−180−180&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">initial hue (default: 0.0)</p>


<p style="margin-left:26%;">&lt;−100−100&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">initial saturation, where
negative values result in a negative chroma (default:
1.0)</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>halfpack[=f]</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Convert planar YUV 4:2:0 to
half-height packed 4:2:2, downsampling luma but keeping all
chroma samples. Useful for output to low-resolution display
devices when hardware downscaling is poor quality or is not
available. Can also be used as a primitive luma-only
deinterlacer with very low CPU usage.</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">&lt;f&gt;&nbsp;&nbsp;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">By default, halfpack averages
pairs of lines when downsampling. Any value different from 0
or 1 gives the default (averaging) behavior.</p>

<p style="margin-left:38%;">0: Only use even lines when
downsampling. <br>
1: Only use odd lines when downsampling.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>ilpack[=mode]</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">When interlaced video is stored
in YUV 4:2:0 formats, chroma interlacing does not line up
properly due to vertical downsampling of the chroma
channels. This filter packs the planar 4:2:0 data into YUY2
(4:2:2) format with the chroma lines in their proper
locations, so that in any given scanline, the luma and
chroma data both come from the same field.</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">&lt;mode&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Select the sampling mode.</p>

<p style="margin-left:38%;">0: nearest-neighbor sampling,
fast but incorrect <br>
1: linear interpolation (default)</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>harddup</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Only useful with MEncoder. If
harddup is used when encoding, it will force duplicate
frames to be encoded in the output. This uses slightly more
space, but is necessary for output to MPEG files or if you
plan to demux and remux the video stream after encoding.
Should be placed at or near the end of the filter chain
unless you have a good reason to do otherwise.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>softskip</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Only useful with MEncoder.
Softskip moves the frame skipping (dropping) step of
encoding from before the filter chain to some point during
the filter chain. This allows filters which need to see all
frames (inverse telecine, temporal denoising, etc.) to
function properly. Should be placed after the filters which
need to see all frames and before any subsequent filters
that are CPU-intensive.</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>decimate[=max:hi:lo:frac]</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Drops frames that do not differ
greatly from the previous frame in order to reduce
framerate. The main use of this filter is for
very-low-bitrate encoding (e.g. streaming over dialup
modem), but it could in theory be used for fixing movies
that were inverse-telecined incorrectly.</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">&lt;max&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Sets the maximum number of
consecutive frames which can be dropped (if positive), or
the minimum interval between dropped frames (if
negative).</p>


<p style="margin-left:26%;">&lt;hi&gt;,&lt;lo&gt;,&lt;frac&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">A frame is a candidate for
dropping if no 8x8 region differs by more than a threshold
of &lt;hi&gt;, and if not more than &lt;frac&gt; portion (1
meaning the whole image) differs by more than a threshold of
&lt;lo&gt;. Values of &lt;hi&gt; and &lt;lo&gt; are for 8x8
pixel blocks and represent actual pixel value differences,
so a threshold of 64 corresponds to 1 unit of difference for
each pixel, or the same spread out differently over the
block.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>dint[=sense:level]</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">The drop-deinterlace (dint)
filter detects and drops the first from a set of interlaced
video frames.</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">&lt;0.0−1.0&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">relative difference between
neighboring pixels (default: 0.1)</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">&lt;0.0−1.0&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">What part of the image has to
be detected as interlaced to drop the frame (default:
0.15).</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>lavcdeint (OBSOLETE)</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">FFmpeg deinterlacing filter,
same as −vf pp=fd</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>lavfi=filtergraph</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">FFmpeg libavfilter wrapper.
<i>filtergraph</i> defines a whole libavfilter graph with
one input and one output. See
http://www.ffmpeg.org/libavfilter.html#SEC4 for details.</p>

<p style="margin-left:22%; margin-top: 1em">As a special
case, if <i>filtergraph</i> is <b>$</b><i>word</i> then the
value of the <i>word</i> environment variable is used; this
is necessary if commas are present in the graph description,
as mplayer uses them as a delimiter between filters.</p>

<p style="margin-left:22%; margin-top: 1em"><i>NOTE:</i>
This filter is considered experimental, it may interact
strangely with other filters.</p>


<p style="margin-left:22%; margin-top: 1em"><i>EXAMPLE:</i>
<br>
overlay="movie=$small_video, scale=160:120 [ca]; [in]
[ca] overlay=16:8" mplayer -vf
lavfi=’$overlay’ $big_video</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>kerndeint[=thresh[:map[:order[:sharp[:twoway]]]]]</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Donald Graft’s adaptive
kernel deinterlacer. Deinterlaces parts of a video if a
configurable threshold is exceeded.</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">&lt;0−255&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">threshold (default: 10)</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">&lt;map&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:38%;">0: Ignore pixels exceeding the
threshold (default). <br>
1: Paint pixels exceeding the threshold white.</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">&lt;order&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:38%;">0: Leave fields alone
(default). <br>
1: Swap fields.</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">&lt;sharp&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:38%;">0: Disable additional
sharpening (default). <br>
1: Enable additional sharpening.</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">&lt;twoway&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:38%;">0: Disable twoway sharpening
(default). <br>
1: Enable twoway sharpening.</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>unsharp[=l|cWxH:amount[:l|cWxH:amount]]</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">unsharp mask / gaussian
blur</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">l&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Apply effect on luma
component.</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">c&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Apply effect on chroma
components.</p>


<p style="margin-left:26%;">&lt;width&gt;x&lt;height&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">width and height of the matrix,
odd sized in both directions (min = 3x3, max = 13x11 or
11x13, usually something between 3x3 and 7x7)</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">amount</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Relative amount of
sharpness/blur to add to the image (a sane range should be
−1.5−1.5).</p>

<p style="margin-left:38%;">&lt;0: blur <br>
&gt;0: sharpen</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>swapuv&nbsp;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Swap U &amp; V plane.</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>il[=d|i][s][:[d|i][s]]</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">(De)interleaves lines. The goal
of this filter is to add the ability to process interlaced
images pre-field without deinterlacing them. You can filter
your interlaced DVD and play it on a TV without breaking the
interlacing. While deinterlacing (with the postprocessing
filter) removes interlacing permanently (by smoothing,
averaging, etc) deinterleaving splits the frame into 2
fields (so called half pictures), so you can process
(filter) them independently and then re-interleave them.</p>

<table rules="none" frame="void" border="0" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" width="100%">
<tbody><tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="26%"></td>
<td width="2%">


<p>d</p></td>
<td width="6%"></td>
<td width="64%">


<p>deinterleave (placing one above the other)</p></td>
<td width="2%">
</td></tr>
<tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="26%"></td>
<td width="2%">


<p>i</p></td>
<td width="6%"></td>
<td width="64%">


<p>interleave</p></td>
<td width="2%">
</td></tr>
<tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="26%"></td>
<td width="2%">


<p>s</p></td>
<td width="6%"></td>
<td width="64%">


<p>swap fields (exchange even &amp; odd lines)</p></td>
<td width="2%">
</td></tr>
</tbody></table>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>fil[=i|d]</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">(De)interleaves lines. This
filter is very similar to the il filter but much faster, the
main disadvantage is that it does not always work.
Especially if combined with other filters it may produce
randomly messed up images, so be happy if it works but do
not complain if it does not for your combination of
filters.</p>

<table rules="none" frame="void" border="0" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" width="100%">
<tbody><tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="26%"></td>
<td width="2%">


<p>d</p></td>
<td width="6%"></td>
<td width="66%">


<p>Deinterleave fields, placing them side by side.</p></td></tr>
<tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="26%"></td>
<td width="2%">


<p>i</p></td>
<td width="6%"></td>
<td width="66%">


<p>Interleave fields again (reversing the effect of
fil=d).</p> </td></tr>
</tbody></table>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>field[=n]</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Extracts a single field from an
interlaced image using stride arithmetic to avoid wasting
CPU time. The optional argument n specifies whether to
extract the even or the odd field (depending on whether n is
even or odd).</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>detc[=var1=value1:var2=value2:...]</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Attempts to reverse the
’telecine’ process to recover a clean,
non-interlaced stream at film framerate. This was the first
and most primitive inverse telecine filter to be added to
MPlayer/ MEncoder. It works by latching onto the telecine
3:2 pattern and following it as long as possible. This makes
it suitable for perfectly-telecined material, even in the
presence of a fair degree of noise, but it will fail in the
presence of complex post-telecine edits. Development on this
filter is no longer taking place, as ivtc, pullup, and
filmdint are better for most applications. The following
arguments (see syntax above) may be used to control
detc’s behavior:</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">&lt;dr&gt;&nbsp;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Set the frame dropping
mode.</p>

<p style="margin-left:38%;">0: Do not drop frames to
maintain fixed output framerate (default). <br>
1: Always drop a frame when there have been no drops or
telecine merges in the past 5 frames. <br>
2: Always maintain exact 5:4 input to output frame ratio.
<i><br>
NOTE:</i> Use mode 1 or 2 with MEncoder.</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">&lt;am&gt;&nbsp;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Analysis mode.</p>

<p style="margin-left:38%;">0: Fixed pattern with initial
frame number specified by &lt;fr&gt;. <br>
1: aggressive search for telecine pattern (default)</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">&lt;fr&gt;&nbsp;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Set initial frame number in
sequence. 0−2 are the three clean progressive frames;
3 and 4 are the two interlaced frames. The default,
−1, means ’not in telecine sequence’. The
number specified here is the type for the imaginary previous
frame before the movie starts.</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">&lt;t0&gt;, &lt;t1&gt;,
&lt;t2&gt;, &lt;t3&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Threshold values to be used in
certain modes.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>ivtc[=1]</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Experimental
’stateless’ inverse telecine filter. Rather than
trying to lock on to a pattern like the detc filter does,
ivtc makes its decisions independently for each frame. This
will give much better results for material that has
undergone heavy editing after telecine was applied, but as a
result it is not as forgiving of noisy input, for example TV
capture. The optional parameter (ivtc=1) corresponds to the
dr=1 option for the detc filter, and should be used with
MEncoder but not with MPlayer. As with detc, you must
specify the correct output framerate (−ofps
24000/1001) when using MEncoder. Further development on ivtc
has stopped, as the pullup and filmdint filters appear to be
much more accurate.</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>pullup[=jl:jr:jt:jb:sb:mp]</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Third-generation pulldown
reversal (inverse telecine) filter, capable of handling
mixed hard-telecine, 24000/1001 fps progressive, and
30000/1001 fps progressive content. The pullup filter is
designed to be much more robust than detc or ivtc, by taking
advantage of future context in making its decisions. Like
ivtc, pullup is stateless in the sense that it does not lock
onto a pattern to follow, but it instead looks forward to
the following fields in order to identify matches and
rebuild progressive frames. It is still under development,
but believed to be quite accurate.</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">jl, jr, jt, and jb</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">These options set the amount of
"junk" to ignore at the left, right, top, and
bottom of the image, respectively. Left/right are in units
of 8 pixels, while top/bottom are in units of 2 lines. The
default is 8 pixels on each side.</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">sb (strict breaks)</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Setting this option to 1 will
reduce the chances of pullup generating an occasional
mismatched frame, but it may also cause an excessive number
of frames to be dropped during high motion sequences.
Conversely, setting it to −1 will make pullup match
fields more easily. This may help processing of video where
there is slight blurring between the fields, but may also
cause there to be interlaced frames in the output.</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">mp (metric plane)</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">This option may be set to 1 or
2 to use a chroma plane instead of the luma plane for doing
pullup’s computations. This may improve accuracy on
very clean source material, but more likely will decrease
accuracy, especially if there is chroma noise (rainbow
effect) or any grayscale video. The main purpose of setting
mp to a chroma plane is to reduce CPU load and make pullup
usable in realtime on slow machines.</p>

<p style="margin-left:22%; margin-top: 1em"><i>NOTE:</i>
Always follow pullup with the softskip filter when encoding
to ensure that pullup is able to see each frame. Failure to
do so will lead to incorrect output and will usually crash,
due to design limitations in the codec/filter layer.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>filmdint[=options]</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Inverse telecine filter,
similar to the pullup filter above. It is designed to handle
any pulldown pattern, including mixed soft and hard telecine
and limited support for movies that are slowed down or sped
up from their original framerate for TV. Only the luma plane
is used to find the frame breaks. If a field has no match,
it is deinterlaced with simple linear approximation. If the
source is MPEG-2, this must be the first filter to allow
access to the field-flags set by the MPEG-2 decoder.
Depending on the source MPEG, you may be fine ignoring this
advice, as long as you do not see lots of "Bottom-first
field" warnings. With no options it does normal inverse
telecine, and should be used together with mencoder
−fps 30000/1001 −ofps 24000/1001. When this
filter is used with MPlayer, it will result in an uneven
framerate during playback, but it is still generally better
than using pp=lb or no deinterlacing at all. Multiple
options can be specified separated by /.</p>


<p style="margin-left:26%;">crop=&lt;w&gt;:&lt;h&gt;:&lt;x&gt;:&lt;y&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Just like the crop filter, but
faster, and works on mixed hard and soft telecined content
as well as when y is not a multiple of 4. If x or y would
require cropping fractional pixels from the chroma planes,
the crop area is extended. This usually means that x and y
must be even.</p>


<p style="margin-left:26%;">io=&lt;ifps&gt;:&lt;ofps&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">For each ifps input frames the
filter will output ofps frames. The ratio of ifps/ofps
should match the −fps/−ofps ratio. This could be
used to filter movies that are broadcast on TV at a frame
rate different from their original framerate.</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">luma_only=&lt;n&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">If n is nonzero, the chroma
plane is copied unchanged. This is useful for YV12 sampled
TV, which discards one of the chroma fields.</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">mmx2=&lt;n&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">On x86, if n=1, use MMX2
optimized functions, if n=2, use 3DNow! optimized functions,
otherwise, use plain C. If this option is not specified,
MMX2 and 3DNow! are auto-detected, use this option to
override auto-detection.</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">fast=&lt;n&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">The larger n will speed up the
filter at the expense of accuracy. The default value is n=3.
If n is odd, a frame immediately following a frame marked
with the REPEAT_FIRST_FIELD MPEG flag is assumed to be
progressive, thus filter will not spend any time on
soft-telecined MPEG-2 content. This is the only effect of
this flag if MMX2 or 3DNow! is available. Without MMX2 and
3DNow, if n=0 or 1, the same calculations will be used as
with n=2 or 3. If n=2 or 3, the number of luma levels used
to find the frame breaks is reduced from 256 to 128, which
results in a faster filter without losing much accuracy. If
n=4 or 5, a faster, but much less accurate metric will be
used to find the frame breaks, which is more likely to
misdetect high vertical detail as interlaced content.</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">verbose=&lt;n&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">If n is nonzero, print the
detailed metrics for each frame. Useful for debugging.</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">dint_thres=&lt;n&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Deinterlace threshold. Used
during de-interlacing of unmatched frames. Larger value
means less deinterlacing, use n=256 to completely turn off
deinterlacing. Default is n=8.</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">comb_thres=&lt;n&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Threshold for comparing a top
and bottom fields. Defaults to 128.</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">diff_thres=&lt;n&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Threshold to detect temporal
change of a field. Default is 128.</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">sad_thres=&lt;n&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Sum of Absolute Difference
threshold, default is 64.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>softpulldown</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">This filter works only correct
with MEncoder and acts on the MPEG-2 flags used for soft 3:2
pulldown (soft telecine). If you want to use the ivtc or
detc filter on movies that are partly soft telecined,
inserting this filter before them should make them more
reliable.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>divtc[=options]</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Inverse telecine for
deinterlaced video. If 3:2-pulldown telecined video has lost
one of the fields or is deinterlaced using a method that
keeps one field and interpolates the other, the result is a
juddering video that has every fourth frame duplicated. This
filter is intended to find and drop those duplicates and
restore the original film framerate. When using this filter,
you must specify −ofps that is 4/5 of the fps of the
input file and place the softskip later in the filter chain
to make sure that divtc sees all the frames. Two different
modes are available: One pass mode is the default and is
straightforward to use, but has the disadvantage that any
changes in the telecine phase (lost frames or bad edits)
cause momentary judder until the filter can resync again.
Two pass mode avoids this by analyzing the whole video
beforehand so it will have forward knowledge about the phase
changes and can resync at the exact spot. These passes do
<b>not</b> correspond to pass one and two of the encoding
process. You must run an extra pass using divtc pass one
before the actual encoding throwing the resulting video
away. Use −nosound −ovc raw −o /dev/null
to avoid wasting CPU power for this pass. You may add
something like crop=2:2:0:0 after divtc to speed things up
even more. Then use divtc pass two for the actual encoding.
If you use multiple encoder passes, use divtc pass two for
all of them. The options are:</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">pass=1|2</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Use two pass mode.</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">file=&lt;filename&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Set the two pass log filename
(default: "framediff.log").</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">threshold=&lt;value&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Set the minimum strength the
telecine pattern must have for the filter to believe in it
(default: 0.5). This is used to avoid recognizing false
pattern from the parts of the video that are very dark or
very still.</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">window=&lt;numframes&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Set the number of past frames
to look at when searching for pattern (default: 30). Longer
window improves the reliability of the pattern search, but
shorter window improves the reaction time to the changes in
the telecine phase. This only affects the one pass mode. The
two pass mode currently uses fixed window that extends to
both future and past.</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">phase=0|1|2|3|4</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Sets the initial telecine phase
for one pass mode (default: 0). The two pass mode can see
the future, so it is able to use the correct phase from the
beginning, but one pass mode can only guess. It catches the
correct phase when it finds it, but this option can be used
to fix the possible juddering at the beginning. The first
pass of the two pass mode also uses this, so if you save the
output from the first pass, you get constant phase
result.</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">deghost=&lt;value&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Set the deghosting threshold
(0−255 for one pass mode, −255−255 for two
pass mode, default 0). If nonzero, deghosting mode is used.
This is for video that has been deinterlaced by blending the
fields together instead of dropping one of the fields.
Deghosting amplifies any compression artifacts in the
blended frames, so the parameter value is used as a
threshold to exclude those pixels from deghosting that
differ from the previous frame less than specified value. If
two pass mode is used, then negative value can be used to
make the filter analyze the whole video in the beginning of
pass-2 to determine whether it needs deghosting or not and
then select either zero or the absolute value of the
parameter. Specify this option for pass-2, it makes no
difference on pass-1.</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>phase[=t|b|p|a|u|T|B|A|U][:v]</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Delay interlaced video by one
field time so that the field order changes. The intended use
is to fix PAL movies that have been captured with the
opposite field order to the film-to-video transfer. The
options are:</p>

<table rules="none" frame="void" border="0" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" width="100%">
<tbody><tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="26%"></td>
<td width="2%">


<p>t</p></td>
<td width="6%"></td>
<td width="66%">


<p>Capture field order top-first, transfer bottom-first.
Filter will delay the bottom field.</p></td></tr>
<tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="26%"></td>
<td width="2%">


<p>b</p></td>
<td width="6%"></td>
<td width="66%">


<p>Capture bottom-first, transfer top-first. Filter will
delay the top field.</p></td></tr>
<tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="26%"></td>
<td width="2%">


<p>p</p></td>
<td width="6%"></td>
<td width="66%">


<p>Capture and transfer with the same field order. This
mode only exists for the documentation of the other options
to refer to, but if you actually select it, the filter will
faithfully do nothing ;-)</p></td></tr>
<tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="26%"></td>
<td width="2%">


<p>a</p></td>
<td width="6%"></td>
<td width="66%">


<p>Capture field order determined automatically by field
flags, transfer opposite. Filter selects among t and b modes
on a frame by frame basis using field flags. If no field
information is available, then this works just like u.</p></td></tr>
<tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="26%"></td>
<td width="2%">


<p>u</p></td>
<td width="6%"></td>
<td width="66%">


<p>Capture unknown or varying, transfer opposite. Filter
selects among t and b on a frame by frame basis by analyzing
the images and selecting the alternative that produces best
match between the fields.</p></td></tr>
<tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="26%"></td>
<td width="2%">


<p>T</p></td>
<td width="6%"></td>
<td width="66%">


<p>Capture top-first, transfer unknown or varying. Filter
selects among t and p using image analysis.</p></td></tr>
<tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="26%"></td>
<td width="2%">


<p>B</p></td>
<td width="6%"></td>
<td width="66%">


<p>Capture bottom-first, transfer unknown or varying.
Filter selects among b and p using image analysis.</p></td></tr>
<tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="26%"></td>
<td width="2%">


<p>A</p></td>
<td width="6%"></td>
<td width="66%">


<p>Capture determined by field flags, transfer unknown or
varying. Filter selects among t, b and p using field flags
and image analysis. If no field information is available,
then this works just like U. This is the default mode.</p></td></tr>
<tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="26%"></td>
<td width="2%">


<p>U</p></td>
<td width="6%"></td>
<td width="66%">


<p>Both capture and transfer unknown or varying. Filter
selects among t, b and p using image analysis only.</p></td></tr>
<tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="26%"></td>
<td width="2%">


<p>v</p></td>
<td width="6%"></td>
<td width="66%">


<p>Verbose operation. Prints the selected mode for each
frame and the average squared difference between fields for
t, b, and p alternatives.</p></td></tr>
</tbody></table>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>telecine[=start]</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Apply 3:2
’telecine’ process to increase framerate by 20%.
This most likely will not work correctly with MPlayer, but
it can be used with ’mencoder −fps 30000/1001
−ofps 30000/1001 −vf telecine’. Both fps
options are essential! (A/V sync will break if they are
wrong.) The optional start parameter tells the filter where
in the telecine pattern to start (0−3).</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>tinterlace[=mode]</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Temporal field interlacing
− merge pairs of frames into an interlaced frame,
halving the framerate. Even frames are moved into the upper
field, odd frames to the lower field. This can be used to
fully reverse the effect of the tfields filter (in mode 0).
Available modes are:</p>

<table rules="none" frame="void" border="0" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" width="100%">
<tbody><tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="26%"></td>
<td width="2%">


<p>0</p></td>
<td width="6%"></td>
<td width="66%">


<p>Move odd frames into the upper field, even into the
lower field, generating a full-height frame at half
framerate.</p> </td></tr>
<tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="26%"></td>
<td width="2%">


<p>1</p></td>
<td width="6%"></td>
<td width="66%">


<p>Only output odd frames, even frames are dropped; height
unchanged.</p> </td></tr>
<tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="26%"></td>
<td width="2%">


<p>2</p></td>
<td width="6%"></td>
<td width="66%">


<p>Only output even frames, odd frames are dropped; height
unchanged.</p> </td></tr>
<tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="26%"></td>
<td width="2%">


<p>3</p></td>
<td width="6%"></td>
<td width="66%">


<p>Expand each frame to full height, but pad alternate
lines with black; framerate unchanged.</p></td></tr>
<tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="26%"></td>
<td width="2%">


<p>4</p></td>
<td width="6%"></td>
<td width="66%">


<p>Interleave even lines from even frames with odd lines
from odd frames. Height unchanged at half framerate.</p></td></tr>
</tbody></table>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>tfields[=mode[:field_dominance]]</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Temporal field separation
− split fields into frames, doubling the output
framerate. Like the telecine filter, tfields might not work
completely right unless used with MEncoder and both
−fps and −ofps set to the desired (double)
framerate!</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">&lt;mode&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">0: Leave fields unchanged (will
jump/flicker). <br>
1: Interpolate missing lines. (The algorithm used might not
be so good.) <br>
2: Translate fields by 1/4 pixel with linear interpolation
(no jump). <br>
4: Translate fields by 1/4 pixel with 4tap filter (higher
quality) (default).</p>


<p style="margin-left:26%;">&lt;field_dominance&gt;&nbsp;(DEPRECATED)</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">−1: auto (default) Only
works if the decoder exports the appropriate information and
no other filters which discard that information come before
tfields in the filter chain, otherwise it falls back to 0
(top field first). <br>
0: top field first <br>
1: bottom field first <i><br>
NOTE:</i> This option will possibly be removed in a future
version. Use −field−dominance instead.</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>yadif=[mode[:field_dominance]]</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Yet another deinterlacing
filter</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">&lt;mode&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">0: Output 1 frame for each
frame. <br>
1: Output 1 frame for each field. <br>
2: Like 0 but skips spatial interlacing check. <br>
3: Like 1 but skips spatial interlacing check.</p>


<p style="margin-left:26%;">&lt;field_dominance&gt;&nbsp;(DEPRECATED)</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Operates like tfields. <i><br>
NOTE:</i> This option will possibly be removed in a future
version. Use −field−dominance instead.</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>mcdeint=[mode[:parity[:qp]]]</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Motion compensating
deinterlacer. It needs one field per frame as input and must
thus be used together with tfields=1 or yadif=1/3 or
equivalent.</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">&lt;mode&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">0: fast <br>
1: medium <br>
2: slow, iterative motion estimation <br>
3: extra slow, like 2 plus multiple reference frames</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">&lt;parity&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">0 or 1 selects which field to
use (note: no autodetection yet!).</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">&lt;qp&gt;&nbsp;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Higher values should result in
a smoother motion vector field but less optimal individual
vectors.</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>boxblur=radius:power[:radius:power]</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">box blur</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">&lt;radius&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">blur filter strength</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">&lt;power&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">number of filter
applications</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>sab=radius:pf:colorDiff[:radius:pf:colorDiff]</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">shape adaptive blur</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">&lt;radius&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">blur filter strength
(~0.1−4.0) (slower if larger)</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">&lt;pf&gt;&nbsp;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">prefilter strength
(~0.1−2.0)</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">&lt;colorDiff&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">maximum difference between
pixels to still be considered (~0.1−100.0)</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>smartblur=radius:strength:threshold[:radius:strength:threshold]</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">smart blur</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">&lt;radius&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">blur filter strength
(~0.1−5.0) (slower if larger)</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">&lt;strength&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">blur (0.0−1.0) or sharpen
(−1.0−0.0)</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">&lt;threshold&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">filter all (0), filter flat
areas (0−30) or filter edges (−30−0)</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>perspective=x0:y0:x1:y1:x2:y2:x3:y3:t</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Correct the perspective of
movies not filmed perpendicular to the screen.</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">&lt;x0&gt;,&lt;y0&gt;,...</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">coordinates of the top left,
top right, bottom left, bottom right corners</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">&lt;t&gt;&nbsp;&nbsp;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">linear (0) or cubic resampling
(1)</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>2xsai&nbsp;&nbsp;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Scale and smooth the image with
the 2x scale and interpolate algorithm.</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>1bpp&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">1bpp bitmap to YUV/BGR
8/15/16/32 conversion</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>down3dright[=lines]</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Reposition and resize
stereoscopic images. Extracts both stereo fields and places
them side by side, resizing them to maintain the original
movie aspect.</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">&lt;lines&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">number of lines to select from
the middle of the image (default: 12)</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>bmovl=hidden:opaque:fifo</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">The bitmap overlay filter reads
bitmaps from a FIFO and displays them on top of the movie,
allowing some transformations on the image. Also see
TOOLS/bmovl-test.c for a small bmovl test program.</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">&lt;hidden&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Set the default value of the
’hidden’ flag (0=visible, 1=hidden).</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">&lt;opaque&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Set the default value of the
’opaque’ flag (0=transparent, 1=opaque).</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">&lt;fifo&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">path/filename for the FIFO
(named pipe connecting ’mplayer −vf bmovl’
to the controlling application)</p>

<p style="margin-left:22%; margin-top: 1em">FIFO commands
are:</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">RGBA32 width height xpos ypos
alpha clear</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">followed by width*height*4
Bytes of raw RGBA32 data.</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">ABGR32 width height xpos ypos
alpha clear</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">followed by width*height*4
Bytes of raw ABGR32 data.</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">RGB24 width height xpos ypos
alpha clear</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">followed by width*height*3
Bytes of raw RGB24 data.</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">BGR24 width height xpos ypos
alpha clear</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">followed by width*height*3
Bytes of raw BGR24 data.</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">ALPHA width height xpos ypos
alpha</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Change alpha transparency of
the specified area.</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">CLEAR width height xpos
ypos</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Clear area.</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">OPAQUE</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Disable all alpha transparency.
Send "ALPHA 0 0 0 0 0" to enable it again.</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">HIDE&nbsp;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Hide bitmap.</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">SHOW&nbsp;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Show bitmap.</p>

<p style="margin-left:22%; margin-top: 1em">Arguments
are:</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">&lt;width&gt;,
&lt;height&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">image/area size</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">&lt;xpos&gt;, &lt;ypos&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Start blitting at position
x/y.</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">&lt;alpha&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Set alpha difference. If you
set this to −255 you can then send a sequence of
ALPHA-commands to set the area to −225, −200,
−175 etc for a nice fade-in-effect! ;)</p>

<p style="margin-left:38%;">0: same as original <br>
255: Make everything opaque. <br>
−255: Make everything transparent.</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">&lt;clear&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Clear the framebuffer before
blitting.</p>

<p style="margin-left:38%;">0: The image will just be
blitted on top of the old one, so you do not need to send
1.8MB of RGBA32 data every time a small part of the screen
is updated. <br>
1: clear</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>framestep=I|[i]step</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Renders only every nth frame or
every intra frame (keyframe).</p>

<p style="margin-left:22%; margin-top: 1em">If you call the
filter with I (uppercase) as the parameter, then <b>only</b>
keyframes are rendered. For DVDs it generally means one in
every 15/12 frames (IBBPBBPBBPBBPBB), for AVI it means every
scene change or every keyint value (see −lavcopts
keyint= value if you use MEncoder to encode the video).</p>

<p style="margin-left:22%; margin-top: 1em">When a keyframe
is found, an ’I!’ string followed by a newline
character is printed, leaving the current line of MPlayer/
MEncoder output on the screen, because it contains the time
(in seconds) and frame number of the keyframe (You can use
this information to split the AVI.).</p>

<p style="margin-left:22%; margin-top: 1em">If you call the
filter with a numeric parameter ’step’ then only
one in every ’step’ frames is rendered.</p>

<p style="margin-left:22%; margin-top: 1em">If you put an
’i’ (lowercase) before the number then an
’I!’ is printed (like the I parameter).</p>

<p style="margin-left:22%; margin-top: 1em">If you give
only the i then nothing is done to the frames, only I! is
printed.</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>tile=xtiles:ytiles:output:start:delta</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Tile a series of images into a
single, bigger image. If you omit a parameter or use a value
less than 0, then the default value is used. You can also
stop when you are satisfied (... −vf tile=10:5 ...).
It is probably a good idea to put the scale filter before
the tile :-)</p>

<p style="margin-left:22%; margin-top: 1em">The parameters
are:</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">&lt;xtiles&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">number of tiles on the x axis
(default: 5)</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">&lt;ytiles&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">number of tiles on the y axis
(default: 5)</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">&lt;output&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Render the tile when
’output’ number of frames are reached, where
’output’ should be a number less than xtile *
ytile. Missing tiles are left blank. You could, for example,
write an 8 * 7 tile every 50 frames to have one image every
2 seconds @ 25 fps.</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">&lt;start&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">outer border thickness in
pixels (default: 2)</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">&lt;delta&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">inner border thickness in
pixels (default: 4)</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>delogo[=x:y:w:h:t]</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Suppresses a TV station logo by
a simple interpolation of the surrounding pixels. Just set a
rectangle covering the logo and watch it disappear (and
sometimes something even uglier appear − your mileage
may vary).</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">&lt;x&gt;,&lt;y&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">top left corner of the logo</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">&lt;w&gt;,&lt;h&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">width and height of the cleared
rectangle</p>

<table rules="none" frame="void" border="0" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" width="100%">
<tbody><tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="26%"></td>
<td width="5%">


<p>&lt;t&gt;</p></td>
<td width="3%"></td>
<td width="66%">


<p>Thickness of the fuzzy edge of the rectangle (added to w
and h). When set to −1, a green rectangle is drawn on
the screen to simplify finding the right x,y,w,h
parameters.</p> </td></tr>
</tbody></table>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">file=&lt;file&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">You can specify a text file to
load the coordinates from. Each line must have a timestamp
(in seconds, and in ascending order) and the
"x:y:w:h:t" coordinates (t can be omitted).</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>remove−logo=/path/to/logo_bitmap_file_name.pgm</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Suppresses a TV station logo,
using a PGM or PPM image file to determine which pixels
comprise the logo. The width and height of the image file
must match those of the video stream being processed. Uses
the filter image and a circular blur algorithm to remove the
logo.</p>


<p style="margin-left:26%;">/path/to/logo_bitmap_file_name.pgm</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">[path] + filename of the filter
image.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>zrmjpeg[=options]</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Software YV12 to MJPEG encoder
for use with the zr2 video output device.</p>


<p style="margin-left:26%;">maxheight=&lt;h&gt;|maxwidth=&lt;w&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">These options set the maximum
width and height the zr card can handle (the MPlayer filter
layer currently cannot query those).</p>


<p style="margin-left:26%;">{dc10+,dc10,buz,lml33}-{PAL|NTSC}</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Use these options to set
maxwidth and maxheight automatically to the values known for
card/mode combo. For example, valid options are: dc10-PAL
and buz-NTSC (default: dc10+PAL)</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">color|bw</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Select color or black and white
encoding. Black and white encoding is faster. Color is the
default.</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">hdec={1,2,4}</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Horizontal decimation 1, 2 or
4.</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">vdec={1,2,4}</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Vertical decimation 1, 2 or
4.</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">quality=1−20</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Set JPEG compression quality
[BEST] 1 − 20 [VERY BAD].</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">fd|nofd</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">By default, decimation is only
performed if the Zoran hardware can upscale the resulting
MJPEG images to the original size. The option fd instructs
the filter to always perform the requested decimation
(ugly).</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>screenshot</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Allows acquiring screenshots of
the movie using slave mode commands that can be bound to
keypresses. See the slave mode documentation and the
INTERACTIVE CONTROL section for details. Files named
’shotNNNN.png’ will be saved in the working
directory, using the first available number − no files
will be overwritten. The filter has no overhead when not
used and accepts an arbitrary colorspace, so it is safe to
add it to the configuration file. Make sure that the
screenshot filter is added after all other filters whose
effect you want to record on the saved image. E.g. it should
be the last filter if you want to have an exact screenshot
of what you see on the monitor.</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>ass&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Moves SSA/ASS subtitle
rendering to an arbitrary point in the filter chain. Only
useful with the −ass option.</p>


<p style="margin-left:22%; margin-top: 1em"><i>EXAMPLE:</i></p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">−vf ass,screenshot</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Moves SSA/ASS rendering before
the screenshot filter. Screenshots taken this way will
contain subtitles.</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>blackframe[=amount:threshold]</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Detect frames that are (almost)
completely black. Can be useful to detect chapter
transitions or commercials. Output lines consist of the
frame number of the detected frame, the percentage of
blackness, the frame type and the frame number of the last
encountered keyframe.</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">&lt;amount&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Percentage of the pixels that
have to be below the threshold (default: 98).</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">&lt;threshold&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Threshold below which a pixel
value is considered black (default: 32).</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>stereo3d[=in:out]</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Stereo3d converts between
different stereoscopic image formats.</p>

<table rules="none" frame="void" border="0" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" width="100%">
<tbody><tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="26%"></td>
<td width="6%">


<p>&lt;in&gt;</p></td>
<td width="2%"></td>
<td width="66%">


<p>Stereoscopic image format of input. Possible values:</p></td></tr>
</tbody></table>

<p style="margin-left:34%;"><b>sbsl or
side_by_side_left_first</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:45%;">side by side parallel (left eye
left, right eye right)</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;"><b>sbsr or
side_by_side_right_first</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:45%;">side by side crosseye (right
eye left, left eye right)</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;"><b>sbs2l or
side_by_side_half_width_left_first</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:45%;">side by side with half width
resolution (left eye left, right eye right)</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;"><b>sbs2r or
side_by_side_half_width_right_first</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:45%;">side by side with half width
resolution (right eye left, left eye right)</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;"><b>abl or
above_below_left_first</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:45%;">above-below (left eye above,
right eye below)</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;"><b>abl or
above_below_right_first</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:45%;">above-below (right eye above,
left eye below)</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;"><b>ab2l or
above_below_half_height_left_first</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:45%;">above-below with half height
resolution (left eye above, right eye below)</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;"><b>ab2r or
above_below_half_height_right_first</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:45%;">above-below with half height
resolution (right eye above, left eye below)</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">&lt;out&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Stereoscopic image format of
output. Possible values are all the input formats as well
as: <b><br>
arcg or anaglyph_red_cyan_gray</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:45%;">anaglyph red/cyan gray (red
filter on left eye, cyan filter on right eye)</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;"><b>arch or
anaglyph_red_cyan_half_color</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:45%;">anaglyph red/cyan half colored
(red filter on left eye, cyan filter on right eye)</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;"><b>arcc or
anaglyph_red_cyan_color</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:45%;">anaglyph red/cyan color (red
filter on left eye, cyan filter on right eye)</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;"><b>arcd or
anaglyph_red_cyan_dubois</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:45%;">anaglyph red/cyan color
optimized with the least squares projection of dubois (red
filter on left eye, cyan filter on right eye)</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;"><b>agmg or
anaglyph_green_magenta_gray</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:45%;">anaglyph green/magenta gray
(green filter on left eye, magenta filter on right eye)</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;"><b>agmh or
anaglyph_green_magenta_half_color</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:45%;">anaglyph green/magenta half
colored (green filter on left eye, magenta filter on right
eye)</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;"><b>agmc or
anaglyph_green_magenta_color</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:45%;">anaglyph green/magenta colored
(green filter on left eye, magenta filter on right eye)</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;"><b>aybg or
anaglyph_yellow_blue_gray</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:45%;">anaglyph yellow/blue gray
(yellow filter on left eye, blue filter on right eye)</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;"><b>aybh or
anaglyph_yellow_blue_half_color</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:45%;">anaglyph yellow/blue half
colored (yellow filter on left eye, blue filter on right
eye)</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;"><b>aybc or
anaglyph_yellow_blue_color</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:45%;">anaglyph yellow/blue colored
(yellow filter on left eye, blue filter on right eye)</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;"><b>irl or
interleave_rows_left_first</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:45%;">Interleaved rows (left eye has
top row, right eye starts on next row)</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;"><b>irr or
interleave_rows_right_first</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:45%;">Interleaved rows (right eye has
top row, left eye starts on next row)</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;"><b>ml or mono_left</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:45%;">mono output (left eye only)</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;"><b>mr or mono_right</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:45%;">mono output (right eye
only)</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;"><i>NOTE:</i> To use either of
the interleaved-rows output formats to display full-screen
on a row-interleaved 3D display, you will need to scale the
video to the correct height first using the
"scale" filter, if it is not already the right
height. Typically, that is 1080 rows (so use e.g. "-vf
scale=1440:1080,stereo3d=sbsl:irl" for a 720p
side-by-side encoded movie).</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>gradfun[=strength[:radius]]</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Fix the banding artifacts that
are sometimes introduced into nearly flat regions by
truncation to 8bit colordepth. Interpolates the gradients
that should go where the bands are, and dithers them.</p>

<p style="margin-left:22%; margin-top: 1em">This filter is
designed for playback only. Do not use it prior to lossy
compression, because compression tends to lose the dither
and bring back the bands.</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">&lt;strength&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Maximum amount by which the
filter will change any one pixel. Also the threshold for
detecting nearly flat regions (default: 1.2).</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">&lt;radius&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Neighborhood to fit the
gradient to. Larger radius makes for smoother gradients, but
also prevents the filter from modifying pixels near detailed
regions (default: 16).</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>fixpts[=options]</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Fixes the presentation
timestamps (PTS) of the frames. By default, the PTS passed
to the next filter is dropped, but the following options can
change that:</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">print</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Print the incoming PTS.</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">fps=&lt;fps&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Specify a frame per second
value.</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">start=&lt;pts&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Specify an initial value for
the PTS.</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">autostart=&lt;n&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Uses the <i>n</i>th incoming
PTS as the initial PTS. All previous PTS are kept, so
setting a huge value or −1 keeps the PTS intact.</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">autofps=&lt;n&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Uses the <i>n</i>th incoming
PTS after the end of autostart to determine the
framerate.</p>


<p style="margin-left:22%; margin-top: 1em"><i>EXAMPLE:</i></p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">−vf
fixpts=fps=24000/1001,ass,fixpts</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Generates a new sequence of
PTS, uses it for ASS subtitles, then drops it. Generating a
new sequence is useful when the timestamps are reset during
the program; this is frequent on DVDs. Dropping it may be
necessary to avoid confusing encoders.</p>

<p style="margin-left:22%; margin-top: 1em"><i>NOTE:</i>
Using this filter together with any sort of seeking
(including -ss and EDLs) may make demons fly out of your
nose.</p>

<h2>GENERAL ENCODING OPTIONS (MENCODER ONLY)
<a name="GENERAL ENCODING OPTIONS (MENCODER ONLY)"></a>
</h2>



<p style="margin-left:11%; margin-top: 1em"><b>−audio−delay
&lt;any floating-point number&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Delays either audio or video by
setting a delay field in the header (default: 0.0). This
does not delay either stream while encoding, but the player
will see the delay field and compensate accordingly.
Positive values delay the audio, and negative values delay
the video. Note that this is the exact opposite of the
−delay option. For example, if a video plays correctly
with −delay 0.2, you can fix the video with MEncoder
by using −audio−delay −0.2.</p>

<p style="margin-left:22%; margin-top: 1em">Currently, this
option only works with the default muxer (−of avi). If
you are using a different muxer, then you must use
−delay instead.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>−audio−density
&lt;1−50&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Number of audio chunks per
second (default is 2 for 0.5s long audio chunks). <i><br>
NOTE:</i> CBR only, VBR ignores this as it puts each packet
in a new chunk.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>−audio−preload
&lt;0.0−2.0&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Sets up the audio buffering
time interval (default: 0.5s).</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>−fafmttag
&lt;format&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Can be used to override the
audio format tag of the output file.</p>


<p style="margin-left:22%; margin-top: 1em"><i>EXAMPLE:</i></p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">−fafmttag 0x55</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Will have the output file
contain 0x55 (mp3) as audio format tag.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>−ffourcc
&lt;fourcc&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Can be used to override the
video fourcc of the output file.</p>


<p style="margin-left:22%; margin-top: 1em"><i>EXAMPLE:</i></p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">−ffourcc div3</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Will have the output file
contain ’div3’ as video fourcc.</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>−force−avi−aspect
&lt;0.2−3.0&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Override the aspect stored in
the AVI OpenDML vprp header. This can be used to change the
aspect ratio with ’−ovc copy’.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>−frameno−file
&lt;filename&gt; (DEPRECATED)</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Specify the name of the audio
file with framenumber mappings created in the first (audio
only) pass of a special three pass encoding mode. <i><br>
NOTE:</i> Using this mode will most likely give you A-V
desync. Do not use it. It is kept for backwards
compatibility only and will possibly be removed in a future
version.</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>−hr−edl−seek</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Use a more precise, but much
slower method for skipping areas. Areas marked for skipping
are not seeked over, instead all frames are decoded, but
only the necessary frames are encoded. This allows starting
at non-keyframe boundaries. <i><br>
NOTE:</i> Not guaranteed to work right with
’−ovc copy’.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>−info
&lt;option1:option2:...&gt; (AVI only)</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Specify the info header of the
resulting AVI file.</p>

<p style="margin-left:22%; margin-top: 1em">Available
options are:</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">help&nbsp;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Show this description.</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">name=&lt;value&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">title of the work</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">artist=&lt;value&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">artist or author of the
work</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">genre=&lt;value&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">original work category</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">subject=&lt;value&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">contents of the work</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">copyright=&lt;value&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">copyright information</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">srcform=&lt;value&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">original format of the
digitized material</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">comment=&lt;value&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">general comments about the
work</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>−noautoexpand</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Do not automatically insert the
expand filter into the MEncoder filter chain. Useful to
control at which point of the filter chain subtitles are
rendered when hardcoding subtitles onto a movie.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>−noencodedups</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Do not attempt to encode
duplicate frames in duplicate; always output zero-byte
frames to indicate duplicates. Zero-byte frames will be
written anyway unless a filter or encoder capable of doing
duplicate encoding is loaded. Currently the only such filter
is harddup.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>−noodml (−of avi
only)</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Do not write OpenDML index for
AVI files &gt;1GB.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>−noskip</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Do not skip frames.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>−o
&lt;filename&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Outputs to the given filename.
<br>
If you want a default output filename, you can put this
option in the MEncoder config file.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>−oac &lt;codec
name&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Encode with the given audio
codec (no default set). <i><br>
NOTE:</i> Use −oac help to get a list of available
audio codecs.</p>


<p style="margin-left:22%; margin-top: 1em"><i>EXAMPLE:</i></p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">−oac copy</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">no encoding, just
streamcopy</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">−oac pcm</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Encode to uncompressed PCM.</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">−oac mp3lame</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Encode to MP3 (using LAME).</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">−oac lavc</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Encode with a libavcodec
codec.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>−of &lt;format&gt;
(BETA CODE!)</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Encode to the specified
container format (default: AVI). <i><br>
NOTE:</i> Use −of help to get a list of available
container formats.</p>


<p style="margin-left:22%; margin-top: 1em"><i>EXAMPLE:</i></p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">−of avi</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Encode to AVI.</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">−of mpeg</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Encode to MPEG (also see
−mpegopts).</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">−of lavf</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Encode with libavformat muxers
(also see −lavfopts).</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">−of rawvideo</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">raw video stream (no muxing
− one video stream only)</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">−of rawaudio</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">raw audio stream (no muxing
− one audio stream only)</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>−ofps
&lt;fps&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Specify a frames per second
(fps) value for the output file, which can be different from
that of the source material. Must be set for variable fps
(ASF, some MOV) and progressive (30000/1001 fps telecined
MPEG) files.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>−ovc &lt;codec
name&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Encode with the given video
codec (no default set). <i><br>
NOTE:</i> Use −ovc help to get a list of available
video codecs.</p>


<p style="margin-left:22%; margin-top: 1em"><i>EXAMPLE:</i></p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">−ovc copy</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">no encoding, just
streamcopy</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">−ovc raw</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Encode to an arbitrary
uncompressed format (use ’−vf format’ to
select).</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">−ovc lavc</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Encode with a libavcodec
codec.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>−passlogfile
&lt;filename&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Dump first pass information to
&lt;filename&gt; instead of the default divx2pass.log in two
pass encoding mode.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>−skiplimit
&lt;value&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Specify the maximum number of
frames that may be skipped after encoding one frame
(−noskiplimit for unlimited).</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>−vobsubout
&lt;basename&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Specify the basename for the
output .idx and .sub files. This turns off subtitle
rendering in the encoded movie and diverts it to VOBsub
subtitle files.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>−vobsuboutid
&lt;langid&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Specify the language two letter
code for the subtitles. This overrides what is read from the
DVD or the .ifo file.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>−vobsuboutindex
&lt;index&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Specify the index of the
subtitles in the output files (default: 0).</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>−force−key−frames
&lt;time&gt;,&lt;time&gt;,...</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Force key frames at the
specified timestamps, more precisely at the first frame
after each specified time.</p>

<p style="margin-left:22%; margin-top: 1em">This option can
be used to ensure that a seek point is present at a chapter
mark or any other designated place in the output file.</p>

<p style="margin-left:22%; margin-top: 1em">The timestamps
must be specified in ascending order.</p>

<p style="margin-left:22%; margin-top: 1em">Since MEncoder
does not send timestamps along the filter chain, you
probably need to use the fixpts filter for this option to
work.</p>

<p style="margin-left:22%; margin-top: 1em">Not all codecs
support forced key frames. Currently, support is only
implemented for the following encoders: lavc, x264,
xvid.</p>

<h2>CODEC SPECIFIC ENCODING OPTIONS (MENCODER ONLY)
<a name="CODEC SPECIFIC ENCODING OPTIONS (MENCODER ONLY)"></a>
</h2>


<p style="margin-left:11%; margin-top: 1em">You can specify
codec specific encoding parameters using the following
syntax: <b><br>
−&lt;codec&gt;opts
&lt;option1[=value1]:option2[=value2]:...&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:11%; margin-top: 1em">Where
&lt;codec&gt; may be: lavc, xvidenc, mp3lame, toolame,
twolame, nuv, xvfw, faac, x264enc, mpeg, lavf.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%; margin-top: 1em"><b>mp3lame
(−lameopts) <br>
help&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">get help</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>vbr=&lt;0−4&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">variable bitrate method</p>

<table rules="none" frame="void" border="0" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" width="100%">
<tbody><tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="26%"></td>
<td width="2%">


<p>0</p></td>
<td width="6%"></td>
<td width="18%">


<p>cbr</p></td>
<td width="48%">
</td></tr>
<tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="26%"></td>
<td width="2%">


<p>1</p></td>
<td width="6%"></td>
<td width="18%">


<p>mt</p></td>
<td width="48%">
</td></tr>
<tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="26%"></td>
<td width="2%">


<p>2</p></td>
<td width="6%"></td>
<td width="18%">


<p>rh (default)</p></td>
<td width="48%">
</td></tr>
<tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="26%"></td>
<td width="2%">


<p>3</p></td>
<td width="6%"></td>
<td width="18%">


<p>abr</p></td>
<td width="48%">
</td></tr>
<tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="26%"></td>
<td width="2%">


<p>4</p></td>
<td width="6%"></td>
<td width="18%">


<p>mtrh</p></td>
<td width="48%">
</td></tr>
</tbody></table>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>abr&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">average bitrate</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>cbr&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">constant bitrate Also forces
CBR mode encoding on subsequent ABR presets modes.</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>br=&lt;0−1024&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">bitrate in kbps (CBR and ABR
only)</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>q=&lt;0−9&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">quality (0 − highest, 9
− lowest) (VBR only)</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>aq=&lt;0−9&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">algorithmic quality (0 −
best/slowest, 9 − worst/fastest)</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>ratio=&lt;1−100&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">compression ratio</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>vol=&lt;0−10&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">audio input gain</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>mode=&lt;0−3&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">(default: auto)</p>

<table rules="none" frame="void" border="0" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" width="100%">
<tbody><tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="26%"></td>
<td width="2%">


<p>0</p></td>
<td width="6%"></td>
<td width="18%">


<p>stereo</p></td>
<td width="48%">
</td></tr>
<tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="26%"></td>
<td width="2%">


<p>1</p></td>
<td width="6%"></td>
<td width="18%">


<p>joint-stereo</p></td>
<td width="48%">
</td></tr>
<tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="26%"></td>
<td width="2%">


<p>2</p></td>
<td width="6%"></td>
<td width="18%">


<p>dualchannel</p></td>
<td width="48%">
</td></tr>
<tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="26%"></td>
<td width="2%">


<p>3</p></td>
<td width="6%"></td>
<td width="18%">


<p>mono</p></td>
<td width="48%">
</td></tr>
</tbody></table>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>padding=&lt;0−2&gt;</b></p>

<table rules="none" frame="void" border="0" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" width="100%">
<tbody><tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="26%"></td>
<td width="2%">


<p>0</p></td>
<td width="6%"></td>
<td width="9%">


<p>none</p></td>
<td width="57%">
</td></tr>
<tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="26%"></td>
<td width="2%">


<p>1</p></td>
<td width="6%"></td>
<td width="9%">


<p>all</p></td>
<td width="57%">
</td></tr>
<tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="26%"></td>
<td width="2%">


<p>2</p></td>
<td width="6%"></td>
<td width="9%">


<p>adjust</p></td>
<td width="57%">
</td></tr>
</tbody></table>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>fast&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Switch on faster encoding on
subsequent VBR presets modes. This results in slightly lower
quality and higher bitrates.</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>highpassfreq=&lt;freq&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Set a highpass filtering
frequency in Hz. Frequencies below the specified one will be
cut off. A value of −1 will disable filtering, a value
of 0 will let LAME choose values automatically.</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>lowpassfreq=&lt;freq&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Set a lowpass filtering
frequency in Hz. Frequencies above the specified one will be
cut off. A value of −1 will disable filtering, a value
of 0 will let LAME choose values automatically.</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>preset=&lt;value&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">preset values</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">help&nbsp;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Print additional options and
information about presets settings.</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">medium</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">VBR encoding, good quality,
150−180 kbps bitrate range</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">standard</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">VBR encoding, high quality,
170−210 kbps bitrate range</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">extreme</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">VBR encoding, very high
quality, 200−240 kbps bitrate range</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">insane</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">CBR encoding, highest preset
quality, 320 kbps bitrate</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">&lt;8−320&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">ABR encoding at average given
kbps bitrate</p>


<p style="margin-left:22%; margin-top: 1em"><i>EXAMPLES:</i></p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">fast:preset=standard</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">suitable for most people and
most music types and already quite high quality</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">cbr:preset=192</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Encode with ABR presets at a
192 kbps forced constant bitrate.</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">preset=172</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Encode with ABR presets at a
172 kbps average bitrate.</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">preset=extreme</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">for people with extremely good
hearing and similar equipment</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%; margin-top: 1em"><b>toolame and
twolame (−toolameopts and −twolameopts
respectively) <br>
br=&lt;32−384&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">In CBR mode this parameter
indicates the bitrate in kbps, when in VBR mode it is the
minimum bitrate allowed per frame. VBR mode will not work
with a value below 112.</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>vbr=&lt;−50−50&gt;
(VBR only)</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">variability range; if negative
the encoder shifts the average bitrate towards the lower
limit, if positive towards the higher. When set to 0 CBR is
used (default).</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>maxvbr=&lt;32−384&gt;
(VBR only)</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">maximum bitrate allowed per
frame, in kbps</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>mode=&lt;stereo | jstereo |
mono | dual&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">(default: mono for 1-channel
audio, stereo otherwise)</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>psy=&lt;−1−4&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">psychoacoustic model (default:
2)</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>errprot=&lt;0 |
1&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Include error protection.</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>debug=&lt;0−10&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">debug level</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%; margin-top: 1em"><b>faac
(−faacopts) <br>
br=&lt;bitrate&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">average bitrate in kbps
(mutually exclusive with quality)</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>quality=&lt;1−1000&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">quality mode, the higher the
better (mutually exclusive with br)</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>object=&lt;1−4&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">object type complexity</p>

<table rules="none" frame="void" border="0" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" width="100%">
<tbody><tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="26%"></td>
<td width="2%">


<p>1</p></td>
<td width="6%"></td>
<td width="31%">


<p>MAIN (default)</p></td>
<td width="35%">
</td></tr>
<tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="26%"></td>
<td width="2%">


<p>2</p></td>
<td width="6%"></td>
<td width="31%">


<p>LOW</p></td>
<td width="35%">
</td></tr>
<tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="26%"></td>
<td width="2%">


<p>3</p></td>
<td width="6%"></td>
<td width="31%">


<p>SSR</p></td>
<td width="35%">
</td></tr>
<tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="26%"></td>
<td width="2%">


<p>4</p></td>
<td width="6%"></td>
<td width="31%">


<p>LTP (extremely slow)</p></td>
<td width="35%">
</td></tr>
</tbody></table>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>mpeg=&lt;2|4&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">MPEG version (default: 4)</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>tns&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Enables temporal noise
shaping.</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>cutoff=&lt;0−sampling_rate/2&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">cutoff frequency (default:
sampling_rate/2)</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>raw&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Stores the bitstream as raw
payload with extradata in the container header (default: 0,
corresponds to ADTS). Do not set this flag if not explicitly
required or you will not be able to remux the audio stream
later on.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%; margin-top: 1em"><b>lavc
(−lavcopts)</b> <br>
Many libavcodec (lavc for short) options are tersely
documented. Read the source for full details.</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%; margin-top: 1em"><i>EXAMPLE:</i></p>


<p style="margin-left:26%;">vcodec=msmpeg4:vbitrate=1800:vhq:keyint=250</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>o=&lt;key&gt;=&lt;value&gt;[,&lt;key&gt;=&lt;value&gt;[,...]]</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Pass AVOptions to libavcodec
encoder. Note, a patch to make the o= unneeded and pass all
unknown options through the AVOption system is welcome. A
full list of AVOptions can be found in the FFmpeg manual.
Note that some AVOptions may conflict with MEncoder
options.</p>


<p style="margin-left:22%; margin-top: 1em"><i>EXAMPLE:</i></p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">o=bt=100k</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>acodec=&lt;value&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">audio codec (default: mp2)</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">ac3&nbsp;&nbsp;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Dolby Digital (AC-3)</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">adpcm_*</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Adaptive PCM formats −
see the HTML documentation for details.</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">flac&nbsp;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Free Lossless Audio Codec
(FLAC)</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">g726&nbsp;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">G.726 ADPCM</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">libfaac</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Advanced Audio Coding (AAC)
− using FAAC</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">libmp3lame</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">MPEG-1 audio layer 3 (MP3)
− using LAME</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">mp2&nbsp;&nbsp;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">MPEG-1 audio layer 2 (MP2)</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">pcm_*</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">PCM formats − see the
HTML documentation for details.</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">roq_dpcm</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Id Software RoQ DPCM</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">sonic</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">experimental simple lossy
codec</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">sonicls</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">experimental simple lossless
codec</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">vorbis</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Vorbis</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">wmav1</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Windows Media Audio v1</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">wmav2</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Windows Media Audio v2</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>abitrate=&lt;value&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">audio bitrate in kbps (default:
224)</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>atag=&lt;value&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Use the specified Windows audio
format tag (e.g. atag=0x55).</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>bit_exact</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Use only bit exact algorithms
(except (I)DCT). Additionally bit_exact disables several
optimizations and thus should only be used for regression
tests, which need binary identical files even if the encoder
version changes. This also suppresses the user_data header
in MPEG-4 streams. Do not use this option unless you know
exactly what you are doing.</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>threads=&lt;1−8&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Maximum number of threads to
use (default: 1). May have a slight negative effect on
motion estimation.</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>vcodec=&lt;value&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Employ the specified codec
(default: mpeg4).</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">asv1&nbsp;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">ASUS Video v1</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">asv2&nbsp;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">ASUS Video v2</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">dvvideo</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Sony Digital Video</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">ffv1&nbsp;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">FFmpeg’s lossless video
codec</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">ffvhuff</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">nonstandard 20% smaller HuffYUV
using YV12</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">flv&nbsp;&nbsp;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Sorenson H.263 used in Flash
Video</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">h261&nbsp;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">H.261</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">h263&nbsp;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">H.263</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">h263p</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">H.263+</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">huffyuv</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">HuffYUV</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">libtheora</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Theora</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">libx264</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">x264 H.264/AVC MPEG-4 Part
10</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">libxvid</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Xvid MPEG-4 Part 2 (ASP)</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">ljpeg</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Lossless JPEG</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">mjpeg</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Motion JPEG</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">mpeg1video</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">MPEG-1 video</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">mpeg2video</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">MPEG-2 video</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">mpeg4</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">MPEG-4 (DivX 4/5)</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">msmpeg4</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">DivX 3</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">msmpeg4v2</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">MS MPEG4v2</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">roqvideo</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">ID Software RoQ Video</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">rv10&nbsp;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">an old RealVideo codec</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">snow (also see: vstrict)</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">FFmpeg’s experimental
wavelet-based codec</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">svq1&nbsp;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Apple Sorenson Video 1</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">wmv1&nbsp;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Windows Media Video, version 1
(AKA WMV7)</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">wmv2&nbsp;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Windows Media Video, version 2
(AKA WMV8)</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>vqmin=&lt;1−31&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">minimum quantizer</p>

<table rules="none" frame="void" border="0" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" width="100%">
<tbody><tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="26%"></td>
<td width="2%">


<p>1</p></td>
<td width="6%"></td>
<td width="66%">


<p>Not recommended (much larger file, little quality
difference and weird side effects: msmpeg4, h263 will be
very low quality, ratecontrol will be confused resulting in
lower quality and some decoders will not be able to decode
it).</p> </td></tr>
<tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="26%"></td>
<td width="2%">


<p>2</p></td>
<td width="6%"></td>
<td width="66%">


<p>Recommended for normal mpeg4/mpeg1video encoding
(default).</p> </td></tr>
<tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="26%"></td>
<td width="2%">


<p>3</p></td>
<td width="6%"></td>
<td width="66%">


<p>Recommended for h263(p)/msmpeg4. The reason for
preferring 3 over 2 is that 2 could lead to overflows. (This
will be fixed for h263(p) by changing the quantizer per MB
in the future, msmpeg4 cannot be fixed as it does not
support that.)</p></td></tr>
</tbody></table>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>lmin=&lt;0.01−255.0&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Minimum frame-level Lagrange
multiplier for ratecontrol (default: 2.0). Lavc will rarely
use quantizers below the value of lmin. Lowering lmin will
make lavc more likely to choose lower quantizers for some
frames, but not lower than the value of vqmin. Likewise,
raising lmin will make lavc less likely to choose low
quantizers, even if vqmin would have allowed them. You
probably want to set lmin approximately equal to vqmin. When
adaptive quantization is in use, changing lmin/lmax may have
less of an effect; see mblmin/mblmax.</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>lmax=&lt;0.01−255.0&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">maximum Lagrange multiplier for
ratecontrol (default: 31.0)</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>mblmin=&lt;0.01−255.0&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Minimum macroblock-level
Lagrange multiplier for ratecontrol (default:2.0). This
parameter affects adaptive quantization options like qprd,
lumi_mask, etc..</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>mblmax=&lt;0.01−255.0&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Maximum macroblock-level
Lagrange multiplier for ratecontrol (default: 31.0).</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>vqscale=&lt;0−31&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Constant quantizer / constant
quality encoding (selects fixed quantizer mode). A lower
value means better quality but larger files (default:
−1). In case of snow codec, value 0 means lossless
encoding. Since the other codecs do not support this,
vqscale=0 will have an undefined effect. 1 is not
recommended (see vqmin for details).</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>vqmax=&lt;1−31&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Maximum quantizer, 10−31
should be a sane range (default: 31).</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>vqdiff=&lt;1−31&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">maximum quantizer difference
between consecutive I- or P-frames (default: 3)</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>vmax_b_frames=&lt;0−4&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">maximum number of B-frames
between non-B-frames:</p>

<table rules="none" frame="void" border="0" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" width="100%">
<tbody><tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="26%"></td>
<td width="5%">


<p>0</p></td>
<td width="3%"></td>
<td width="32%">


<p>no B-frames (default)</p></td>
<td width="34%">
</td></tr>
<tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="26%"></td>
<td width="5%">


<p>0−2</p></td>
<td width="3%"></td>
<td width="32%">


<p>sane range for MPEG-4</p></td>
<td width="34%">
</td></tr>
</tbody></table>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>vme=&lt;0−5&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">motion estimation method.
Available methods are:</p>

<table rules="none" frame="void" border="0" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" width="100%">
<tbody><tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="26%"></td>
<td width="2%">


<p>0</p></td>
<td width="6%"></td>
<td width="66%">


<p>none (very low quality)</p></td></tr>
<tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="26%"></td>
<td width="2%">


<p>1</p></td>
<td width="6%"></td>
<td width="66%">


<p>full (slow, currently unmaintained and disabled)</p></td></tr>
<tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="26%"></td>
<td width="2%">


<p>2</p></td>
<td width="6%"></td>
<td width="66%">


<p>log (low quality, currently unmaintained and
disabled)</p> </td></tr>
<tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="26%"></td>
<td width="2%">


<p>3</p></td>
<td width="6%"></td>
<td width="66%">


<p>phods (low quality, currently unmaintained and
disabled)</p> </td></tr>
<tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="26%"></td>
<td width="2%">


<p>4</p></td>
<td width="6%"></td>
<td width="66%">


<p>EPZS: size=1 diamond, size can be adjusted with the *dia
options (default)</p></td></tr>
<tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="26%"></td>
<td width="2%">


<p>5</p></td>
<td width="6%"></td>
<td width="66%">


<p>X1 (experimental, currently aliased to EPZS)</p></td></tr>
<tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="26%"></td>
<td width="2%">


<p>8</p></td>
<td width="6%"></td>
<td width="66%">


<p>iter (iterative overlapped block, only used in snow)</p></td></tr>
</tbody></table>

<p style="margin-left:22%; margin-top: 1em"><i>NOTE:</i>
0−3 currently ignores the amount of bits spent, so
quality may be low.</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>me_range=&lt;0−9999&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">motion estimation search range
(default: 0 (unlimited))</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>mbd=&lt;0−2&gt; (also
see *cmp, qpel)</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Macroblock decision algorithm
(high quality mode), encode each macro block in all modes
and choose the best. This is slow but results in better
quality and file size. When mbd is set to 1 or 2, the value
of mbcmp is ignored when comparing macroblocks (the mbcmp
value is still used in other places though, in particular
the motion search algorithms). If any comparison setting
(precmp, subcmp, cmp, or mbcmp) is nonzero, however, a
slower but better half-pel motion search will be used,
regardless of what mbd is set to. If qpel is set,
quarter-pel motion search will be used regardless.</p>

<table rules="none" frame="void" border="0" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" width="100%">
<tbody><tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="26%"></td>
<td width="2%">


<p>0</p></td>
<td width="6%"></td>
<td width="66%">


<p>Use comparison function given by mbcmp (default).</p></td></tr>
<tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="26%"></td>
<td width="2%">


<p>1</p></td>
<td width="6%"></td>
<td width="66%">


<p>Select the MB mode which needs the fewest bits
(=vhq).</p> </td></tr>
<tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="26%"></td>
<td width="2%">


<p>2</p></td>
<td width="6%"></td>
<td width="66%">


<p>Select the MB mode which has the best rate
distortion.</p> </td></tr>
</tbody></table>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>vhq&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Same as mbd=1, kept for
compatibility reasons.</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>v4mv&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Allow 4 motion vectors per
macroblock (slightly better quality). Works better if used
with mbd&gt;0.</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>obmc&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">overlapped block motion
compensation (H.263+)</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>loop&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">loop filter (H.263+) note, this
is broken</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>inter_threshold
&lt;−1000−1000&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Does absolutely nothing at the
moment.</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>keyint=&lt;0−300&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">maximum interval between
keyframes in frames (default: 250 or one keyframe every ten
seconds in a 25fps movie. This is the recommended default
for MPEG-4). Most codecs require regular keyframes in order
to limit the accumulation of mismatch error. Keyframes are
also needed for seeking, as seeking is only possible to a
keyframe − but keyframes need more space than other
frames, so larger numbers here mean slightly smaller files
but less precise seeking. 0 is equivalent to 1, which makes
every frame a keyframe. Values &gt;300 are not recommended
as the quality might be bad depending upon decoder, encoder
and luck. It is common for MPEG-1/2 to use values
&lt;=30.</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>sc_threshold=&lt;−1000000000−1000000000&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Threshold for scene change
detection. A keyframe is inserted by libavcodec when it
detects a scene change. You can specify the sensitivity of
the detection with this option. −1000000000 means
there is a scene change detected at every frame, 1000000000
means no scene changes are detected (default: 0).</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>sc_factor=&lt;any positive
integer&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Causes frames with higher
quantizers to be more likely to trigger a scene change
detection and make libavcodec use an I-frame (default: 1).
1−16 is a sane range. Values between 2 and 6 may yield
increasing PSNR (up to approximately 0.04 dB) and better
placement of I-frames in high-motion scenes. Higher values
than 6 may give very slightly better PSNR (approximately
0.01 dB more than sc_factor=6), but noticably worse visual
quality.</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>vb_strategy=&lt;0−2&gt;
(pass one only)</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">strategy to choose between
I/P/B-frames:</p>

<table rules="none" frame="void" border="0" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" width="100%">
<tbody><tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="26%"></td>
<td width="2%">


<p>0</p></td>
<td width="6%"></td>
<td width="66%">


<p>Always use the maximum number of B-frames (default).</p></td></tr>
<tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="26%"></td>
<td width="2%">


<p>1</p></td>
<td width="6%"></td>
<td width="66%">


<p>Avoid B-frames in high motion scenes. See the
b_sensitivity option to tune this strategy.</p></td></tr>
<tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="26%"></td>
<td width="2%">


<p>2</p></td>
<td width="6%"></td>
<td width="66%">


<p>Places B-frames more or less optimally to yield maximum
quality (slower). You may want to reduce the speed impact of
this option by tuning the option brd_scale.</p></td></tr>
</tbody></table>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>b_sensitivity=&lt;any
integer greater than 0&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Adjusts how sensitively
vb_strategy=1 detects motion and avoids using B-frames
(default: 40). Lower sensitivities will result in more
B-frames. Using more B-frames usually improves PSNR, but too
many B-frames can hurt quality in high-motion scenes. Unless
there is an extremely high amount of motion, b_sensitivity
can safely be lowered below the default; 10 is a reasonable
value in most cases.</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>brd_scale=&lt;0−10&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Downscales frames for dynamic
B-frame decision (default: 0). Each time brd_scale is
increased by one, the frame dimensions are divided by two,
which improves speed by a factor of four. Both dimensions of
the fully downscaled frame must be even numbers, so
brd_scale=1 requires the original dimensions to be multiples
of four, brd_scale=2 requires multiples of eight, etc. In
other words, the dimensions of the original frame must both
be divisible by 2^(brd_scale+1) with no remainder.</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>bidir_refine=&lt;0−4&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Refine the two motion vectors
used in bidirectional macroblocks, rather than re-using
vectors from the forward and backward searches. This option
has no effect without B-frames.</p>

<table rules="none" frame="void" border="0" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" width="100%">
<tbody><tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="26%"></td>
<td width="5%">


<p>0</p></td>
<td width="3%"></td>
<td width="66%">


<p>Disabled (default).</p></td></tr>
<tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="26%"></td>
<td width="5%">


<p>1−4</p></td>
<td width="3%"></td>
<td width="66%">


<p>Use a wider search (larger values are slower).</p></td></tr>
</tbody></table>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>vpass=&lt;1−3&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Activates internal two (or
more) pass mode, only specify if you wish to use two (or
more) pass encoding.</p>

<table rules="none" frame="void" border="0" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" width="100%">
<tbody><tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="26%"></td>
<td width="2%">


<p>1</p></td>
<td width="6%"></td>
<td width="66%">


<p>first pass (also see turbo)</p></td></tr>
<tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="26%"></td>
<td width="2%">


<p>2</p></td>
<td width="6%"></td>
<td width="66%">


<p>second pass</p></td></tr>
<tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="26%"></td>
<td width="2%">


<p>3</p></td>
<td width="6%"></td>
<td width="66%">


<p>Nth pass (second and subsequent passes of N-pass
encoding)</p> </td></tr>
</tbody></table>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Here is how it works, and how
to use it: <br>
The first pass (vpass=1) writes the statistics file. You
might want to deactivate some CPU-hungry options, like
"turbo" mode does. <br>
In two pass mode, the second pass (vpass=2) reads the
statistics file and bases ratecontrol decisions on it. <br>
In N-pass mode, the second pass (vpass=3, that is not a
typo) does both: It first reads the statistics, then
overwrites them. You might want to backup divx2pass.log
before doing this if there is any possibility that you will
have to cancel MEncoder. You can use all encoding options,
except very CPU-hungry options like "qns". <br>
You can run this same pass over and over to refine the
encode. Each subsequent pass will use the statistics from
the previous pass to improve. The final pass can include any
CPU-hungry encoding options. <br>
If you want a 2 pass encode, use first vpass=1, and then
vpass=2. <br>
If you want a 3 or more pass encode, use vpass=1 for the
first pass and then vpass=3 and then vpass=3 again and again
until you are satisfied with the encode.</p>

<p style="margin-left:22%; margin-top: 1em">huffyuv:</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">pass 1</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Saves statistics.</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">pass 2</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Encodes with an optimal Huffman
table based upon statistics from the first pass.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>turbo (two pass
only)</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Dramatically speeds up pass one
using faster algorithms and disabling CPU-intensive options.
This will probably reduce global PSNR a little bit (around
0.01dB) and change individual frame type and PSNR a little
bit more (up to 0.03dB).</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>aspect=&lt;x/y&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Store movie aspect internally,
just like with MPEG files. Much nicer than rescaling,
because quality is not decreased. Only MPlayer will play
these files correctly, other players will display them with
wrong aspect. The aspect parameter can be given as a ratio
or a floating point number.</p>


<p style="margin-left:22%; margin-top: 1em"><i>EXAMPLE:</i></p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">aspect=16/9 or aspect=1.78</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>autoaspect</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Same as the aspect option, but
automatically computes aspect, taking into account all the
adjustments (crop/expand/scale/etc.) made in the filter
chain. Does not incur a performance penalty, so you can
safely leave it always on.</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>vbitrate=&lt;value&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Specify bitrate (default: 800).
<i><br>
WARNING:</i> 1kbit = 1000 bits</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">4−16000</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">(in kbit)</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">16001−24000000</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">(in bit)</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>vratetol=&lt;value&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">approximated file size
tolerance in kbit. 1000−100000 is a sane range.
(warning: 1kbit = 1000 bits) (default: 8000) <i><br>
NOTE:</i> vratetol should not be too large during the second
pass or there might be problems if vrc_(min|max)rate is
used.</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>vrc_maxrate=&lt;value&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">maximum bitrate in kbit/sec
(default: 0, unlimited)</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>vrc_minrate=&lt;value&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">minimum bitrate in kbit/sec
(default: 0, unlimited)</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>vrc_buf_size=&lt;value&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">buffer size in kbit For
MPEG-1/2 this also sets the vbv buffer size, use 327 for
VCD, 917 for SVCD and 1835 for DVD.</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>vrc_buf_aggressivity</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">currently useless</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>vrc_strategy</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Ratecontrol method. Note that
some of the ratecontrol-affecting options will have no
effect if vrc_strategy is not set to 0.</p>

<table rules="none" frame="void" border="0" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" width="100%">
<tbody><tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="26%"></td>
<td width="2%">


<p>0</p></td>
<td width="6%"></td>
<td width="66%">


<p>Use internal lavc ratecontrol (default).</p></td></tr>
<tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="26%"></td>
<td width="2%">


<p>1</p></td>
<td width="6%"></td>
<td width="66%">


<p>Use Xvid ratecontrol (experimental; requires MEncoder to
be compiled with support for Xvid 1.1 or higher).</p></td></tr>
</tbody></table>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>vb_qfactor=&lt;−31.0−31.0&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">quantizer factor between B- and
non-B-frames (default: 1.25)</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>vi_qfactor=&lt;−31.0−31.0&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">quantizer factor between I- and
non-I-frames (default: 0.8)</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>vb_qoffset=&lt;−31.0−31.0&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">quantizer offset between B- and
non-B-frames (default: 1.25)</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>vi_qoffset=&lt;−31.0−31.0&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">(default: 0.0) <br>
if v{b|i}_qfactor &gt; 0 <br>
I/B-frame quantizer = P-frame quantizer * v{b|i}_qfactor +
v{b|i}_qoffset <br>
else <br>
do normal ratecontrol (do not lock to next P-frame
quantizer) and set q= −q * v{b|i}_qfactor +
v{b|i}_qoffset <i><br>
HINT:</i> To do constant quantizer encoding with different
quantizers for I/P- and B-frames you can use: lmin=
&lt;ip_quant&gt;:lmax= &lt;ip_quant&gt;:vb_qfactor=
&lt;b_quant/ip_quant&gt;.</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>vqblur=&lt;0.0−1.0&gt;
(pass one)</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Quantizer blur (default: 0.5),
larger values will average the quantizer more over time
(slower change).</p>

<table rules="none" frame="void" border="0" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" width="100%">
<tbody><tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="26%"></td>
<td width="5%">


<p>0.0</p></td>
<td width="3%"></td>
<td width="66%">


<p>Quantizer blur disabled.</p></td></tr>
<tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="26%"></td>
<td width="5%">


<p>1.0</p></td>
<td width="3%"></td>
<td width="66%">


<p>Average the quantizer over all previous frames.</p></td></tr>
</tbody></table>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>vqblur=&lt;0.0−99.0&gt;
(pass two)</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Quantizer gaussian blur
(default: 0.5), larger values will average the quantizer
more over time (slower change).</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>vqcomp=&lt;0.0−1.0&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Quantizer compression, vrc_eq
depends upon this (default: 0.5). <i>NOTE:</i> Perceptual
quality will be optimal somewhere in between the
range’s extremes.</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>vrc_eq=&lt;equation&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">main ratecontrol equation</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">1+(tex/avgTex-1)*qComp</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">approximately the equation of
the old ratecontrol code</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">tex^qComp</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">with qcomp 0.5 or something
like that (default)</p>

<p style="margin-left:22%; margin-top: 1em">infix
operators:</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">+,−,*,/,^</p>

<p style="margin-left:22%; margin-top: 1em">variables:</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">tex&nbsp;&nbsp;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">texture complexity</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">iTex,pTex</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">intra, non-intra texture
complexity</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">avgTex</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">average texture complexity</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">avgIITex</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">average intra texture
complexity in I-frames</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">avgPITex</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">average intra texture
complexity in P-frames</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">avgPPTex</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">average non-intra texture
complexity in P-frames</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">avgBPTex</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">average non-intra texture
complexity in B-frames</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">mv&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">bits used for motion
vectors</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">fCode</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">maximum length of motion vector
in log2 scale</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">iCount</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">number of intra macroblocks /
number of macroblocks</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">var&nbsp;&nbsp;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">spatial complexity</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">mcVar</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">temporal complexity</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">qComp</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">qcomp from the command line</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">isI, isP, isB</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Is 1 if picture type is I/P/B
else 0.</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">Pi,E&nbsp;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">See your favorite math
book.</p>

<p style="margin-left:22%; margin-top: 1em">functions:</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">max(a,b),min(a,b)</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">maximum / minimum</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">gt(a,b)</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">is 1 if a&gt;b, 0 otherwise</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">lt(a,b)</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">is 1 if a&lt;b, 0 otherwise</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">eq(a,b)</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">is 1 if a==b, 0 otherwise</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">sin, cos, tan, sinh, cosh,
tanh, exp, log, abs</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>vrc_override=&lt;options&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">User specified quality for
specific parts (ending, credits, ...). The options are
&lt;start-frame&gt;, &lt;end-frame&gt;,
&lt;quality&gt;[/&lt;start-frame&gt;, &lt;end-frame&gt;,
&lt;quality&gt;[/...]]:</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">quality (2−31)</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">quantizer</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">quality
(−500−0)</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">quality correction in %</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>vrc_init_cplx=&lt;0−1000&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">initial complexity (pass 1)</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>vrc_init_occupancy=&lt;0.0−1.0&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">initial buffer occupancy, as a
fraction of vrc_buf_size (default: 0.9)</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>vqsquish=&lt;0|1&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Specify how to keep the
quantizer between qmin and qmax.</p>

<table rules="none" frame="void" border="0" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" width="100%">
<tbody><tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="26%"></td>
<td width="2%">


<p>0</p></td>
<td width="6%"></td>
<td width="66%">


<p>Use clipping.</p></td></tr>
<tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="26%"></td>
<td width="2%">


<p>1</p></td>
<td width="6%"></td>
<td width="66%">


<p>Use a nice differentiable function (default).</p></td></tr>
</tbody></table>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>vlelim=&lt;−1000−1000&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Sets single coefficient
elimination threshold for luminance. Negative values will
also consider the DC coefficient (should be at least
−4 or lower for encoding at quant=1):</p>

<table rules="none" frame="void" border="0" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" width="100%">
<tbody><tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="26%"></td>
<td width="3%">


<p>0</p></td>
<td width="5%"></td>
<td width="28%">


<p>disabled (default)</p></td>
<td width="38%">
</td></tr>
<tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="26%"></td>
<td width="3%">


<p>−4</p></td>
<td width="5%"></td>
<td width="28%">


<p>JVT recommendation</p></td>
<td width="38%">
</td></tr>
</tbody></table>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>vcelim=&lt;−1000−1000&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Sets single coefficient
elimination threshold for chrominance. Negative values will
also consider the DC coefficient (should be at least
−4 or lower for encoding at quant=1):</p>

<table rules="none" frame="void" border="0" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" width="100%">
<tbody><tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="26%"></td>
<td width="2%">


<p>0</p></td>
<td width="6%"></td>
<td width="28%">


<p>disabled (default)</p></td>
<td width="38%">
</td></tr>
<tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="26%"></td>
<td width="2%">


<p>7</p></td>
<td width="6%"></td>
<td width="28%">


<p>JVT recommendation</p></td>
<td width="38%">
</td></tr>
</tbody></table>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>vstrict=&lt;−2|−1|0|1&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">strict standard compliance</p>

<table rules="none" frame="void" border="0" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" width="100%">
<tbody><tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="26%"></td>
<td width="3%">


<p>0</p></td>
<td width="5%"></td>
<td width="66%">


<p>disabled</p></td></tr>
<tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="26%"></td>
<td width="3%">


<p>1</p></td>
<td width="5%"></td>
<td width="66%">


<p>Only recommended if you want to feed the output into the
MPEG-4 reference decoder.</p></td></tr>
<tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="26%"></td>
<td width="3%">


<p>−1</p></td>
<td width="5%"></td>
<td width="66%">


<p>Allow libavcodec specific extensions (default).</p></td></tr>
<tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="26%"></td>
<td width="3%">


<p>−2</p></td>
<td width="5%"></td>
<td width="66%">


<p>Enables experimental codecs and features which may not
be playable with future MPlayer versions (snow).</p></td></tr>
</tbody></table>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>vdpart&nbsp;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Data partitioning. Adds 2 Bytes
per video packet, improves error-resistance when
transferring over unreliable channels (e.g. streaming over
the internet). Each video packet will be encoded in 3
separate partitions:</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">1. MVs</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">movement</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">2. DC coefficients</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">low res picture</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">3. AC coefficients</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">details</p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">MV &amp; DC are most important,
losing them looks far worse than losing the AC and the 1.
&amp; 2. partition. (MV &amp; DC) are far smaller than the
3. partition (AC) meaning that errors will hit the AC
partition much more often than the MV &amp; DC partitions.
Thus, the picture will look better with partitioning than
without, as without partitioning an error will trash
AC/DC/MV equally.</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>vpsize=&lt;0−10000&gt;
(also see vdpart)</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Video packet size, improves
error-resistance.</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">0&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">disabled (default)</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">100−1000</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">good choice</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>ss&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">slice structured mode for
H.263+</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>gray&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">grayscale only encoding
(faster)</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>vfdct=&lt;0−10&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">DCT algorithm</p>

<table rules="none" frame="void" border="0" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" width="100%">
<tbody><tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="26%"></td>
<td width="2%">


<p>0</p></td>
<td width="6%"></td>
<td width="64%">


<p>Automatically select a good one (default).</p></td>
<td width="2%">
</td></tr>
<tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="26%"></td>
<td width="2%">


<p>1</p></td>
<td width="6%"></td>
<td width="64%">


<p>fast integer</p></td>
<td width="2%">
</td></tr>
<tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="26%"></td>
<td width="2%">


<p>2</p></td>
<td width="6%"></td>
<td width="64%">


<p>accurate integer</p></td>
<td width="2%">
</td></tr>
<tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="26%"></td>
<td width="2%">


<p>3</p></td>
<td width="6%"></td>
<td width="64%">


<p>MMX</p></td>
<td width="2%">
</td></tr>
<tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="26%"></td>
<td width="2%">


<p>4</p></td>
<td width="6%"></td>
<td width="64%">


<p>mlib</p></td>
<td width="2%">
</td></tr>
<tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="26%"></td>
<td width="2%">


<p>5</p></td>
<td width="6%"></td>
<td width="64%">


<p>AltiVec</p></td>
<td width="2%">
</td></tr>
<tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="26%"></td>
<td width="2%">


<p>6</p></td>
<td width="6%"></td>
<td width="64%">


<p>floating point AAN</p></td>
<td width="2%">
</td></tr>
</tbody></table>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>idct=&lt;0−99&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">IDCT algorithm <i><br>
NOTE:</i> To the best of our knowledge all these IDCTs do
pass the IEEE1180 tests.</p>

<table rules="none" frame="void" border="0" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" width="100%">
<tbody><tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="26%"></td>
<td width="3%">


<p>0</p></td>
<td width="5%"></td>
<td width="66%">


<p>Automatically select a good one (default).</p></td></tr>
<tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="26%"></td>
<td width="3%">


<p>1</p></td>
<td width="5%"></td>
<td width="66%">


<p>JPEG reference integer</p></td></tr>
<tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="26%"></td>
<td width="3%">


<p>2</p></td>
<td width="5%"></td>
<td width="66%">


<p>simple</p></td></tr>
<tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="26%"></td>
<td width="3%">


<p>3</p></td>
<td width="5%"></td>
<td width="66%">


<p>simplemmx</p></td></tr>
<tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="26%"></td>
<td width="3%">


<p>4</p></td>
<td width="5%"></td>
<td width="66%">


<p>libmpeg2mmx (inaccurate, do not use for encoding with
keyint &gt;100)</p></td></tr>
<tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="26%"></td>
<td width="3%">


<p>5</p></td>
<td width="5%"></td>
<td width="66%">


<p>ps2</p></td></tr>
<tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="26%"></td>
<td width="3%">


<p>6</p></td>
<td width="5%"></td>
<td width="66%">


<p>mlib</p></td></tr>
<tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="26%"></td>
<td width="3%">


<p>7</p></td>
<td width="5%"></td>
<td width="66%">


<p>arm</p></td></tr>
<tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="26%"></td>
<td width="3%">


<p>8</p></td>
<td width="5%"></td>
<td width="66%">


<p>AltiVec</p></td></tr>
<tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="26%"></td>
<td width="3%">


<p>9</p></td>
<td width="5%"></td>
<td width="66%">


<p>sh4</p></td></tr>
<tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="26%"></td>
<td width="3%">


<p>10</p></td>
<td width="5%"></td>
<td width="66%">


<p>simplearm</p></td></tr>
<tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="26%"></td>
<td width="3%">


<p>11</p></td>
<td width="5%"></td>
<td width="66%">


<p>H.264</p></td></tr>
<tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="26%"></td>
<td width="3%">


<p>12</p></td>
<td width="5%"></td>
<td width="66%">


<p>VP3</p></td></tr>
<tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="26%"></td>
<td width="3%">


<p>13</p></td>
<td width="5%"></td>
<td width="66%">


<p>IPP</p></td></tr>
<tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="26%"></td>
<td width="3%">


<p>14</p></td>
<td width="5%"></td>
<td width="66%">


<p>xvidmmx</p></td></tr>
<tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="26%"></td>
<td width="3%">


<p>15</p></td>
<td width="5%"></td>
<td width="66%">


<p>CAVS</p></td></tr>
<tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="26%"></td>
<td width="3%">


<p>16</p></td>
<td width="5%"></td>
<td width="66%">


<p>simplearmv5te</p></td></tr>
<tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="26%"></td>
<td width="3%">


<p>17</p></td>
<td width="5%"></td>
<td width="66%">


<p>simplearmv6</p></td></tr>
</tbody></table>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>lumi_mask=&lt;0.0−1.0&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Luminance masking is a
’psychosensory’ setting that is supposed to make
use of the fact that the human eye tends to notice fewer
details in very bright parts of the picture. Luminance
masking compresses bright areas stronger than medium ones,
so it will save bits that can be spent again on other
frames, raising overall subjective quality, while possibly
reducing PSNR. <i><br>
WARNING:</i> Be careful, overly large values can cause
disastrous things. <i><br>
WARNING:</i> Large values might look good on some monitors
but may look horrible on other monitors.</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">0.0&nbsp;&nbsp;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">disabled (default)</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">0.0−0.3</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">sane range</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>dark_mask=&lt;0.0−1.0&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Darkness masking is a
’psychosensory’ setting that is supposed to make
use of the fact that the human eye tends to notice fewer
details in very dark parts of the picture. Darkness masking
compresses dark areas stronger than medium ones, so it will
save bits that can be spent again on other frames, raising
overall subjective quality, while possibly reducing PSNR.
<i><br>
WARNING:</i> Be careful, overly large values can cause
disastrous things. <i><br>
WARNING:</i> Large values might look good on some monitors
but may look horrible on other monitors / TV / TFT.</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">0.0&nbsp;&nbsp;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">disabled (default)</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">0.0−0.3</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">sane range</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>tcplx_mask=&lt;0.0−1.0&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Temporal complexity masking
(default: 0.0 (disabled)). Imagine a scene with a bird
flying across the whole scene; tcplx_mask will raise the
quantizers of the bird’s macroblocks (thus decreasing
their quality), as the human eye usually does not have time
to see all the bird’s details. Be warned that if the
masked object stops (e.g. the bird lands) it is likely to
look horrible for a short period of time, until the encoder
figures out that the object is not moving and needs refined
blocks. The saved bits will be spent on other parts of the
video, which may increase subjective quality, provided that
tcplx_mask is carefully chosen.</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>scplx_mask=&lt;0.0−1.0&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Spatial complexity masking.
Larger values help against blockiness, if no deblocking
filter is used for decoding, which is maybe not a good idea.
<br>
Imagine a scene with grass (which usually has great spatial
complexity), a blue sky and a house; scplx_mask will raise
the quantizers of the grass’ macroblocks, thus
decreasing its quality, in order to spend more bits on the
sky and the house. <i><br>
HINT:</i> Crop any black borders completely as they will
reduce the quality of the macroblocks (also applies without
scplx_mask).</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">0.0&nbsp;&nbsp;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">disabled (default)</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">0.0−0.5</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">sane range</p>

<p style="margin-left:22%; margin-top: 1em"><i>NOTE:</i>
This setting does not have the same effect as using a custom
matrix that would compress high frequencies harder, as
scplx_mask will reduce the quality of P blocks even if only
DC is changing. The result of scplx_mask will probably not
look as good.</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>p_mask=&lt;0.0−1.0&gt;
(also see vi_qfactor)</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Reduces the quality of inter
blocks. This is equivalent to increasing the quality of
intra blocks, because the same average bitrate will be
distributed by the rate controller to the whole video
sequence (default: 0.0 (disabled)). p_mask=1.0 doubles the
bits allocated to each intra block.</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>border_mask=&lt;0.0−1.0&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">border-processing for
MPEG-style encoders. Border processing increases the
quantizer for macroblocks which are less than 1/5th of the
frame width/height away from the frame border, since they
are often visually less important.</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>naq&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Normalize adaptive quantization
(experimental). When using adaptive quantization (*_mask),
the average per-MB quantizer may no longer match the
requested frame-level quantizer. Naq will attempt to adjust
the per-MB quantizers to maintain the proper average.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>ildct&nbsp;&nbsp;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Use interlaced DCT.</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>ilme&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Use interlaced motion
estimation (mutually exclusive with qpel).</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>alt&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Use alternative scantable.</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>top=&lt;−1−1&gt;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;</b></p>

<table rules="none" frame="void" border="0" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" width="100%">
<tbody><tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="26%"></td>
<td width="3%">


<p>−1</p></td>
<td width="5%"></td>
<td width="28%">


<p>automatic</p></td>
<td width="38%">
</td></tr>
<tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="26%"></td>
<td width="3%">


<p>0</p></td>
<td width="5%"></td>
<td width="28%">


<p>bottom field first</p></td>
<td width="38%">
</td></tr>
<tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="26%"></td>
<td width="3%">


<p>1</p></td>
<td width="5%"></td>
<td width="28%">


<p>top field first</p></td>
<td width="38%">
</td></tr>
</tbody></table>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>format=&lt;value&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">YV12&nbsp;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">default</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">444P&nbsp;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">for ffv1</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">422P&nbsp;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">for HuffYUV, lossless JPEG, dv
and ffv1</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">411P&nbsp;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">for lossless JPEG, dv and
ffv1</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">YVU9&nbsp;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">for lossless JPEG, ffv1 and
svq1</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">BGR32</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">for lossless JPEG and ffv1</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>pred&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">(for HuffYUV)</p>

<table rules="none" frame="void" border="0" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" width="100%">
<tbody><tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="26%"></td>
<td width="2%">


<p>0</p></td>
<td width="6%"></td>
<td width="38%">


<p>left prediction</p></td>
<td width="28%">
</td></tr>
<tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="26%"></td>
<td width="2%">


<p>1</p></td>
<td width="6%"></td>
<td width="38%">


<p>plane/gradient prediction</p></td>
<td width="28%">
</td></tr>
<tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="26%"></td>
<td width="2%">


<p>2</p></td>
<td width="6%"></td>
<td width="38%">


<p>median prediction</p></td>
<td width="28%">
</td></tr>
</tbody></table>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>pred&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">(for lossless JPEG)</p>

<table rules="none" frame="void" border="0" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" width="100%">
<tbody><tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="26%"></td>
<td width="2%">


<p>0</p></td>
<td width="6%"></td>
<td width="38%">


<p>left prediction</p></td>
<td width="28%">
</td></tr>
<tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="26%"></td>
<td width="2%">


<p>1</p></td>
<td width="6%"></td>
<td width="38%">


<p>top prediction</p></td>
<td width="28%">
</td></tr>
<tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="26%"></td>
<td width="2%">


<p>2</p></td>
<td width="6%"></td>
<td width="38%">


<p>topleft prediction</p></td>
<td width="28%">
</td></tr>
<tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="26%"></td>
<td width="2%">


<p>3</p></td>
<td width="6%"></td>
<td width="38%">


<p>plane/gradient prediction</p></td>
<td width="28%">
</td></tr>
<tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="26%"></td>
<td width="2%">


<p>6</p></td>
<td width="6%"></td>
<td width="38%">


<p>mean prediction</p></td>
<td width="28%">
</td></tr>
</tbody></table>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>coder&nbsp;&nbsp;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">(for ffv1)</p>

<table rules="none" frame="void" border="0" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" width="100%">
<tbody><tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="26%"></td>
<td width="2%">


<p>0</p></td>
<td width="6%"></td>
<td width="38%">


<p>vlc coding (Golomb-Rice)</p></td>
<td width="28%">
</td></tr>
<tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="26%"></td>
<td width="2%">


<p>1</p></td>
<td width="6%"></td>
<td width="38%">


<p>arithmetic coding (CABAC)</p></td>
<td width="28%">
</td></tr>
</tbody></table>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>context</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">(for ffv1)</p>

<table rules="none" frame="void" border="0" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" width="100%">
<tbody><tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="26%"></td>
<td width="2%">


<p>0</p></td>
<td width="6%"></td>
<td width="29%">


<p>small context model</p></td>
<td width="37%">
</td></tr>
<tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="26%"></td>
<td width="2%">


<p>1</p></td>
<td width="6%"></td>
<td width="29%">


<p>large context model</p></td>
<td width="37%">
</td></tr>
</tbody></table>

<p style="margin-left:22%; margin-top: 1em">(for
ffvhuff)</p>

<table rules="none" frame="void" border="0" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" width="100%">
<tbody><tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="26%"></td>
<td width="2%">


<p style="margin-top: 1em">0</p></td>
<td width="6%"></td>
<td width="66%">


<p style="margin-top: 1em">predetermined Huffman tables
(builtin or two pass)</p></td></tr>
<tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="26%"></td>
<td width="2%">


<p>1</p></td>
<td width="6%"></td>
<td width="66%">


<p>adaptive Huffman tables</p></td></tr>
</tbody></table>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>qpel&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Use quarter pel motion
compensation (mutually exclusive with ilme). <i><br>
HINT:</i> This seems only useful for high bitrate
encodings.</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>mbcmp=&lt;0−2000&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Sets the comparison function
for the macroblock decision, has only an effect if mbd=0.
This is also used for some motion search functions, in which
case it has an effect regardless of mbd setting.</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">0 (SAD)</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">sum of absolute differences,
fast (default)</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">1 (SSE)</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">sum of squared errors</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">2 (SATD)</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">sum of absolute Hadamard
transformed differences</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">3 (DCT)</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">sum of absolute DCT transformed
differences</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">4 (PSNR)</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">sum of squared quantization
errors (avoid, low quality)</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">5 (BIT)</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">number of bits needed for the
block</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">6 (RD)</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">rate distortion optimal,
slow</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">7 (ZERO)</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">0</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">8 (VSAD)</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">sum of absolute vertical
differences</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">9 (VSSE)</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">sum of squared vertical
differences</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">10 (NSSE)</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">noise preserving sum of squared
differences</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">11 (W53)</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">5/3 wavelet, only used in
snow</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">12 (W97)</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">9/7 wavelet, only used in
snow</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">+256&nbsp;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Also use chroma, currently does
not work (correctly) with B-frames.</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>ildctcmp=&lt;0−2000&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Sets the comparison function
for interlaced DCT decision (see mbcmp for available
comparison functions).</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>precmp=&lt;0−2000&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Sets the comparison function
for motion estimation pre pass (see mbcmp for available
comparison functions) (default: 0).</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>cmp=&lt;0−2000&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Sets the comparison function
for full pel motion estimation (see mbcmp for available
comparison functions) (default: 0).</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>subcmp=&lt;0−2000&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Sets the comparison function
for sub pel motion estimation (see mbcmp for available
comparison functions) (default: 0).</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>skipcmp=&lt;0−2000&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">FIXME: Document this.</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>nssew=&lt;0−1000000&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">This setting controls NSSE
weight, where larger weights will result in more noise. 0
NSSE is identical to SSE You may find this useful if you
prefer to keep some noise in your encoded video rather than
filtering it away before encoding (default: 8).</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>predia=&lt;−99−6&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">diamond type and size for
motion estimation pre-pass</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>dia=&lt;−99−6&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Diamond type &amp; size for
motion estimation. Motion search is an iterative process.
Using a small diamond does not limit the search to finding
only small motion vectors. It is just somewhat more likely
to stop before finding the very best motion vector,
especially when noise is involved. Bigger diamonds allow a
wider search for the best motion vector, thus are slower but
result in better quality. <br>
Big normal diamonds are better quality than shape-adaptive
diamonds. <br>
Shape-adaptive diamonds are a good tradeoff between speed
and quality. <i><br>
NOTE:</i> The sizes of the normal diamonds and shape
adaptive ones do not have the same meaning.</p>

<table rules="none" frame="void" border="0" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" width="100%">
<tbody><tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="26%"></td>
<td width="3%">


<p>−3</p></td>
<td width="5%"></td>
<td width="66%">


<p>shape adaptive (fast) diamond with size 3</p></td></tr>
<tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="26%"></td>
<td width="3%">


<p>−2</p></td>
<td width="5%"></td>
<td width="66%">


<p>shape adaptive (fast) diamond with size 2</p></td></tr>
<tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="26%"></td>
<td width="3%">


<p>−1</p></td>
<td width="5%"></td>
<td width="66%">


<p>uneven multi-hexagon search (slow)</p></td></tr>
<tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="26%"></td>
<td width="3%">


<p>1</p></td>
<td width="5%"></td>
<td width="66%">


<p>normal size=1 diamond (default) =EPZS type diamond</p></td></tr>
</tbody></table>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">0 <br>
000 <br>
0</p>

<table rules="none" frame="void" border="0" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" width="100%">
<tbody><tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="26%"></td>
<td width="2%">


<p style="margin-top: 1em">2</p></td>
<td width="6%"></td>
<td width="32%">


<p style="margin-top: 1em">normal size=2 diamond</p></td>
<td width="34%">
</td></tr>
</tbody></table>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">0 <br>
000 <br>
00000 <br>
000 <br>
0</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>trell&nbsp;&nbsp;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Trellis searched quantization.
This will find the optimal encoding for each 8x8 block.
Trellis searched quantization is quite simply an optimal
quantization in the PSNR versus bitrate sense (Assuming that
there would be no rounding errors introduced by the IDCT,
which is obviously not the case.). It simply finds a block
for the minimum of error and lambda*bits.</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">lambda</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">quantization parameter (QP)
dependent constant</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">bits&nbsp;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">amount of bits needed to encode
the block</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">error</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">sum of squared errors of the
quantization</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>cbp&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Rate distorted optimal coded
block pattern. Will select the coded block pattern which
minimizes distortion + lambda*rate. This can only be used
together with trellis quantization.</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>mv0&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Try to encode each MB with
MV=&lt;0,0&gt; and choose the better one. This has no effect
if mbd=0.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>mv0_threshold=&lt;any
non-negative integer&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">When surrounding motion vectors
are &lt;0,0&gt; and the motion estimation score of the
current block is less than mv0_threshold, &lt;0,0&gt; is
used for the motion vector and further motion estimation is
skipped (default: 256). Lowering mv0_threshold to 0 can give
a slight (0.01dB) PSNR increase and possibly make the
encoded video look slightly better; raising mv0_threshold
past 320 results in diminished PSNR and visual quality.
Higher values speed up encoding very slightly (usually less
than 1%, depending on the other options used). <i><br>
NOTE:</i> This option does not require mv0 to be
enabled.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>qprd (mbd=2 only)</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">rate distorted optimal
quantization parameter (QP) for the given lambda of each
macroblock</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>last_pred=&lt;0−99&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">amount of motion predictors
from the previous frame</p>

<table rules="none" frame="void" border="0" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" width="100%">
<tbody><tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="26%"></td>
<td width="2%">


<p>0</p></td>
<td width="6%"></td>
<td width="66%">


<p>(default)</p></td></tr>
<tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="26%"></td>
<td width="2%">


<p>a</p></td>
<td width="6%"></td>
<td width="66%">


<p>Will use 2a+1 x 2a+1 macroblock square of motion vector
predictors from the previous frame.</p></td></tr>
</tbody></table>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>preme=&lt;0−2&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">motion estimation pre-pass</p>

<table rules="none" frame="void" border="0" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" width="100%">
<tbody><tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="26%"></td>
<td width="2%">


<p>0</p></td>
<td width="6%"></td>
<td width="44%">


<p>disabled</p></td>
<td width="22%">
</td></tr>
<tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="26%"></td>
<td width="2%">


<p>1</p></td>
<td width="6%"></td>
<td width="44%">


<p>only after I-frames (default)</p></td>
<td width="22%">
</td></tr>
<tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="26%"></td>
<td width="2%">


<p>2</p></td>
<td width="6%"></td>
<td width="44%">


<p>always</p></td>
<td width="22%">
</td></tr>
</tbody></table>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>subq=&lt;1−8&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">subpel refinement quality (for
qpel) (default: 8 (high quality)) <i><br>
NOTE:</i> This has a significant effect on speed.</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>refs=&lt;1−8&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">number of reference frames to
consider for motion compensation (Snow only) (default:
1)</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>psnr&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">print the PSNR (peak signal to
noise ratio) for the whole video after encoding and store
the per frame PSNR in a file with a name like
’psnr_hhmmss.log’. Returned values are in dB
(decibel), the higher the better.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>mpeg_quant</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Use MPEG quantizers instead of
H.263.</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>aic&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Enable AC prediction for MPEG-4
or advanced intra prediction for H.263+. This will improve
quality very slightly (around 0.02 dB PSNR) and slow down
encoding very slightly (about 1%). <i><br>
NOTE:</i> vqmin should be 8 or larger for H.263+ AIC.</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>aiv&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">alternative inter vlc for
H.263+</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>umv&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">unlimited MVs (H.263+ only)
Allows encoding of arbitrarily long MVs.</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>ibias=&lt;−256−256&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">intra quantizer bias (256
equals 1.0, MPEG style quantizer default: 96, H.263 style
quantizer default: 0) <i><br>
NOTE:</i> The H.263 MMX quantizer cannot handle positive
biases (set vfdct=1 or 2), the MPEG MMX quantizer cannot
handle negative biases (set vfdct=1 or 2).</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>pbias=&lt;−256−256&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">inter quantizer bias (256
equals 1.0, MPEG style quantizer default: 0, H.263 style
quantizer default: −64) <i><br>
NOTE:</i> The H.263 MMX quantizer cannot handle positive
biases (set vfdct=1 or 2), the MPEG MMX quantizer cannot
handle negative biases (set vfdct=1 or 2). <i><br>
HINT:</i> A more positive bias (−32 − −16
instead of −64) seems to improve the PSNR.</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>nr=&lt;0−100000&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Noise reduction, 0 means
disabled. 0−600 is a useful range for typical content,
but you may want to turn it up a bit more for very noisy
content (default: 0). Given its small impact on speed, you
might want to prefer to use this over filtering noise away
with video filters like denoise3d or hqdn3d.</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>qns=&lt;0−3&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Quantizer noise shaping. Rather
than choosing quantization to most closely match the source
video in the PSNR sense, it chooses quantization such that
noise (usually ringing) will be masked by similar-frequency
content in the image. Larger values are slower but may not
result in better quality. This can and should be used
together with trellis quantization, in which case the
trellis quantization (optimal for constant weight) will be
used as startpoint for the iterative search.</p>

<table rules="none" frame="void" border="0" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" width="100%">
<tbody><tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="26%"></td>
<td width="2%">


<p>0</p></td>
<td width="6%"></td>
<td width="66%">


<p>disabled (default)</p></td></tr>
<tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="26%"></td>
<td width="2%">


<p>1</p></td>
<td width="6%"></td>
<td width="66%">


<p>Only lower the absolute value of coefficients.</p></td></tr>
<tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="26%"></td>
<td width="2%">


<p>2</p></td>
<td width="6%"></td>
<td width="66%">


<p>Only change coefficients before the last non-zero
coefficient + 1.</p></td></tr>
<tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="26%"></td>
<td width="2%">


<p>3</p></td>
<td width="6%"></td>
<td width="66%">


<p>Try all.</p></td></tr>
</tbody></table>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>inter_matrix=&lt;comma
separated matrix&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Use custom inter matrix. It
needs a comma separated string of 64 integers.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>intra_matrix=&lt;comma
separated matrix&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Use custom intra matrix. It
needs a comma separated string of 64 integers.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>vqmod_amp</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">experimental quantizer
modulation</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>vqmod_freq</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">experimental quantizer
modulation</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>dc&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">intra DC precision in bits
(default: 8). If you specify vcodec=mpeg2video this value
can be 8, 9, 10 or 11.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>cgop (also see
sc_threshold)</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Close all GOPs. Currently it
only works if scene change detection is disabled
(sc_threshold=1000000000).</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>gmc&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Enable Global Motion
Compensation.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>(no)lowdelay</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Sets the low delay flag for
MPEG-1/2 (disables B-frames).</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>vglobal=&lt;0−3&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Control writing global video
headers.</p>

<table rules="none" frame="void" border="0" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" width="100%">
<tbody><tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="26%"></td>
<td width="2%">


<p>0</p></td>
<td width="6%"></td>
<td width="66%">


<p>Codec decides where to write global headers
(default).</p> </td></tr>
<tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="26%"></td>
<td width="2%">


<p>1</p></td>
<td width="6%"></td>
<td width="66%">


<p>Write global headers only in extradata (needed for
.mp4/MOV/NUT).</p> </td></tr>
<tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="26%"></td>
<td width="2%">


<p>2</p></td>
<td width="6%"></td>
<td width="66%">


<p>Write global headers only in front of keyframes.</p></td></tr>
<tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="26%"></td>
<td width="2%">


<p>3</p></td>
<td width="6%"></td>
<td width="66%">


<p>Combine 1 and 2.</p></td></tr>
</tbody></table>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>aglobal=&lt;0−3&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Same as vglobal for audio
headers.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>level=&lt;value&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Set CodecContext Level. Use 31
or 41 to play video on a Playstation 3.</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>skip_exp=&lt;0−1000000&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">FIXME: Document this.</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>skip_factor=&lt;0−1000000&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">FIXME: Document this.</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>skip_threshold=&lt;0−1000000&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">FIXME: Document this.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%; margin-top: 1em"><b>nuv
(−nuvopts)</b> <br>
Nuppel video is based on RTJPEG and LZO. By default frames
are first encoded with RTJPEG and then compressed with LZO,
but it is possible to disable either or both of the two
passes. As a result, you can in fact output raw i420, LZO
compressed i420, RTJPEG, or the default LZO compressed
RTJPEG. <i><br>
NOTE:</i> The nuvrec documentation contains some advice and
examples about the settings to use for the most common TV
encodings. <b><br>
c=&lt;0−20&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">chrominance threshold (default:
1)</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>l=&lt;0−20&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">luminance threshold (default:
1)</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>lzo&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Enable LZO compression
(default).</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>nolzo&nbsp;&nbsp;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Disable LZO compression.</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>q=&lt;3−255&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">quality level (default:
255)</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>raw
&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Disable RTJPEG encoding.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>rtjpeg&nbsp;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Enable RTJPEG encoding
(default).</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%; margin-top: 1em"><b>xvidenc
(−xvidencopts)</b> <br>
There are three modes available: constant bitrate (CBR),
fixed quantizer and two pass. <b><br>
pass=&lt;1|2&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Specify the pass in two pass
mode.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>turbo (two pass
only)</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Dramatically speeds up pass one
using faster algorithms and disabling CPU-intensive options.
This will probably reduce global PSNR a little bit and
change individual frame type and PSNR a little bit more.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>bitrate=&lt;value&gt; (CBR
or two pass mode)</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Sets the bitrate to be used in
kbits/second if &lt;16000 or in bits/second if &gt;16000. If
&lt;value&gt; is negative, Xvid will use its absolute value
as the target size (in kBytes) of the video and compute the
associated bitrate automagically (default: 687 kbits/s).</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>fixed_quant=&lt;1−31&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Switch to fixed quantizer mode
and specify the quantizer to be used.</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>zones=&lt;zone0&gt;[/&lt;zone1&gt;[/...]]
(CBR or two pass mode)</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">User specified quality for
specific parts (ending, credits, ...). Each zone is
&lt;start-frame&gt;,&lt;mode&gt;,&lt;value&gt; where
&lt;mode&gt; may be</p>

<table rules="none" frame="void" border="0" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" width="100%">
<tbody><tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="26%"></td>
<td width="2%">


<p>q</p></td>
<td width="6%"></td>
<td width="66%">


<p>Constant quantizer override, where
value=&lt;2.0−31.0&gt; represents the quantizer
value.</p> </td></tr>
<tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="26%"></td>
<td width="2%">


<p>w</p></td>
<td width="6%"></td>
<td width="66%">


<p>Ratecontrol weight override, where
value=&lt;0.01−2.00&gt; represents the quality
correction in %.</p></td></tr>
</tbody></table>


<p style="margin-left:22%; margin-top: 1em"><i>EXAMPLE:</i></p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">zones=90000,q,20</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Encodes all frames starting
with frame 90000 at constant quantizer 20.</p>


<p style="margin-left:26%;">zones=0,w,0.1/10001,w,1.0/90000,q,20</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Encode frames 0−10000 at
10% bitrate, encode frames 90000 up to the end at constant
quantizer 20. Note that the second zone is needed to delimit
the first zone, as without it everything up until frame
89999 would be encoded at 10% bitrate.</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>me_quality=&lt;0−6&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">This option controls the motion
estimation subsystem. The higher the value, the more precise
the estimation should be (default: 6). The more precise the
motion estimation is, the more bits can be saved. Precision
is gained at the expense of CPU time so decrease this
setting if you need realtime encoding.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>(no)qpel</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">MPEG-4 uses a half pixel
precision for its motion search by default. The standard
proposes a mode where encoders are allowed to use quarter
pixel precision. This option usually results in a sharper
image. Unfortunately it has a great impact on bitrate and
sometimes the higher bitrate use will prevent it from giving
a better image quality at a fixed bitrate. It is better to
test with and without this option and see whether it is
worth activating.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>(no)gmc</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Enable Global Motion
Compensation, which makes Xvid generate special frames
(GMC-frames) which are well suited for Pan/Zoom/ Rotating
images. Whether or not the use of this option will save bits
is highly dependent on the source material.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>(no)trellis</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Trellis Quantization is a kind
of adaptive quantization method that saves bits by modifying
quantized coefficients to make them more compressible by the
entropy encoder. Its impact on quality is good, and if VHQ
uses too much CPU for you, this setting can be a good
alternative to save a few bits (and gain quality at fixed
bitrate) at a lesser cost than with VHQ (default: on).</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>(no)cartoon</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Activate this if your encoded
sequence is an anime/cartoon. It modifies some Xvid internal
thresholds so Xvid takes better decisions on frame types and
motion vectors for flat looking cartoons.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>(no)chroma_me</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">The usual motion estimation
algorithm uses only the luminance information to find the
best motion vector. However for some video material, using
the chroma planes can help find better vectors. This setting
toggles the use of chroma planes for motion estimation
(default: on).</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>(no)chroma_opt</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Enable a chroma optimizer
prefilter. It will do some extra magic on color information
to minimize the stepped-stairs effect on edges. It will
improve quality at the cost of encoding speed. It reduces
PSNR by nature, as the mathematical deviation to the
original picture will get bigger, but the subjective image
quality will raise. Since it works with color information,
you might want to turn it off when encoding in
grayscale.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>(no)hq_ac</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Activates high-quality
prediction of AC coefficients for intra frames from neighbor
blocks (default: on).</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>vhq=&lt;0−4&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">The motion search algorithm is
based on a search in the usual color domain and tries to
find a motion vector that minimizes the difference between
the reference frame and the encoded frame. With this setting
activated, Xvid will also use the frequency domain (DCT) to
search for a motion vector that minimizes not only the
spatial difference but also the encoding length of the
block. Fastest to slowest:</p>

<table rules="none" frame="void" border="0" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" width="100%">
<tbody><tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="26%"></td>
<td width="2%">


<p>0</p></td>
<td width="6%"></td>
<td width="61%">


<p>off</p></td>
<td width="5%">
</td></tr>
<tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="26%"></td>
<td width="2%">


<p>1</p></td>
<td width="6%"></td>
<td width="61%">


<p>mode decision (inter/intra MB) (default)</p></td>
<td width="5%">
</td></tr>
<tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="26%"></td>
<td width="2%">


<p>2</p></td>
<td width="6%"></td>
<td width="61%">


<p>limited search</p></td>
<td width="5%">
</td></tr>
<tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="26%"></td>
<td width="2%">


<p>3</p></td>
<td width="6%"></td>
<td width="61%">


<p>medium search</p></td>
<td width="5%">
</td></tr>
<tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="26%"></td>
<td width="2%">


<p>4</p></td>
<td width="6%"></td>
<td width="61%">


<p>wide search</p></td>
<td width="5%">
</td></tr>
</tbody></table>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>(no)lumi_mask</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Adaptive quantization allows
the macroblock quantizers to vary inside each frame. This is
a ’psychosensory’ setting that is supposed to
make use of the fact that the human eye tends to notice
fewer details in very bright and very dark parts of the
picture. It compresses those areas more strongly than medium
ones, which will save bits that can be spent again on other
frames, raising overall subjective quality and possibly
reducing PSNR.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>(no)grayscale</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Make Xvid discard chroma planes
so the encoded video is grayscale only. Note that this does
not speed up encoding, it just prevents chroma data from
being written in the last stage of encoding.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>(no)interlacing</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Encode the fields of interlaced
video material. Turn this option on for interlaced content.
<i><br>
NOTE:</i> Should you rescale the video, you would need an
interlace-aware resizer, which you can activate with
−vf scale=&lt;width&gt;:&lt;height&gt;:1.</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>min_iquant=&lt;0−31&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">minimum I-frame quantizer
(default: 2)</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>max_iquant=&lt;0−31&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">maximum I-frame quantizer
(default: 31)</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>min_pquant=&lt;0−31&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">minimum P-frame quantizer
(default: 2)</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>max_pquant=&lt;0−31&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">maximum P-frame quantizer
(default: 31)</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>min_bquant=&lt;0−31&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">minimum B-frame quantizer
(default: 2)</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>max_bquant=&lt;0−31&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">maximum B-frame quantizer
(default: 31)</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>min_key_interval=&lt;value&gt;
(two pass only)</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">minimum interval between
keyframes (default: 0)</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>max_key_interval=&lt;value&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">maximum interval between
keyframes (default: 10*fps)</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>quant_type=&lt;h263|mpeg&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Sets the type of quantizer to
use. For high bitrates, you will find that MPEG quantization
preserves more detail. For low bitrates, the smoothing of
H.263 will give you less block noise. When using custom
matrices, MPEG quantization <b>must</b> be used.</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>quant_intra_matrix=&lt;filename&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Load a custom intra matrix
file. You can build such a file with xvid4conf’s
matrix editor.</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>quant_inter_matrix=&lt;filename&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Load a custom inter matrix
file. You can build such a file with xvid4conf’s
matrix editor.</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>keyframe_boost=&lt;0−1000&gt;
(two pass mode only)</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Shift some bits from the pool
for other frame types to intra frames, thus improving
keyframe quality. This amount is an extra percentage, so a
value of 10 will give your keyframes 10% more bits than
normal (default: 0).</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>kfthreshold=&lt;value&gt;
(two pass mode only)</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Works together with
kfreduction. Determines the minimum distance below which you
consider that two frames are considered consecutive and
treated differently according to kfreduction (default:
10).</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>kfreduction=&lt;0−100&gt;
(two pass mode only)</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">The above two settings can be
used to adjust the size of keyframes that you consider too
close to the first (in a row). kfthreshold sets the range in
which keyframes are reduced, and kfreduction determines the
bitrate reduction they get. The last I-frame will get
treated normally (default: 30).</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>max_bframes=&lt;0−4&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Maximum number of B-frames to
put between I/P-frames (default: 2).</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>bquant_ratio=&lt;0−1000&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">quantizer ratio between B- and
non-B-frames, 150=1.50 (default: 150)</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>bquant_offset=&lt;−1000−1000&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">quantizer offset between B- and
non-B-frames, 100=1.00 (default: 100)</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>bf_threshold=&lt;−255−255&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">This setting allows you to
specify what priority to place on the use of B-frames. The
higher the value, the higher the probability of B-frames
being used (default: 0). Do not forget that B-frames usually
have a higher quantizer, and therefore aggressive production
of B-frames may cause worse visual quality.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>(no)closed_gop</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">This option tells Xvid to close
every GOP (Group Of Pictures bounded by two I-frames), which
makes GOPs independent from each other. This just implies
that the last frame of the GOP is either a P-frame or a
N-frame but not a B-frame. It is usually a good idea to turn
this option on (default: on).</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>(no)packed</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">This option is meant to solve
frame-order issues when encoding to container formats like
AVI that cannot cope with out-of-order frames. In practice,
most decoders (both software and hardware) are able to deal
with frame-order themselves, and may get confused when this
option is turned on, so you can safely leave if off, unless
you really know what you are doing. <i><br>
WARNING:</i> This will generate an illegal bitstream, and
will not be decodable by ISO-MPEG-4 decoders except
DivX/libavcodec/Xvid. <i><br>
WARNING:</i> This will also store a fake DivX version in the
file so the bug autodetection of some decoders might be
confused.</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>frame_drop_ratio=&lt;0−100&gt;
(max_bframes=0 only)</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">This setting allows the
creation of variable framerate video streams. The value of
the setting specifies a threshold under which, if the
difference of the following frame to the previous frame is
below or equal to this threshold, a frame gets not coded (a
so called n-vop is placed in the stream). On playback, when
reaching an n-vop the previous frame will be displayed.
<i><br>
WARNING:</i> Playing with this setting may result in a jerky
video, so use it at your own risks!</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>rc_reaction_delay_factor=&lt;value&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">This parameter controls the
number of frames the CBR rate controller will wait before
reacting to bitrate changes and compensating for them to
obtain a constant bitrate over an averaging range of
frames.</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>rc_averaging_period=&lt;value&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Real CBR is hard to achieve.
Depending on the video material, bitrate can be variable,
and hard to predict. Therefore Xvid uses an averaging period
for which it guarantees a given amount of bits (minus a
small variation). This settings expresses the "number
of frames" for which Xvid averages bitrate and tries to
achieve CBR.</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>rc_buffer=&lt;value&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">size of the rate control
buffer</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>curve_compression_high=&lt;0−100&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">This setting allows Xvid to
take a certain percentage of bits away from high bitrate
scenes and give them back to the bit reservoir. You could
also use this if you have a clip with so many bits allocated
to high-bitrate scenes that the low(er)-bitrate scenes start
to look bad (default: 0).</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>curve_compression_low=&lt;0−100&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">This setting allows Xvid to
give a certain percentage of extra bits to the low bitrate
scenes, taking a few bits from the entire clip. This might
come in handy if you have a few low-bitrate scenes that are
still blocky (default: 0).</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>overflow_control_strength=&lt;0−100&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">During pass one of two pass
encoding, a scaled bitrate curve is computed. The difference
between that expected curve and the result obtained during
encoding is called overflow. Obviously, the two pass rate
controller tries to compensate for that overflow,
distributing it over the next frames. This setting controls
how much of the overflow is distributed every time there is
a new frame. Low values allow lazy overflow control, big
rate bursts are compensated for more slowly (could lead to
lack of precision for small clips). Higher values will make
changes in bit redistribution more abrupt, possibly too
abrupt if you set it too high, creating artifacts (default:
5). <i><br>
NOTE:</i> This setting impacts quality a lot, play with it
carefully!</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>max_overflow_improvement=&lt;0−100&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">During the frame bit
allocation, overflow control may increase the frame size.
This parameter specifies the maximum percentage by which the
overflow control is allowed to increase the frame size,
compared to the ideal curve allocation (default: 5).</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>max_overflow_degradation=&lt;0−100&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">During the frame bit
allocation, overflow control may decrease the frame size.
This parameter specifies the maximum percentage by which the
overflow control is allowed to decrease the frame size,
compared to the ideal curve allocation (default: 5).</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>container_frame_overhead=&lt;0...&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Specifies a frame average
overhead per frame, in bytes. Most of the time users express
their target bitrate for video w/o taking care of the video
container overhead. This small but (mostly) constant
overhead can cause the target file size to be exceeded. Xvid
allows users to set the amount of overhead per frame the
container generates (give only an average per frame). 0 has
a special meaning, it lets Xvid use its own default values
(default: 24 − AVI average overhead).</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>profile=&lt;profile_name&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Restricts options and VBV (peak
bitrate over a short period) according to the Simple,
Advanced Simple and DivX profiles. The resulting videos
should be playable on standalone players adhering to these
profile specifications.</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">unrestricted</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">no restrictions (default)</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">sp0&nbsp;&nbsp;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">simple profile at level 0</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">sp1&nbsp;&nbsp;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">simple profile at level 1</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">sp2&nbsp;&nbsp;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">simple profile at level 2</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">sp3&nbsp;&nbsp;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">simple profile at level 3</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">sp4a&nbsp;&nbsp;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">simple profile at level 4a</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">sp5&nbsp;&nbsp;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">simple profile at level 5</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">sp6&nbsp;&nbsp;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">simple profile at level 6</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">asp0&nbsp;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">advanced simple profile at
level 0</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">asp1&nbsp;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">advanced simple profile at
level 1</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">asp2&nbsp;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">advanced simple profile at
level 2</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">asp3&nbsp;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">advanced simple profile at
level 3</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">asp4&nbsp;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">advanced simple profile at
level 4</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">asp5&nbsp;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">advanced simple profile at
level 5</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">dxnhandheld</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">DXN handheld profile</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">dxnportntsc</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">DXN portable NTSC profile</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">dxnportpal</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">DXN portable PAL profile</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">dxnhtntsc</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">DXN home theater NTSC
profile</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">dxnhtpal</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">DXN home theater PAL
profile</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">dxnhdtv</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">DXN HDTV profile</p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;"><i>NOTE:</i> These profiles
should be used in conjunction with an appropriate
−ffourcc. Generally DX50 is applicable, as some
players do not recognize Xvid but most recognize DivX.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>par=&lt;mode&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Specifies the Pixel Aspect
Ratio mode (not to be confused with DAR, the Display Aspect
Ratio). PAR is the ratio of the width and height of a single
pixel. So both are related like this: DAR = PAR *
(width/height). <br>
MPEG-4 defines 5 pixel aspect ratios and one extended one,
giving the opportunity to specify a specific pixel aspect
ratio. 5 standard modes can be specified:</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">vga11</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">It is the usual PAR for PC
content. Pixels are a square unit.</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">pal43</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">PAL standard 4:3 PAR. Pixels
are rectangles.</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">pal169</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">same as above</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">ntsc43</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">same as above</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">ntsc169</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">same as above (Do not forget to
give the exact ratio.)</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">ext&nbsp;&nbsp;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Allows you to specify your own
pixel aspect ratio with par_width and par_height.</p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;"><i>NOTE:</i> In general,
setting aspect and autoaspect options is enough.</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>par_width=&lt;1−255&gt;
(par=ext only)</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Specifies the width of the
custom pixel aspect ratio.</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>par_height=&lt;1−255&gt;
(par=ext only)</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Specifies the height of the
custom pixel aspect ratio.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>aspect=&lt;x/y | f (float
value)&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Store movie aspect internally,
just like MPEG files. Much nicer solution than rescaling,
because quality is not decreased. MPlayer and a few others
players will play these files correctly, others will display
them with the wrong aspect. The aspect parameter can be
given as a ratio or a floating point number.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>(no)autoaspect</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Same as the aspect option, but
automatically computes aspect, taking into account all the
adjustments (crop/expand/scale/etc.) made in the filter
chain.</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>psnr&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Print the PSNR (peak signal to
noise ratio) for the whole video after encoding and store
the per frame PSNR in a file with a name like
’psnr_hhmmss.log’ in the current directory.
Returned values are in dB (decibel), the higher the
better.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>debug&nbsp;&nbsp;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Save per-frame statistics in
./xvid.dbg. (This is not the two pass control file.)</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%; margin-top: 1em">The following
options are only available in Xvid 1.1.x and later. <b><br>
bvhq=&lt;0|1&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">This setting allows vector
candidates for B-frames to be used for the encoding chosen
using a rate distortion optimized operator, which is what is
done for P-frames by the vhq option. This produces
nicer-looking B-frames while incurring almost no performance
penalty (default: 1).</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>vbv_bufsize=&lt;0...&gt;
(two pass mode only)</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Specify the video buffering
verifier (VBV) buffer size in bits (default: 0 − VBV
check disabled). VBV allows restricting peak bitrate to make
the video play properly on hardware players. For example,
the Home profile uses vbv_bufsize=3145728. If you set
vbv_bufsize you should set also vbv_maxrate. Note that there
is no vbv_peakrate because Xvid does not actually use it for
bitrate controlling; the other VBV options are enough to
restrict the peak bitrate.</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>vbv_initial=&lt;0...vbv_bufsize&gt;
(two pass mode only)</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Specify the initial fill of the
VBV buffer in bits (default: 75% of vbv_bufsize). The
default is probably what you want.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>vbv_maxrate=&lt;0...&gt;
(two pass mode only)</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Specify the maximum processing
rate in bits/s (default: 0). For example, the Home profile
uses vbv_maxrate=4854000.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%; margin-top: 1em">The following
option is only available in Xvid 1.2.x and later. <b><br>
threads=&lt;0−n&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Create n threads to run the
motion estimation (default: 0). The maximum number of
threads that can be used is the picture height divided by
16.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%; margin-top: 1em"><b>x264enc
(−x264encopts) <br>
bitrate=&lt;value&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Sets the average bitrate to be
used in kbits/second (default: off). Since local bitrate may
vary, this average may be inaccurate for very short videos
(see ratetol). Constant bitrate can be achieved by combining
this with vbv_maxrate, at significant reduction in
quality.</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>qp=&lt;0−51&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">This selects the quantizer to
use for P-frames. I- and B-frames are offset from this value
by ip_factor and pb_factor, respectively. 20−40 is a
useful range. Lower values result in better fidelity, but
higher bitrates. 0 is lossless. Note that quantization in
H.264 works differently from MPEG-1/2/4: H.264’s
quantization parameter (QP) is on a logarithmic scale. The
mapping is approximately H264QP = 12 + 6*log2(MPEGQP). For
example, MPEG at QP=2 is equivalent to H.264 at QP=18.
Generally, this option should be avoided and crf should be
used instead as crf will yield better visual results for the
same size.</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>crf=&lt;1.0−50.0&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Enables constant quality mode,
and selects the quality. The scale is similar to QP. Like
the bitrate-based modes, this allows each frame to use a
different QP based on the frame’s complexity. This
option should generally be used instead of qp.</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>pass=&lt;1−3&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Enable 2 or 3-pass mode. It is
recommended to always encode in 2 or 3-pass mode as it leads
to a better bit distribution and improves overall
quality.</p>

<table rules="none" frame="void" border="0" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" width="100%">
<tbody><tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="26%"></td>
<td width="2%">


<p>1</p></td>
<td width="6%"></td>
<td width="66%">


<p>first pass</p></td></tr>
<tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="26%"></td>
<td width="2%">


<p>2</p></td>
<td width="6%"></td>
<td width="66%">


<p>second pass (of two pass encoding)</p></td></tr>
<tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="26%"></td>
<td width="2%">


<p>3</p></td>
<td width="6%"></td>
<td width="66%">


<p>Nth pass (second and third passes of three pass
encoding)</p> </td></tr>
</tbody></table>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Here is how it works, and how
to use it: <br>
The first pass (pass=1) collects statistics on the video and
writes them to a file. You might want to deactivate some
CPU-hungry options, apart from the ones that are on by
default. <br>
In two pass mode, the second pass (pass=2) reads the
statistics file and bases ratecontrol decisions on it. <br>
In three pass mode, the second pass (pass=3, that is not a
typo) does both: It first reads the statistics, then
overwrites them. You can use all encoding options, except
very CPU-hungry options. <br>
The third pass (pass=3) is the same as the second pass,
except that it has the second pass’ statistics to work
from. You can use all encoding options, including CPU-hungry
ones. <br>
The first pass may use either average bitrate or constant
quantizer. ABR is recommended, since it does not require
guessing a quantizer. Subsequent passes are ABR, and must
specify bitrate.</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>profile=&lt;name&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Constrain options to be
compatible with an H.264 profile.</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">baseline</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">no8x8dct bframes=0 nocabac
cqm=flat weightp=0 nointerlaced qp&gt;0</p>

<table rules="none" frame="void" border="0" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" width="100%">
<tbody><tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="26%"></td>
<td width="6%">


<p>main</p></td>
<td width="2%"></td>
<td width="34%">


<p>no8x8dct cqm=flat qp&gt;0</p></td>
<td width="32%">
</td></tr>
<tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="26%"></td>
<td width="6%">


<p>high</p></td>
<td width="2%"></td>
<td width="34%">


<p>qp&gt;0 (default)</p></td>
<td width="32%">
</td></tr>
</tbody></table>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>preset=&lt;name&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Use a preset to select encoding
settings.</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">ultrafast</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">no8x8dct aq_mode=0 b_adapt=0
bframes=0 nodeblock nombtree me=dia nomixed_refs
partitions=none ref=1 scenecut=0 subq=0 trellis=0 noweight_b
weightp=0</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">superfast</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">nombtree me=dia nomixed_refs
partitions=i8x8,i4x4 ref=1 subq=1 trellis=0 weightp=0</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">veryfast</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">nombtree nomixed_refs ref=1
subq=2 trellis=0 weightp=0</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">faster</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">nomixed_refs rc_lookahead=20
ref=5 subq=4 weightp=1</p>

<table rules="none" frame="void" border="0" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" width="100%">
<tbody><tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="26%"></td>
<td width="6%">


<p>fast</p></td>
<td width="2%"></td>
<td width="43%">


<p>rc_lookahead=30 ref=2 subq=6</p></td>
<td width="23%">
</td></tr>
</tbody></table>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">medium</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Default settings apply.</p>

<table rules="none" frame="void" border="0" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" width="100%">
<tbody><tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="26%"></td>
<td width="6%">


<p>slow</p></td>
<td width="2%"></td>
<td width="66%">


<p>b_adapt=2 direct=auto me=umh rc_lookahead=50 ref=5
subq=8</p> </td></tr>
</tbody></table>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">slower</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">b_adapt=2 direct=auto me=umh
partitions=all rc_lookahead=60 ref=8 subq=9 trellis=2</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">veryslow</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">b_adapt=2 b_frames=8
direct=auto me=umh me_range=24 partitions=all ref=16 subq=10
trellis=2 rc_lookahead=60</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">placebo</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">bframes=16 b_adapt=2
direct=auto nofast_pskip me=tesa me_range=24 partitions=all
rc_lookahead=60 ref=16 subq=10 trellis=2</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>tune=&lt;name,[name,...]&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Tune the settings for a
particular type of source or situation. All tuned settings
are overridden by explicit user-settings. Multiple tunings
are separated by commas, but only one psy tuning can be used
at a time.</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">film (psy tuning)</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">deblock=-1,-1
psy-rd=&lt;unset&gt;,0.15</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">animation (psy tuning)</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">b_frames={+2} deblock=1,1
psy-rd=0.4:&lt;unset&gt; aq_strength=0.6 ref={double if
&gt;1 else 1}</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">grain (psy tuning)</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">aq_strength=0.5 nodct_decimate
deadzone_inter=6 deadzone_intra=6 deblock=-2,-2 ipratio=1.1
pbratio=1.1 psy-rd=&lt;unset&gt;,0.25 qcomp=0.8</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">stillimage (psy tuning)</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">aq_strength=1.2 deblock=-3,-3
psy-rd=2.0,0.7</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">psnr (psy tuning)</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">aq_mode=0 nopsy</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">ssim (psy tuning)</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">aq_mode=2 nopsy</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">fastdecode</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">nocabac nodeblock noweight_b
weightp=0</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">zerolatency</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">bframes=0 force_cfr
rc_lookahead=0 sync_lookahead=0 sliced_threads</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>slow_firstpass</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Disables the following faster
options with pass=1: no_8x8dct me=dia partitions=none ref=1
subq={2 if &gt;2 else unchanged} trellis=0 fast_pskip. These
settings significantly improve encoding speed while having
little or no impact on the quality of the final pass. <br>
This option is implied with preset=placebo.</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>keyint=&lt;value&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Sets maximum interval between
IDR-frames (default: 250). Larger values save bits, thus
improve quality, at the cost of seeking precision. Unlike
MPEG-1/2/4, H.264 does not suffer from DCT drift with large
values of keyint.</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>keyint_min=&lt;1−keyint/2&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Sets minimum interval between
IDR-frames (default: 25). If scenecuts appear within this
interval, they are still encoded as I-frames, but do not
start a new GOP. In H.264, I-frames do not necessarily bound
a closed GOP because it is allowable for a P-frame to be
predicted from more frames than just the one frame before it
(also see frameref). Therefore, I-frames are not necessarily
seekable. IDR-frames restrict subsequent P-frames from
referring to any frame prior to the IDR-frame.</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>scenecut=&lt;−1−100&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Controls how aggressively to
insert extra I-frames (default: 40). With small values of
scenecut, the codec often has to force an I-frame when it
would exceed keyint. Good values of scenecut may find a
better location for the I-frame. Large values use more
I-frames than necessary, thus wasting bits. −1
disables scene-cut detection, so I-frames are inserted only
once every other keyint frames, even if a scene-cut occurs
earlier. This is not recommended and wastes bitrate as
scenecuts encoded as P-frames are just as big as I-frames,
but do not reset the "keyint counter".</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>(no)intra_refresh</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Periodic intra block refresh
instead of keyframes (default: disabled). This option
disables IDR-frames, and, instead, uses a moving vertical
bar of intra-coded blocks. This reduces compression
efficiency but benefits low-latency streaming and resilience
to packet loss.</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>frameref=&lt;1−16&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Number of previous frames used
as predictors in B- and P-frames (default: 3). This is
effective in anime, but in live-action material the
improvements usually drop off very rapidly above 6 or so
reference frames. This has no effect on decoding speed, but
does increase the memory needed for decoding. Some decoders
can only handle a maximum of 15 reference frames.</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>bframes=&lt;0−16&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">maximum number of consecutive
B-frames between I- and P-frames (default: 3)</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>(no)b_adapt</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Automatically decides when to
use B-frames and how many, up to the maximum specified above
(default: on). If this option is disabled, then the maximum
number of B-frames is used.</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>b_bias=&lt;−100−100&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Controls the decision performed
by b_adapt. A higher b_bias produces more B-frames (default:
0).</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>b_pyramid=&lt;normal|strict|none&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Allows B-frames to be used as
references for predicting other frames. For example,
consider 3 consecutive B-frames: I0 B1 B2 B3 P4. Without
this option, B-frames follow the same pattern as MPEG-[124].
So they are coded in the order I0 P4 B1 B2 B3, and all the
B-frames are predicted from I0 and P4. With this option,
they are coded as I0 P4 B2 B1 B3. B2 is the same as above,
but B1 is predicted from I0 and B2, and B3 is predicted from
B2 and P4. This usually results in slightly improved
compression, at almost no speed cost. However, this is an
experimental option: it is not fully tuned and may not
always help. Requires bframes &gt;= 2. Disadvantage:
increases decoding delay to 2 frames.</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">normal</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Allow B-frames as references as
described above (not Blu-ray compatible).</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">strict</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Disallow P-frames referencing
B-frames. Gives worse compression, but is required for
Blu-ray compatibility.</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">none&nbsp;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Disable using B-frames as
references.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>(no)deblock</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Use deblocking filter (default:
on). As it takes very little time compared to its quality
gain, it is not recommended to disable it.</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>deblock=&lt;−6−6&gt;,&lt;−6−6&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">The first parameter is AlphaC0
(default: 0). This adjusts thresholds for the H.264 in-loop
deblocking filter. First, this parameter adjusts the maximum
amount of change that the filter is allowed to cause on any
one pixel. Secondly, this parameter affects the threshold
for difference across the edge being filtered. A positive
value reduces blocking artifacts more, but will also smear
details. <br>
The second parameter is Beta (default: 0). This affects the
detail threshold. Very detailed blocks are not filtered,
since the smoothing caused by the filter would be more
noticeable than the original blocking. <br>
The default behavior of the filter almost always achieves
optimal quality, so it is best to either leave it alone, or
make only small adjustments. However, if your source
material already has some blocking or noise which you would
like to remove, it may be a good idea to turn it up a little
bit.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>(no)cabac</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Use CABAC (Context-Adaptive
Binary Arithmetic Coding) (default: on). Slightly slows down
encoding and decoding, but should save 10−15% bitrate.
Unless you are looking for decoding speed, you should not
disable it.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>qp_min=&lt;1−51&gt;
(ABR or two pass)</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Minimum quantizer, 10−30
seems to be a useful range (default: 10).</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>qp_max=&lt;1−51&gt;
(ABR or two pass)</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">maximum quantizer (default:
51)</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>qp_step=&lt;1−50&gt;
(ABR or two pass)</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">maximum value by which the
quantizer may be incremented/decremented between frames
(default: 4)</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>(no)mbtree</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Enable macroblock tree
ratecontrol (default: enabled). Use a large lookahead to
track temporal propagation of data and weight quality
accordingly. In multi-pass mode, this writes to a separate
stats file named &lt;passlogfile&gt;.mbtree.</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>rc_lookahead=&lt;0−250&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Adjust the mbtree lookahead
distance (default: 40). Larger values will be slower and
cause x264 to consume more memory, but can yield higher
quality.</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>ratetol=&lt;0.1−100.0&gt;
(ABR or two pass)</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">allowed variance in average
bitrate (no particular units) (default: 1.0)</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>vbv_maxrate=&lt;value&gt;
(ABR or two pass)</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">maximum local bitrate, in
kbits/second (default: disabled)</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>vbv_bufsize=&lt;value&gt;
(ABR or two pass)</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">averaging period for
vbv_maxrate, in kbits (default: none, must be specified if
vbv_maxrate is enabled)</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>vbv_init=&lt;0.0−1.0&gt;
(ABR or two pass)</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">initial buffer occupancy, as a
fraction of vbv_bufsize (default: 0.9)</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>ip_factor=&lt;value&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">quantizer factor between I- and
P-frames (default: 1.4)</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>pb_factor=&lt;value&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">quantizer factor between P- and
B-frames (default: 1.3)</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>qcomp=&lt;0−1&gt; (ABR
or two pass)</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">quantizer compression (default:
0.6). A lower value makes the bitrate more constant, while a
higher value makes the quantization parameter more
constant.</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>cplx_blur=&lt;0−999&gt;
(two pass only)</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Temporal blur of the estimated
frame complexity, before curve compression (default: 20).
Lower values allow the quantizer value to jump around more,
higher values force it to vary more smoothly. cplx_blur
ensures that each I-frame has quality comparable to the
following P-frames, and ensures that alternating high and
low complexity frames (e.g. low fps animation) do not waste
bits on fluctuating quantizer.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>qblur=&lt;0−99&gt;
(two pass only)</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Temporal blur of the
quantization parameter, after curve compression (default:
0.5). Lower values allow the quantizer value to jump around
more, higher values force it to vary more smoothly.</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>zones=&lt;zone0&gt;[/&lt;zone1&gt;[/...]]</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">User specified quality for
specific parts (ending, credits, ...). Each zone is
&lt;start-frame&gt;,&lt;end-frame&gt;,&lt;option&gt; where
option may be</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">q=&lt;0−51&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">quantizer</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">b=&lt;0.01−100.0&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">bitrate multiplier</p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;"><i>NOTE:</i> The quantizer
option is not strictly enforced. It affects only the
planning stage of ratecontrol, and is still subject to
overflow compensation and qp_min/qp_max.</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>direct_pred=&lt;name&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Determines the type of motion
prediction used for direct macroblocks in B-frames.</p>

<table rules="none" frame="void" border="0" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" width="100%">
<tbody><tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="26%"></td>
<td width="6%">


<p>none</p></td>
<td width="2%"></td>
<td width="49%">


<p>Direct macroblocks are not used.</p></td>
<td width="17%">
</td></tr>
</tbody></table>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">spatial</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Motion vectors are extrapolated
from neighboring blocks. (default)</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">temporal</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Motion vectors are extrapolated
from the following P-frame.</p>

<table rules="none" frame="void" border="0" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" width="100%">
<tbody><tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="26%"></td>
<td width="6%">


<p>auto</p></td>
<td width="2%"></td>
<td width="66%">


<p>The codec selects between spatial and temporal for each
frame.</p> </td></tr>
</tbody></table>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Spatial and temporal are
approximately the same speed and PSNR, the choice between
them depends on the video content. Auto is slightly better,
but slower. Auto is most effective when combined with
multipass. direct_pred=none is both slower and lower
quality.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>weightp</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Weighted P-frame prediction
mode (default: 2).</p>

<table rules="none" frame="void" border="0" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" width="100%">
<tbody><tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="26%"></td>
<td width="2%">


<p>0</p></td>
<td width="6%"></td>
<td width="55%">


<p>disabled (fastest)</p></td>
<td width="11%">
</td></tr>
<tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="26%"></td>
<td width="2%">


<p>1</p></td>
<td width="6%"></td>
<td width="55%">


<p>blind mode (slightly better quality)</p></td>
<td width="11%">
</td></tr>
<tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="26%"></td>
<td width="2%">


<p>2</p></td>
<td width="6%"></td>
<td width="55%">


<p>smart mode (best)</p></td>
<td width="11%">
</td></tr>
</tbody></table>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>(no)weight_b</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Use weighted prediction in
B-frames. Without this option, bidirectionally predicted
macroblocks give equal weight to each reference frame. With
this option, the weights are determined by the temporal
position of the B-frame relative to the references. Requires
bframes &gt; 1.</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>partitions=&lt;list&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Enable some optional macroblock
types (default: p8x8,b8x8,i8x8,i4x4).</p>

<table rules="none" frame="void" border="0" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" width="100%">
<tbody><tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="26%"></td>
<td width="6%">


<p>p8x8</p></td>
<td width="2%"></td>
<td width="66%">


<p>Enable types p16x8, p8x16, p8x8.</p></td></tr>
<tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="26%"></td>
<td width="6%">


<p>p4x4</p></td>
<td width="2%"></td>
<td width="66%">


<p>Enable types p8x4, p4x8, p4x4. p4x4 is recommended only
with subq &gt;= 5, and only at low resolutions.</p></td></tr>
<tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="26%"></td>
<td width="6%">


<p>b8x8</p></td>
<td width="2%"></td>
<td width="66%">


<p>Enable types b16x8, b8x16, b8x8.</p></td></tr>
<tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="26%"></td>
<td width="6%">


<p>i8x8</p></td>
<td width="2%"></td>
<td width="66%">


<p>Enable type i8x8. i8x8 has no effect unless 8x8dct is
enabled.</p> </td></tr>
<tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="26%"></td>
<td width="6%">


<p>i4x4</p></td>
<td width="2%"></td>
<td width="66%">


<p>Enable type i4x4.</p></td></tr>
<tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="26%"></td>
<td width="6%">


<p>all</p></td>
<td width="2%"></td>
<td width="66%">


<p>Enable all of the above types.</p></td></tr>
<tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="26%"></td>
<td width="6%">


<p>none</p></td>
<td width="2%"></td>
<td width="66%">


<p>Disable all of the above types.</p></td></tr>
</tbody></table>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Regardless of this option,
macroblock types p16x16, b16x16, and i16x16 are always
enabled. <br>
The idea is to find the type and size that best describe a
certain area of the picture. For example, a global pan is
better represented by 16x16 blocks, while small moving
objects are better represented by smaller blocks.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>(no)8x8dct</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Adaptive spatial transform
size: allows macroblocks to choose between 4x4 and 8x8 DCT.
Also allows the i8x8 macroblock type. Without this option,
only 4x4 DCT is used.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>me=&lt;name&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Select fullpixel motion
estimation algorithm.</p>

<table rules="none" frame="void" border="0" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" width="100%">
<tbody><tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="26%"></td>
<td width="5%">


<p>dia</p></td>
<td width="3%"></td>
<td width="66%">


<p>diamond search, radius 1 (fast)</p></td></tr>
<tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="26%"></td>
<td width="5%">


<p>hex</p></td>
<td width="3%"></td>
<td width="66%">


<p>hexagon search, radius 2 (default)</p></td></tr>
<tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="26%"></td>
<td width="5%">


<p>umh</p></td>
<td width="3%"></td>
<td width="66%">


<p>uneven multi-hexagon search (slow)</p></td></tr>
<tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="26%"></td>
<td width="5%">


<p>esa</p></td>
<td width="3%"></td>
<td width="66%">


<p>exhaustive search (very slow, and no better than
umh)</p> </td></tr>
</tbody></table>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>me_range=&lt;4−64&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">radius of exhaustive or
multi-hexagon motion search (default: 16)</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>subq=&lt;0−9&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Adjust subpel refinement
quality. This parameter controls quality versus speed
tradeoffs involved in the motion estimation decision
process. subq=5 can compress up to 10% better than
subq=1.</p>

<table rules="none" frame="void" border="0" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" width="100%">
<tbody><tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="26%"></td>
<td width="2%">


<p>0</p></td>
<td width="6%"></td>
<td width="66%">


<p>Runs fullpixel precision motion estimation on all
candidate macroblock types. Then selects the best type with
SAD metric (faster than subq=1, not recommended unless
you’re looking for ultra-fast encoding).</p></td></tr>
<tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="26%"></td>
<td width="2%">


<p>1</p></td>
<td width="6%"></td>
<td width="66%">


<p>Does as 0, then refines the motion of that type to fast
quarterpixel precision (fast).</p></td></tr>
<tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="26%"></td>
<td width="2%">


<p>2</p></td>
<td width="6%"></td>
<td width="66%">


<p>Runs halfpixel precision motion estimation on all
candidate macroblock types. Then selects the best type with
SATD metric. Then refines the motion of that type to fast
quarterpixel precision.</p></td></tr>
<tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="26%"></td>
<td width="2%">


<p>3</p></td>
<td width="6%"></td>
<td width="66%">


<p>As 2, but uses a slower quarterpixel refinement.</p></td></tr>
<tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="26%"></td>
<td width="2%">


<p>4</p></td>
<td width="6%"></td>
<td width="66%">


<p>Runs fast quarterpixel precision motion estimation on
all candidate macroblock types. Then selects the best type
with SATD metric. Then finishes the quarterpixel refinement
for that type.</p></td></tr>
<tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="26%"></td>
<td width="2%">


<p>5</p></td>
<td width="6%"></td>
<td width="66%">


<p>Runs best quality quarterpixel precision motion
estimation on all candidate macroblock types, before
selecting the best type. Also refines the two motion vectors
used in bidirectional macroblocks with SATD metric, rather
than reusing vectors from the forward and backward
searches.</p> </td></tr>
<tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="26%"></td>
<td width="2%">


<p>6</p></td>
<td width="6%"></td>
<td width="66%">


<p>Enables rate-distortion optimization of macroblock types
in I- and P-frames.</p></td></tr>
<tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="26%"></td>
<td width="2%">


<p>7</p></td>
<td width="6%"></td>
<td width="66%">


<p>Enables rate-distortion optimization of macroblock types
in all frames (default).</p></td></tr>
<tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="26%"></td>
<td width="2%">


<p>8</p></td>
<td width="6%"></td>
<td width="66%">


<p>Enables rate-distortion optimization of motion vectors
and intra prediction modes in I- and P-frames.</p></td></tr>
<tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="26%"></td>
<td width="2%">


<p>9</p></td>
<td width="6%"></td>
<td width="66%">


<p>Enables rate-distortion optimization of motion vectors
and intra prediction modes in all frames (best).</p></td></tr>
</tbody></table>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">In the above, "all
candidates" does not exactly mean all enabled types:
4x4, 4x8, 8x4 are tried only if 8x8 is better than
16x16.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>(no)chroma_me</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Takes into account chroma
information during subpixel motion search (default:
enabled). Requires subq&gt;=5.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>(no)mixed_refs</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Allows each 8x8 or 16x8 motion
partition to independently select a reference frame. Without
this option, a whole macroblock must use the same reference.
Requires frameref&gt;1.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>trellis=&lt;0−2&gt;
(cabac only)</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">rate-distortion optimal
quantization</p>

<table rules="none" frame="void" border="0" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" width="100%">
<tbody><tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="26%"></td>
<td width="2%">


<p>0</p></td>
<td width="6%"></td>
<td width="66%">


<p>disabled</p></td></tr>
<tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="26%"></td>
<td width="2%">


<p>1</p></td>
<td width="6%"></td>
<td width="66%">


<p>enabled only for the final encode (default)</p></td></tr>
<tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="26%"></td>
<td width="2%">


<p>2</p></td>
<td width="6%"></td>
<td width="66%">


<p>enabled during all mode decisions (slow, requires
subq&gt;=6)</p> </td></tr>
</tbody></table>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>psy-rd=rd[,trell]</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Sets the strength of the
psychovisual optimization.</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">rd=&lt;0.0−10.0&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">psy optimization strength
(requires subq&gt;=6) (default: 1.0)</p>


<p style="margin-left:26%;">trell=&lt;0.0−10.0&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">trellis (requires trellis,
experimental) (default: 0.0)</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>(no)psy</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Enable psychovisual
optimizations that hurt PSNR and SSIM but ought to look
better (default: enabled).</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>deadzone_inter=&lt;0−32&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Set the size of the inter luma
quantization deadzone for non-trellis quantization (default:
21). Lower values help to preserve fine details and film
grain (typically useful for high bitrate/quality encode),
while higher values help filter out these details to save
bits that can be spent again on other macroblocks and frames
(typically useful for bitrate-starved encodes). It is
recommended that you start by tweaking deadzone_intra before
changing this parameter.</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>deadzone_intra=&lt;0−32&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Set the size of the intra luma
quantization deadzone for non-trellis quantization (default:
11). This option has the same effect as deadzone_inter
except that it affects intra frames. It is recommended that
you start by tweaking this parameter before changing
deadzone_inter.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>(no)fast_pskip</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Performs early skip detection
in P-frames (default: enabled). This usually improves speed
at no cost, but it can sometimes produce artifacts in areas
with no details, like sky.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>(no)dct_decimate</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Eliminate dct blocks in
P-frames containing only a small single coefficient
(default: enabled). This will remove some details, so it
will save bits that can be spent again on other frames,
hopefully raising overall subjective quality. If you are
compressing non-anime content with a high target bitrate,
you may want to disable this to preserve as much detail as
possible.</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>nr=&lt;0−100000&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Noise reduction, 0 means
disabled. 100−1000 is a useful range for typical
content, but you may want to turn it up a bit more for very
noisy content (default: 0). Given its small impact on speed,
you might want to prefer to use this over filtering noise
away with video filters like denoise3d or hqdn3d.</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>chroma_qp_offset=&lt;−12−12&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Use a different quantizer for
chroma as compared to luma. Useful values are in the range
&lt;−2−2&gt; (default: 0).</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>aq_mode=&lt;0−2&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Defines how adaptive
quantization (AQ) distributes bits:</p>

<table rules="none" frame="void" border="0" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" width="100%">
<tbody><tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="26%"></td>
<td width="2%">


<p>0</p></td>
<td width="6%"></td>
<td width="58%">


<p>disabled</p></td>
<td width="8%">
</td></tr>
<tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="26%"></td>
<td width="2%">


<p>1</p></td>
<td width="6%"></td>
<td width="58%">


<p>Avoid moving bits between frames.</p></td>
<td width="8%">
</td></tr>
<tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="26%"></td>
<td width="2%">


<p>2</p></td>
<td width="6%"></td>
<td width="58%">


<p>Move bits between frames (by default).</p></td>
<td width="8%">
</td></tr>
</tbody></table>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>aq_strength=&lt;positive
float value&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Controls how much adaptive
quantization (AQ) reduces blocking and blurring in flat and
textured areas (default: 1.0). A value of 0.5 will lead to
weak AQ and less details, when a value of 1.5 will lead to
strong AQ and more details.</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>cqm=&lt;flat|jvt|&lt;filename&gt;&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Either uses a predefined custom
quantization matrix or loads a JM format matrix file.</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">flat&nbsp;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Use the predefined flat 16
matrix (default).</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">jvt&nbsp;&nbsp;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Use the predefined JVT
matrix.</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">&lt;filename&gt;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Use the provided JM format
matrix file.</p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;"><i>NOTE:</i> Windows CMD.EXE
users may experience problems with parsing the command line
if they attempt to use all the CQM lists. This is due to a
command line length limitation. In this case it is
recommended the lists be put into a JM format CQM file and
loaded as specified above.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>cqm4iy=&lt;list&gt; (also
see cqm)</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Custom 4x4 intra luminance
matrix, given as a list of 16 comma separated values in the
1−255 range.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>cqm4ic=&lt;list&gt; (also
see cqm)</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Custom 4x4 intra chrominance
matrix, given as a list of 16 comma separated values in the
1−255 range.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>cqm4py=&lt;list&gt; (also
see cqm)</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Custom 4x4 inter luminance
matrix, given as a list of 16 comma separated values in the
1−255 range.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>cqm4pc=&lt;list&gt; (also
see cqm)</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Custom 4x4 inter chrominance
matrix, given as a list of 16 comma separated values in the
1−255 range.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>cqm8iy=&lt;list&gt; (also
see cqm)</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Custom 8x8 intra luminance
matrix, given as a list of 64 comma separated values in the
1−255 range.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>cqm8py=&lt;list&gt; (also
see cqm)</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Custom 8x8 inter luminance
matrix, given as a list of 64 comma separated values in the
1−255 range.</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>level_idc=&lt;10−51&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Set the bitstream’s level
as defined by annex A of the H.264 standard (default: 51
− level 5.1). This is used for telling the decoder
what capabilities it needs to support. Use this parameter
only if you know what it means, and you have a need to set
it.</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>threads=&lt;0−16&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Spawn threads to encode in
parallel on multiple CPUs (default: 0). This has a slight
penalty to compression quality. 0 or ’auto’
tells x264 to detect how many CPUs you have and pick an
appropriate number of threads.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>(no)sliced_threads</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Use slice-based threading
(default: disabled). Unlike normal threading, this option
adds no encoding latency, but is slightly slower and less
effective at compression.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>slice_max_size=&lt;0 or
positive integer&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Maximum slice size in bytes
(default: 0). A value of zero disables the maximum.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>slice_max_mbs=&lt;0 or
positive integer&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Maximum slice size in number of
macroblocks (default: 0). A value of zero disables the
maximum.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>slices=&lt;0 or positive
integer&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Maximum number of slices per
frame (default: 0). A value of zero disables the
maximum.</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>sync_lookahead=&lt;0−250&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Adjusts the size of the
threaded lookahead buffer (default: 0). 0 or
’auto’ tells x264 to automatically determine
buffer size.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>(no)deterministic</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Use only deterministic
optimizations with multithreaded encoding (default:
enabled).</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>(no)global_header</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Causes SPS and PPS to appear
only once, at the beginning of the bitstream (default:
disabled). Some players, such as the Sony PSP, require the
use of this option. The default behavior causes SPS and PPS
to repeat prior to each IDR frame.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>(no)interlaced</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Treat the video content as
interlaced.</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>(no)constrained_intra</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Enable constrained intra
prediction (default: disabled). This significantly reduces
compression, but is required for the base layer of SVC
encodes.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>(no)aud</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Write access unit delimeters to
the stream (default: disabled). Enable this only if your
target container format requires access unit delimiters.</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>overscan=&lt;undef|show|crop&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Include VUI overscan
information in the stream (default: disabled). See
doc/vui.txt in the x264 source code for more
information.</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>videoformat=&lt;component|pal|ntsc|secam|mac|undef&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Include VUI video format
information in the stream (default: disabled). This is a
purely informative setting for describing the original
source. See doc/vui.txt in the x264 source code for more
information.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>(no)fullrange</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Include VUI full range
information in the stream (default: disabled). Use this
option if your source video is not range limited. See
doc/vui.txt in the x264 source code for more
information.</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>colorprim=&lt;bt709|bt470m|bt470bg|smpte170m|smpte240m|film|undef&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Include color primaries
information (default: disabled). This can be used for color
correction. See doc/vui.txt in the x264 source code for more
information.</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>transfer=&lt;bt709|bt470m|bt470bg|linear|log100|log316|smpte170m|smpte240m&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Include VUI transfer
characteristics information in the stream (default:
disabled). This can be used for color correction. See
doc/vui.txt in the x264 source code for more
information.</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>colormatrix=&lt;bt709|fcc|bt470bg|smpte170m|smpte240m|GBR|YCgCo&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Include VUI matrix coefficients
in the stream (default: disabled). This can be used for
color correction. See doc/vui.txt in the x264 source code
for more information.</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>chromaloc=&lt;0-5&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Include VUI chroma sample
location information in the stream (default: disabled). Use
this option to ensure alignment of the chroma and luma
planes after color space conversions. See doc/vui.txt in the
x264 source code for more information.</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>log=&lt;−1−3&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Adjust the amount of logging
info printed to the screen.</p>

<table rules="none" frame="void" border="0" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" width="100%">
<tbody><tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="26%"></td>
<td width="3%">


<p>−1</p></td>
<td width="5%"></td>
<td width="66%">


<p>none</p></td></tr>
<tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="26%"></td>
<td width="3%">


<p>0</p></td>
<td width="5%"></td>
<td width="66%">


<p>Print errors only.</p></td></tr>
<tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="26%"></td>
<td width="3%">


<p>1</p></td>
<td width="5%"></td>
<td width="66%">


<p>warnings</p></td></tr>
<tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="26%"></td>
<td width="3%">


<p>2</p></td>
<td width="5%"></td>
<td width="66%">


<p>PSNR and other analysis statistics when the encode
finishes (default)</p></td></tr>
<tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="26%"></td>
<td width="3%">


<p>3</p></td>
<td width="5%"></td>
<td width="66%">


<p>PSNR, QP, frametype, size, and other statistics for
every frame</p></td></tr>
</tbody></table>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>(no)psnr</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Print signal-to-noise ratio
statistics. <i><br>
NOTE:</i> The ’Y’, ’U’,
’V’, and ’Avg’ PSNR fields in the
summary are not mathematically sound (they are simply the
average of per-frame PSNRs). They are kept only for
comparison to the JM reference codec. For all other
purposes, please use either the ’Global’ PSNR,
or the per-frame PSNRs printed by log=3.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>(no)ssim</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Print the Structural Similarity
Metric results. This is an alternative to PSNR, and may be
better correlated with the perceived quality of the
compressed video.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>(no)visualize</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Enable x264 visualizations
during encoding. If the x264 on your system supports it, a
new window will be opened during the encoding process, in
which x264 will attempt to present an overview of how each
frame gets encoded. Each block type on the visualized movie
will be colored as follows:</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>dump_yuv=&lt;file
name&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Dump YUV frames to the
specified file. For debugging use.</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">red/pink</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">intra block</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">blue&nbsp;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">inter block</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">green</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">skip block</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">yellow</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">B-block</p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">This feature can be considered
experimental and subject to change. In particular, it
depends on x264 being compiled with visualizations enabled.
Note that as of writing this, x264 pauses after encoding and
visualizing each frame, waiting for the user to press a key,
at which point the next frame will be encoded.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%; margin-top: 1em"><b>xvfw
(−xvfwopts)</b> <br>
Encoding with Video for Windows codecs is mostly obsolete
unless you wish to encode to some obscure fringe codec.
<b><br>
codec=&lt;name&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">The name of the binary codec
file with which to encode.</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>compdata=&lt;file&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">The name of the codec settings
file (like firstpass.mcf) created by vfw2menc.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%; margin-top: 1em"><b>MPEG muxer
(−mpegopts)</b> <br>
The MPEG muxer can generate 5 types of streams, each of
which has reasonable default parameters that the user can
override. Generally, when generating MPEG files, it is
advisable to disable MEncoder’s frame-skip code (see
−noskip, −mc as well as the harddup and softskip
video filters).</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%; margin-top: 1em"><i>EXAMPLE:</i></p>


<p style="margin-left:26%;">format=mpeg2:tsaf:vbitrate=8000</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>format=&lt;mpeg1 | mpeg2 |
xvcd | xsvcd | dvd | pes1 | pes2&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">stream format (default: mpeg2).
pes1 and pes2 are very broken formats (no pack header and no
padding), but VDR uses them; do not choose them unless you
know exactly what you are doing.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>size=&lt;up to
65535&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Pack size in bytes, do not
change unless you know exactly what you are doing (default:
2048).</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>muxrate=&lt;int&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Nominal muxrate in kbit/s used
in the pack headers (default: 1800 kb/s). Will be updated as
necessary in the case of ’format=mpeg1’ or
’mpeg2’.</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>tsaf&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Sets timestamps on all frames,
if possible; recommended when format=dvd. If dvdauthor
complains with a message like "..audio sector out of
range...", you probably did not enable this option.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>interleaving2</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Uses a better algorithm to
interleave audio and video packets, based on the principle
that the muxer will always try to fill the stream with the
largest percentage of free space.</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>vdelay=&lt;1−32760&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Initial video delay time, in
milliseconds (default: 0), use it if you want to delay video
with respect to audio. It doesn’t work with :drop.</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>adelay=&lt;1−32760&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Initial audio delay time, in
milliseconds (default: 0), use it if you want to delay audio
with respect to video.</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>drop&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">When used with vdelay the muxer
drops the part of audio that was anticipated.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>vwidth,
vheight=&lt;1−4095&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Set the video width and height
when video is MPEG-1/2.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>vpswidth,
vpsheight=&lt;1−4095&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Set pan and scan video width
and height when video is MPEG-2.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>vaspect=&lt;1 | 4/3 | 16/9 |
221/100&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Sets the display aspect ratio
for MPEG-2 video. Do not use it on MPEG-1 or the resulting
aspect ratio will be completely wrong.</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>vbitrate=&lt;int&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Sets the video bitrate in
kbit/s for MPEG-1/2 video.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>vframerate=&lt;24000/1001 |
24 | 25 | 30000/1001 | 30 | 50 | 60000/1001 | <br>
60 &gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Sets the framerate for MPEG-1/2
video. This option will be ignored if used with the telecine
option.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>telecine</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Enables 3:2 pulldown soft
telecine mode: The muxer will make the video stream look
like it was encoded at 30000/1001 fps. It only works with
MPEG-2 video when the output framerate is 24000/1001 fps,
convert it with −ofps if necessary. Any other
framerate is incompatible with this option.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>film2pal</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Enables FILM to PAL and NTSC to
PAL soft telecine mode: The muxer will make the video stream
look like it was encoded at 25 fps. It only works with
MPEG-2 video when the output framerate is 24000/1001 fps,
convert it with −ofps if necessary. Any other
framerate is incompatible with this option.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>tele_src and
tele_dest</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Enables arbitrary telecining
using Donand Graft’s DGPulldown code. You need to
specify the original and the desired framerate; the muxer
will make the video stream look like it was encoded at the
desired framerate. It only works with MPEG-2 video when the
input framerate is smaller than the output framerate and the
framerate increase is &lt;= 1.5.</p>


<p style="margin-left:22%; margin-top: 1em"><i>EXAMPLE:</i></p>


<p style="margin-left:26%;">tele_src=25,tele_dest=30000/1001</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">PAL to NTSC telecining</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>vbuf_size=&lt;40−1194&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Sets the size of the video
decoder’s buffer, expressed in kilobytes. Specify it
only if the bitrate of the video stream is too high for the
chosen format and if you know perfectly well what you are
doing. A too high value may lead to an unplayable movie,
depending on the player’s capabilities. When muxing
HDTV video a value of 400 should suffice.</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>abuf_size=&lt;4−64&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Sets the size of the audio
decoder’s buffer, expressed in kilobytes. The same
principle as for vbuf_size applies.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%; margin-top: 1em"><b>FFmpeg
libavformat demuxers (−lavfdopts) <br>
analyzeduration=&lt;value&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Maximum length in seconds to
analyze the stream properties.</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>format=&lt;value&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Force a specific libavformat
demuxer.</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>o=&lt;key&gt;=&lt;value&gt;[,&lt;key&gt;=&lt;value&gt;[,...]]</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Pass AVOptions to libavformat
demuxer. Note, a patch to make the o= unneeded and pass all
unknown options through the AVOption system is welcome. A
full list of AVOptions can be found in the FFmpeg manual.
Note that some options may conflict with MPlayer/MEncoder
options.</p>


<p style="margin-left:22%; margin-top: 1em"><i>EXAMPLE:</i></p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">o=ignidx</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>probesize=&lt;value&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Maximum amount of data to probe
during the detection phase. In the case of MPEG-TS this
value identifies the maximum number of TS packets to
scan.</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>cryptokey=&lt;hexstring&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Encryption key the demuxer
should use. This is the raw binary data of the key converted
to a hexadecimal string.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%; margin-top: 1em"><b>FFmpeg
libavformat muxers (−lavfopts) (also see −of
lavf) <br>
delay=&lt;value&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Currently only meaningful for
MPEG[12]: Maximum allowed distance, in seconds, between the
reference timer of the output stream (SCR) and the decoding
timestamp (DTS) for any stream present (demux to decode
delay). Default is 0.7 (as mandated by the standards defined
by MPEG). Higher values require larger buffers and must not
be used.</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>format=&lt;container_format&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Override which container format
to mux into (default: autodetect from output file
extension).</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">mpg&nbsp;&nbsp;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">MPEG-1 systems and MPEG-2
PS</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">asf&nbsp;&nbsp;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Advanced Streaming Format</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">avi&nbsp;&nbsp;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Audio Video Interleave file</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">wav&nbsp;&nbsp;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Waveform Audio</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">swf&nbsp;&nbsp;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Macromedia Flash</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">flv&nbsp;&nbsp;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Macromedia Flash video
files</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">rm&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">RealAudio and RealVideo</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">au&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">SUN AU format</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">nut&nbsp;&nbsp;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">NUT open container format
(experimental)</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">mov&nbsp;&nbsp;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">QuickTime</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">mp4&nbsp;&nbsp;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">MPEG-4 format</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">ipod&nbsp;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">MPEG-4 format with extra header
flags required by Apple iPod firmware</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">dv&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Sony Digital Video
container</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">matroska&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Matroska</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>muxrate=&lt;rate&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Nominal bitrate of the
multiplex, in bits per second; currently it is meaningful
only for MPEG[12]. Sometimes raising it is necessary in
order to avoid "buffer underflows".</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>o=&lt;key&gt;=&lt;value&gt;[,&lt;key&gt;=&lt;value&gt;[,...]]</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Pass AVOptions to libavformat
muxer. Note, a patch to make the o= unneeded and pass all
unknown options through the AVOption system is welcome. A
full list of AVOptions can be found in the FFmpeg manual.
Note that some options may conflict with MEncoder
options.</p>


<p style="margin-left:22%; margin-top: 1em"><i>EXAMPLE:</i></p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">o=packetsize=100</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>packetsize=&lt;size&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Size, expressed in bytes, of
the unitary packet for the chosen format. When muxing to
MPEG[12] implementations the default values are: 2324 for
[S]VCD, 2048 for all others formats.</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>preload=&lt;distance&gt;</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Currently only meaningful for
MPEG[12]: Initial distance, in seconds, between the
reference timer of the output stream (SCR) and the decoding
timestamp (DTS) for any stream present (demux to decode
delay).</p>

<h2>ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES
<a name="ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES"></a>
</h2>


<p style="margin-left:11%; margin-top: 1em">There are a
number of environment variables that can be used to control
the behavior of MPlayer and MEncoder. <b><br>
MPLAYER_CHARSET (also see −msgcharset)</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Convert console messages to the
specified charset (default: autodetect). A value of
"noconv" means no conversion.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>MPLAYER_HOME</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Directory where MPlayer looks
for user settings.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>MPLAYER_VERBOSE (also see
−v and −msglevel)</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Set the initial verbosity level
across all message modules (default: 0). The resulting
verbosity corresponds to that of −msglevel 5 plus the
value of MPLAYER_VERBOSE.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%; margin-top: 1em"><b>libaf: <br>
LADSPA_PATH</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">If LADSPA_PATH is set, it
searches for the specified file. If it is not set, you must
supply a fully specified pathname. FIXME: This is also
mentioned in the ladspa section.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%; margin-top: 1em"><b>libdvdcss:
<br>
DVDCSS_CACHE</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Specify a directory in which to
store title key values. This will speed up descrambling of
DVDs which are in the cache. The DVDCSS_CACHE directory is
created if it does not exist, and a subdirectory is created
named after the DVD’s title or manufacturing date. If
DVDCSS_CACHE is not set or is empty, libdvdcss will use the
default value which is "${HOME}/.dvdcss/" under
Unix and "C:\Documents and Settings\$USER\Application
Data\dvdcss\" under Win32. The special value
"off" disables caching.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>DVDCSS_METHOD</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Sets the authentication and
decryption method that libdvdcss will use to read scrambled
discs. Can be one of title, key or disc.</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">key&nbsp;&nbsp;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">is the default method.
libdvdcss will use a set of calculated player keys to try
and get the disc key. This can fail if the drive does not
recognize any of the player keys.</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">disc&nbsp;</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">is a fallback method when key
has failed. Instead of using player keys, libdvdcss will
crack the disc key using a brute force algorithm. This
process is CPU intensive and requires 64 MB of memory to
store temporary data.</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">title</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">is the fallback when all other
methods have failed. It does not rely on a key exchange with
the DVD drive, but rather uses a crypto attack to guess the
title key. On rare cases this may fail because there is not
enough encrypted data on the disc to perform a statistical
attack, but in the other hand it is the only way to decrypt
a DVD stored on a hard disc, or a DVD with the wrong region
on an RPC2 drive.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>DVDCSS_RAW_DEVICE</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Specify the raw device to use.
Exact usage will depend on your operating system, the Linux
utility to set up raw devices is raw(8) for instance. Please
note that on most operating systems, using a raw device
requires highly aligned buffers: Linux requires a 2048 bytes
alignment (which is the size of a DVD sector).</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>DVDCSS_VERBOSE</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Sets the libdvdcss verbosity
level.</p>

<table rules="none" frame="void" border="0" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" width="100%">
<tbody><tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="26%"></td>
<td width="2%">


<p>0</p></td>
<td width="6%"></td>
<td width="66%">


<p>Outputs no messages at all.</p></td></tr>
<tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="26%"></td>
<td width="2%">


<p>1</p></td>
<td width="6%"></td>
<td width="66%">


<p>Outputs error messages to stderr.</p></td></tr>
<tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="26%"></td>
<td width="2%">


<p>2</p></td>
<td width="6%"></td>
<td width="66%">


<p>Outputs error messages and debug messages to stderr.</p></td></tr>
</tbody></table>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>DVDREAD_NOKEYS</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Skip retrieving all keys on
startup. Currently disabled.</p>

<table rules="none" frame="void" border="0" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" width="100%">
<tbody><tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="11%"></td>
<td width="6%">


<p><b>HOME</b></p></td>
<td width="5%"></td>
<td width="32%">


<p>FIXME: Document this.</p></td>
<td width="46%">
</td></tr>
</tbody></table>

<p style="margin-left:11%; margin-top: 1em"><b>libao2: <br>
AO_SUN_DISABLE_SAMPLE_TIMING</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">FIXME: Document this.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>AUDIODEV</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">FIXME: Document this.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>AUDIOSERVER</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Specifies the Network Audio
System server to which the nas audio output driver should
connect and the transport that should be used. If unset
DISPLAY is used instead. The transport can be one of tcp and
unix. Syntax is tcp/&lt;somehost&gt;:&lt;someport&gt;,
&lt;somehost&gt;:&lt;instancenumber&gt; or
[unix]:&lt;instancenumber&gt;. The NAS base port is 8000 and
&lt;instancenumber&gt; is added to that.</p>


<p style="margin-left:22%; margin-top: 1em"><i>EXAMPLES:</i></p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">AUDIOSERVER=somehost:0</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Connect to NAS server on
somehost using default port and transport.</p>


<p style="margin-left:26%;">AUDIOSERVER=tcp/somehost:8000</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Connect to NAS server on
somehost listening on TCP port 8000.</p>

<p style="margin-left:26%;">AUDIOSERVER=(unix)?:0</p>

<p style="margin-left:34%;">Connect to NAS server instance
0 on localhost using unix domain sockets.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>DISPLAY</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">FIXME: Document this.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%; margin-top: 1em"><b>vidix: <br>
VIDIX_CRT</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">FIXME: Document this.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>VIDIXIVTVALPHA</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">Set this to
’disable’ in order to stop the VIDIX driver from
controlling alphablending settings. You can then manipulate
it yourself with ’ivtvfbctl’.</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%; margin-top: 1em"><b>osdep:</b></p>

<table rules="none" frame="void" border="0" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" width="100%">
<tbody><tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="11%"></td>
<td width="6%">


<p><b>TERM</b></p></td>
<td width="5%"></td>
<td width="32%">


<p>FIXME: Document this.</p></td>
<td width="46%">
</td></tr>
</tbody></table>

<p style="margin-left:11%; margin-top: 1em"><b>libvo: <br>
DISPLAY</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">FIXME: Document this.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>FRAMEBUFFER</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">FIXME: Document this.</p>

<table rules="none" frame="void" border="0" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" width="100%">
<tbody><tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="11%"></td>
<td width="6%">


<p><b>HOME</b></p></td>
<td width="5%"></td>
<td width="32%">


<p>FIXME: Document this.</p></td>
<td width="46%">
</td></tr>
</tbody></table>


<p style="margin-left:11%; margin-top: 1em"><b>libmpdemux:</b></p>

<table rules="none" frame="void" border="0" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" width="100%">
<tbody><tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="11%"></td>
<td width="6%">


<p style="margin-top: 1em"><b>HOME</b></p></td>
<td width="5%"></td>
<td width="32%">


<p style="margin-top: 1em">FIXME: Document this.</p></td>
<td width="46%">
</td></tr>
</tbody></table>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>HOMEPATH</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">FIXME: Document this.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>http_proxy</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">FIXME: Document this.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>LOGNAME</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">FIXME: Document this.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>USERPROFILE</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">FIXME: Document this.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%; margin-top: 1em"><b>GUI: <br>
DISPLAY</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">The name of the display to
which the GUI should connect.</p>

<table rules="none" frame="void" border="0" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" width="100%">
<tbody><tr align="left" valign="top">
<td width="11%"></td>
<td width="6%">


<p><b>HOME</b></p></td>
<td width="5%"></td>
<td width="60%">


<p>The home directory of the current user.</p></td>
<td width="18%">
</td></tr>
</tbody></table>


<p style="margin-left:11%; margin-top: 1em"><b>libavformat:
<br>
AUDIO_FLIP_LEFT</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">FIXME: Document this.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>BKTR_DEV</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">FIXME: Document this.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>BKTR_FORMAT</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">FIXME: Document this.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>BKTR_FREQUENCY</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">FIXME: Document this.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>http_proxy</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">FIXME: Document this.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>no_proxy</b></p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">FIXME: Document this.</p>

<h2>FILES
<a name="FILES"></a>
</h2>



<p style="margin-left:11%; margin-top: 1em">/usr/local/etc/mplayer/mplayer.conf</p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">MPlayer system-wide
settings</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%;">/usr/local/etc/mplayer/mencoder.conf</p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">MEncoder system-wide
settings</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;">~/.mplayer/config</p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">MPlayer user settings</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;">~/.mplayer/mencoder.conf</p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">MEncoder user settings</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;">~/.mplayer/input.conf</p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">input bindings (see
’−input keylist’ for the full list)</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;">~/.mplayer/gui.conf</p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">GUI configuration file</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;">~/.mplayer/gui.history</p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">GUI directory history</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;">~/.mplayer/gui.pl</p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">GUI playlist</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;">~/.mplayer/gui.url</p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">GUI URL list</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;">~/.mplayer/font/</p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">font directory (There must be a
font.desc file and files with .RAW extension.)</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%;">~/.mplayer/DVDkeys/</p>

<p style="margin-left:22%;">cached CSS keys</p>

<h2>EXAMPLES OF MPLAYER USAGE
<a name="EXAMPLES OF MPLAYER USAGE"></a>
</h2>


<p style="margin-left:11%; margin-top: 1em"><b>Quickstart
Blu−ray playing:</b> <br>
mplayer br:////path/to/disc <br>
mplayer br:// −bluray−device /path/to/disc</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%; margin-top: 1em"><b>Quickstart
DVD playing:</b> <br>
mplayer dvd://1</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%; margin-top: 1em"><b>Play in
Japanese with English subtitles:</b> <br>
mplayer dvd://1 −alang ja −slang en</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%; margin-top: 1em"><b>Play only
chapters 5, 6, 7:</b> <br>
mplayer dvd://1 −chapter 5−7</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%; margin-top: 1em"><b>Play only
titles 5, 6, 7:</b> <br>
mplayer dvd://5−7</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%; margin-top: 1em"><b>Play a
multiangle DVD:</b> <br>
mplayer dvd://1 −dvdangle 2</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%; margin-top: 1em"><b>Play from a
different DVD device:</b> <br>
mplayer dvd://1 −dvd−device /dev/dvd2</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%; margin-top: 1em"><b>Play DVD
video from a directory with VOB files:</b> <br>
mplayer dvd://1 −dvd−device
/path/to/directory/</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%; margin-top: 1em"><b>Copy a DVD
title to hard disk, saving to file title1.vob :</b> <br>
mplayer dvd://1 −dumpstream −dumpfile
title1.vob</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%; margin-top: 1em"><b>Play a DVD
with dvdnav from path /dev/sr1:</b> <br>
mplayer dvdnav:////dev/sr1</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%; margin-top: 1em"><b>Stream from
HTTP:</b> <br>
mplayer http://mplayer.hq/example.avi</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%; margin-top: 1em"><b>Stream using
RTSP:</b> <br>
mplayer rtsp://server.example.com/streamName</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%; margin-top: 1em"><b>Convert
subtitles to MPsub format:</b> <br>
mplayer dummy.avi −sub source.sub −dumpmpsub</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%; margin-top: 1em"><b>Convert
subtitles to MPsub format without watching the movie:</b>
<br>
mplayer /dev/zero −rawvideo pal:fps=xx −demuxer
rawvideo −vc null −vo null −noframedrop
−benchmark −sub source.sub −dumpmpsub</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%; margin-top: 1em"><b>input from
standard V4L:</b> <br>
mplayer tv:// −tv
driver=v4l:width=640:height=480:outfmt=i420 −vc
rawi420 −vo xv</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%; margin-top: 1em"><b>Playback on
Zoran cards (old style, deprecated):</b> <br>
mplayer −vo zr −vf scale=352:288 file.avi</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%; margin-top: 1em"><b>Playback on
Zoran cards (new style):</b> <br>
mplayer −vo zr2 −vf scale=352:288,zrmjpeg
file.avi</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%; margin-top: 1em"><b>Play DTS-CD
with passthrough:</b> <br>
mplayer −ac hwdts −rawaudio format=0x2001
−cdrom−device /dev/cdrom cdda:// <br>
You can also use −afm hwac3 instead of −ac
hwdts. Adjust ’/dev/cdrom’ to match the CD-ROM
device on your system. If your external receiver supports
decoding raw DTS streams, you can directly play it via
cdda:// without setting format, hwac3 or hwdts.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%; margin-top: 1em"><b>Play a
6-channel AAC file with only two speakers:</b> <br>
mplayer −rawaudio format=0xff −demuxer rawaudio
−af
pan=2:.32:.32:.39:.06:.06:.39:.17:-.17:-.17:.17:.33:.33
adts_he-aac160_51.aac <br>
You might want to play a bit with the pan values (e.g
multiply with a value) to increase volume or avoid
clipping.</p>


<p style="margin-left:11%; margin-top: 1em"><b>checkerboard
invert with geq filter:</b> <br>
mplayer −vf
geq=’128+(p(X\,Y)−128)*(0.5−gt(mod(X/SW\,128)\,64))*(0.5−gt(mod(Y/SH\,128)\,64))*4’</p>

<h2>EXAMPLES OF MENCODER USAGE
<a name="EXAMPLES OF MENCODER USAGE"></a>
</h2>


<p style="margin-left:11%; margin-top: 1em"><b>Encode DVD
title #2, only selected chapters:</b> <br>
mencoder dvd://2 −chapter 10−15 −o
title2.avi −oac copy −ovc lavc −lavcopts
vcodec=mpeg4</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%; margin-top: 1em"><b>Encode DVD
title #2, resizing to 640x480:</b> <br>
mencoder dvd://2 −vf scale=640:480 −o title2.avi
−oac copy −ovc lavc −lavcopts
vcodec=mpeg4</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%; margin-top: 1em"><b>Encode DVD
title #2, resizing to 512xHHH (keep aspect ratio):</b> <br>
mencoder dvd://2 −vf scale −zoom −xy 512
−o title2.avi −oac copy −ovc lavc
−lavcopts vcodec=mpeg4</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%; margin-top: 1em"><b>The same,
but with bitrate set to 1800kbit and optimized
macroblocks:</b> <br>
mencoder dvd://2 −o title2.avi −oac copy
−ovc lavc −lavcopts
vcodec=mpeg4:mbd=1:vbitrate=1800</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%; margin-top: 1em"><b>The same,
but with MJPEG compression:</b> <br>
mencoder dvd://2 −o title2.avi −oac copy
−ovc lavc −lavcopts
vcodec=mjpeg:mbd=1:vbitrate=1800</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%; margin-top: 1em"><b>Encode all
*.jpg files in the current directory:</b> <br>
mencoder "mf://*.jpg" −mf fps=25 −o
output.avi −ovc lavc −lavcopts vcodec=mpeg4</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%; margin-top: 1em"><b>Encode from
a tuner (specify a format with −vf format):</b> <br>
mencoder −tv driver=v4l:width=640:height=480 tv://
−o tv.avi −ovc raw</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%; margin-top: 1em"><b>Encode from
a pipe:</b> <br>
rar p test-SVCD.rar | mencoder −ovc lavc
−lavcopts vcodec=mpeg4:vbitrate=800 −ofps 24
−</p>

<h2>BUGS
<a name="BUGS"></a>
</h2>


<p style="margin-left:11%; margin-top: 1em">Don’t
panic. If you find one, report it to us, but please make
sure you have read all of the documentation first. Also look
out for smileys. :) Many bugs are the result of incorrect
setup or parameter usage. The bug reporting section of the
documentation
(http://www.mplayerhq.hu/DOCS/HTML/en/bugreports.html)
explains how to create useful bug reports.</p>

<h2>AUTHORS
<a name="AUTHORS"></a>
</h2>


<p style="margin-left:11%; margin-top: 1em">MPlayer was
initially written by Arpad Gereoffy. See the AUTHORS file
for a list of some of the many other contributors.</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%; margin-top: 1em">MPlayer is (C)
2000−2009 The MPlayer Team</p>

<p style="margin-left:11%; margin-top: 1em">This man page
was written mainly by Gabucino, Jonas Jermann and Diego
Biurrun. It is maintained by Diego Biurrun. Please send
mails about it to the MPlayer-DOCS mailing list. Translation
specific mails belong on the MPlayer-translations mailing
list.</p>
<hr>


</body></html>